CARRIER Air Handler (indoor Blower&evap) Manual L0501315

User Manual: CARRIER CARRIER Air Handler (indoor blower&evap) Manual CARRIER Air Handler (indoor blower&evap) Owner's Manual, CARRIER Air Handler (indoor blower&evap) installation guides

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 116 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

39MN,MW03-61

Indoor and Weathertight Outdoor

Air Handlers

Installation, Start-Up and

Service Instructions

CONTENTS

Page

INTRODUCTION ..................................... 1

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS ......................... 2

UNIT AND COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION ........ 2-10

PRE-INSTALLATION ............................. 10-38

Inspection .......................................... 10

Rigging and Handling .............................. 10

Long-Term Storage ................................. 35

Service Clearance .................................. 35

Drain Positioning ................................... 35

Unit Suspension .................................... 35

Internal Vibration Isolation ......................... 35

External Vibration Isolation ......................... 36

Roof Curb .......................................... 36

Pier or Beam Mount ................................ 37

INSTALLATION .................................. 38-85

Indoor Unit/Section Connection .................... 38

Outdoor Unit ....................................... 39

Duct Connections .................................. 40

Panel Cutting ....................................... 42

Zone Damper Section .............................. 42

Face and Bypass Dampers ......................... 42

Mixing Box/Filter Mixing Box Damper Linkage ...... 45

Mixing Box Damper Actuators ...................... 45

Vertical Draw-Thru Units ............................ 47

Fan Sled Disassembly .............................. 48

Fan Sled Dimensions ............................... 49

Fan Motors and Drives ............................. 50

Motor Power Wiring ................................ 50

Sheaves ............................................ 50

V-Belts ............................................. 51

Outdoor Hoods and Louvers ....................... 52

Coil Connection Housing ........................... 52

Humidifier Installation .............................. 54

Assembly of Vertical Manifolds ..................... 58

Coil Installation ..................................... 59

Water and Steam Coil Piping

Recommendations ............................... 61

Coil Freeze-Up Protection .......................... 63

Refrigerant Piping, Direct-Expansion Coils ......... 64

Hot Gas Piping and Wiring ......................... 68

• INSTALL PIPING

Condensate Drain .................................. 69

Fan Motor Wiring Recommendations ............... 69

Motor Electrical Data ............................... 70

Fan Motor Starter ................................... 71

Disconnect ......................................... 71

VFD ................................................ 71

VFD with Bypass ................................... 72

VFD Configuration .................................. 78

VFD Modes ......................................... 78

Page

Electric Heaters .................................... 79

Energy Recovery Ventilation Sections .............. 84

• RECEIVING AND INSPECTION

• RIGGING AND STACKING

• ERV WHEEL MOTOR WIRING

START-UP ....................................... 85-87

Checklist ........................................... 85

Energy Recovery Wheel ............................ 87

SERVICE ....................................... 88-110

General ............................................ 88

Electric Heaters .................................... 88

Fan Motor Replacement ............................ 88

Energy Recovery Ventilation ....................... 88

• CLEANING

• CASSETTE REPLACEMENT

• ADJUSTING AIR SEALS

• SEGMENT INSTALLATION AND REPLACEMENT

• WHEEL DRIVE MOTOR AND PULLEY

REPLACEMENT

• SOLID BELT REPLACEMENT

• LINK BELT REPLACEMENT

• OTHER MAINTENANCE

Cleaning Unit Interior/Exterior ...................... 91

Coil Cleaning ....................................... 92

Winter Shutdown ................................... 92

Coil Removal ....................................... 93

Changing Coil Hand ................................ 94

Filters .............................................. 95

Magnehelic Gage Maintenance .................... 108

Fan Shaft Bearing Removal ....................... 108

Fan and Shaft Removal ............................ 108

Motor Location .................................... 109

Lubrication ........................................ 109

Motor and Drive Package Data .................... 109

Variable Frequency Drive .......................... 109

TROUBLESHOOTING .......................... 110-116

Steam Coil Performance Problems ................ 110

Steam Failure Modes .............................. 110

VFD Diagnostics .................................. 110

INTRODUCTION

The 39M series central staion air handlers me usually

installed with ductwork; they provide air conditioning at

nominal capacities of 1500 to 30,500 cfin. The 39M air handler

design allows hundreds of diffelent configuration possibilities.

Each unit is assembled to meet specific job requirements and

can be shipped in sections or as a single assembly. These

instructions describe how to install, start up, and service 39M

air handlel_.

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.

PC 201 Catalog No, 533-952 Printed in U,S.A. Form 39M-6SI Pg 1 12-04 Replaces: 39M-5SI

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

39M air-handling equipment (see Fig. 1) is designed to

provide safe and reliable service when installed and operated

within design specifications. To avoid injury to personnel and

dmnage to equipment or property when operating this equip-

ment, use good judgment and follow safe practices as outlined

below.

NEVER enter an enclosed fan cabinet or reach into a unit

while the fan is running.

LOCK OPEN AND TAG the fan motor power disconnect

switch before working on a fan. Take fuses with you and

note removal on tag.

LOCK OPEN AND TAG the electric heat coil power dis-

connect switch before working on or near heateLs.

CHECK the assembly and component weights to be sure

that the rigging equipment can handle them safely.

Note also the centers of gravity and any specific rigging

instructions.

CHECK for adequate ventilation so that fumes will not

migrate through ductwork to occupied spaces when weld-

ing or cutting inside air-handling unit cabinet or plenum.

WHEN STEAM CLEANING COILS be sure that the area

is cle_u of personnel.

DO NOT lemove access panel fasteners until fan is com-

pletely stopped.

Pressme developed by a moving fan can cause excessive

force against the panel and toward personnel.

DO NOT work on dampeLs until their operators m'e

disconnected.

BE SURE that fans m'e properly grounded before working

on them.

SECURE fan drive sheave with a rope or strap before

working on a fan to ensure that rotor cannot freewheel.

DO NOT restole power to unit until all temporary walk-

ways inside components have been removed.

NEVER pressurize equipment in excess of specified test

pressures.

PROTECT adjacent flammable material when welding or

flame cutting. Have a fire extinguisher at hand and ready

for immediate use.

PREVENT unauthorized entry into the unit; leave safety

latches in place on access doors except during installation

or service procedures. After accessing a section, replace

and tighten the safety latch.

FIELD SUPPLIED MOTORS should be Underwriters'

Laboratories (UL) or Canadian Standmds Association

(CSA) approved.

FIELD WIRING must comply with Natiomfl Electric_fl

Code (NEC) and all local requirements.

DO NOT ground equipment to fan assembly when weld-

ing. Damage to fan bezu'ings could result.

UNIT AND COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION

The 39M air handler comes in two basic configurations;

horizontal and vertical. Using appropriate sections, it is possi-

ble to design many unit variations, including blow-thru units

and plenum fan units with multiple discharges. Fig. 2A-2H

show an exmnple of the model number used for 39M unit sec-

tions and components. Each unit's model number is listed on a

label affixed to the fan section. Section and major component

level part numbers are listed and affixed to each individual

component section.

For further information on unit and component identifica-

tion refer to Fig. 3A-3B and contact your Carrier representative

for the AHUBuilder® program. Refer to the 39M Product

Data cat,dog for more information on individual component

sections.

Fig. 1 -- Typical 39M Air Handler (Indoor Unit Shown)

39M N

39M-Air Handle I

N - Indoor Unit

W- Outdoor Unit

Unit Size

03 000001 12 S

mX S

T f Shipping Option

S - Standard

Q- Quick Ship

X- Always

Unit Crating Option

S - Skid only

C-Protective cover skid

B- Export with protective cover

E - Export without protective cover

Shipping No. of Pieces

Example: 12 = 1 of 2

22=2of2

Odometer Number

Revision Level

Fig. 2A -- 39M Unit Nomenclature

28M0 - 1/2in. Chilled Water

28MH - 1/2in. Hot Water

Coil Position

H - Horizontal

V - Vertical

Rows

1 - 1Row

2 - 2Row

4 - 4 Row

6 - 8 Row

8 - 8 Row

O - 10 Row

Tubes In Face 12 -44 *

39M Unit

Size L M B S

28M0 V 6 20

03 20 14 12 N/A

06 20 14 12 12

08 22 16 14 12

10 22 16 14 12

12 28 22 20 14

14 28 24 20 14

17 30 24 22 16

21 38 32 28 18

25 38 32 28 18

30 38 32 28 18

36 44 36 30 24

40 24/24 44 36 24

50 28/28 44 36 28

61 34/34 28/28 44 34

Circuiting

H - Half Circuit

F - Full Circuit

D - Double Circuit

LEGEND

-- Bypass

-- Large

-- Medium

-- Small

D A 020 A R N X

-- -T

X - Always

Coating

N-Non-Coated

E - E-Coated

Hand

R - Righthand

L - Leffhand

Header Style

A - MPT Std

B - MPT-Non Ferrous

NOTE: If positions 7-8 are _>30,

then position 15 cannot = B.

Unit

Size DBTSt(in.)

03 020 21 065

06 034 25 074

08 040 30 092

10 052 36 096

12 052 40 096

14 059 50 104

17 065 61 104

Tube Wall and

Hairpin Type

1/2 in.O.D. Copper Tube

A- .016 Std. Hairpin

B - .025 Std. Hairpin

Fin Material

Fins Per Inch

Casing Material

A- AL 8 GALV.

D - AL 11 GALV.

F - AL 14 GALV.

G - AL 8 ST. STL.

K - AL 11 ST. STL.

M- AL 14 ST. STL.

N - CU 8ST. STL.

R - CU 11 ST. STL.

T - CU 14 ST. STL.

*Multiple values indicate that two coils must be ordered.

1-Distance between tube sheets.

Fig. 2B -- 28MC,28MH (1/2-in. Water Coil) Nomenclature

28MZ - IDT Steam

Coil Position

H - Horizontal

V - Vertical

Rows

1 - 1 Row

2 - 2 Row

28MZ H

Tubes In Face*

If position 11 = S

1in.

39M Unit

Size L M B S

03 08 05 05 N/A

06 08 05 05 05

08 09 06 05 05

10 09 06 05 05

12 11 09 08 05

14 11 10 08 05

17 12 10 09 06

21 15 13 11 07

25 15 13 11 07

30 15 13 11 07

36 18 15 12 10

40 10/10 18 15 10

50 12/11 18 15 11

61 14/14 12/11 18 14

If position 11 = T

5/8 in.

L M B S

16 10 10 N/A

16 10 10 10

18 12 11 10

22 18 16 10

22 20 16 10

24 20 19 12

30 26 22 14

36 30 24 20

20/20 36 30 20

24/22 36 30 22

28/28 24/22 36 28

Circuiting

F - Full

Fin Material

Fins Per Inch

Casing Material

B - AL 6 GALV.

E - AL 9GALV.

C - AL 12 GALV.

H - AL 6 ST. STL.

L - AL 9ST. STL.

J - AL 12 ST. STL.

P - CU 6 ST. STL.

S - CU 9ST. STL.

Q - CU 12 ST. STL.

26 FBT 074 A X N -

l-- Coil Revision

Coating

N - Non-Coated

E - E-Coated

X - Always

Header Style

A - MPT Std

Header Note:

Pos. 11 (Type 'S')

Supply = 2 1/2 in. MPT

Condensate = 2 1/2 in. MPT

Pos. 11 (Type 'T')

(1) Row 10-28TF = 2 in. MPT (Supply and Return)

29-40 = 2 1/2 in. MPT (Supply)

= 2 in. MPT (Return)

(2) Row 10-28TF = 2 t/2 in. MPT (Supply and Return)

29-40TF = 3 in. MPT (Supply)

= 2 1/2in. MPT (Return)

TF-Tubes in face

Unit

Size DBTSt (in.)

03 020

06 034

08 040

10 052

12 052

14 059

17 065

21 065

28 074

30 092

36 096

48 096

50 104

61 104

Tube Size and Copper Wall

S - 1 in. O.D.x. 030 Wall Outer Tube

5/8 in. O.D.x. 020 Wall Inner Tube

T - 5/8 in. O.D. x .035 Wall Outer Tube

3/8 in. O.D. x .020 Wall Inner Tube

LEGEND

B -- Bypass

L -- Large

M -- Medium

S -- Small

*Multiple values indicated that two coils must be ordered.

1-Distance between tube sheets.

Fig. 2C -- 28MZ (Steam Coil) Nomenclature

28ME - Direct Expansion

Coil Position

V - Vertical

Rows

4 - 4 Row

6 - 8 Row

8-8 Row

Tubes In Face 14 -44*

39M Unit

Size L M

03 20 14

06 20 14

08 22 16

10 22 16

12 28 22

14 28 24

17 30 24

21 38 32

25 38 32

30 38 32

36 44 36

40 24/24 44

50 28/28 44

61 34/34 28/28

Circuiting

A - Face Split Quarter

B - Face Split Half

C - Face Split Full

D - Double

E - Quarter Circuit - Single Distributor

J - Half Circuit - Single Distributor

G - Row Split Full

K - Row Split Quarter

M- Row Split Half

Fin Material

Fins Per Inch

Casing Material

A- AL 8GALV.

D - AL 11 GALV.

F - AL 14 GALV.

G - AL 8ST. STL.

K - AL 11 ST. STL.

M - AL 14 ST. STL.

N - CU 8ST. STL.

R - CU 11 ST. STL.

T - CU 14 ST. STL.

28ME V 4 32 B A A 065 ZRNX

-- lX - Always

Coating

N - Non-Coated

E - E-Coated

Hand

R - Righthand

L - Lefthand

Header Style

Z - Standard (Copper)

Varies with Coil

Unit

Size DBTSt(in.)

03 020

06 034

08 040

10 052

12 052

14 059

17 065

21 065

25 072

30 092

36 096

40 096

50 104

61 104

Tube Wall and Hairpin Type

1/2 in.O.D. Copper Tube

A - .016 Std. Hairpin

B - .025 Std. Hairpin

LEGEND

L-- Large

M -- Medium

*Multiple values indicated that two coils must be ordered.

1-Distance between tube sheets.

Fig. 2D -- 28ME (Direct Expansion Coil) Nomenclature

28MG - Integral Face and Bypass

Unit Size

Code Size

B03

C 06

D08

F10

G12

H14

J17

K21

L25

M 3O

N 36

p40

Q50

R61

28MG M

Coil Position

H - Horizontal

Coil Type

H - Hot water

S - Steam

Rows

1 -1row

2 - 2row

3 - 3 row

H S 2 04 G N H XX

lRevision Level

XX - Always

Tube Orientation

H- Horizontal

V - Vertical

Hand

R - Righthand

L - Lefthand

Actuator

Y - Yes

N - No

Casing Material

G - Galvanized

S - Stainless Steel

Fins per Inch

04 - 4

05- 5

06- 6

07- 7

08- 8

09- 9

10- 10

11- 11

12- 12

13- 13

14- 14

Fig. 2E -- 28MG (Integral Face and Bypass Coil) Nomenclature

28MKM

28MK- Humidifer

Unit Size

Code Size

B 03

C 06

DO8

F 10

G 12

H 14

J 17

K 21

L 25

M 30

N 36

P 40

Q50

R 61

R S XXXXXXXXXX -

-Revision Level

XXXXXXXXXX -Always

Frame Material

G - Galvanized (g90)

S- Stainless Steel

Hand

R - Righthand

L - Lefthand

Fig. 2F -- 28MK (Humidifier) Nomenclature

28MD V 4 30 F A C 092 A R N A

28MD - 5/8 in. Chilled Water /

28MJ - 5/8in. Hot Water 1

Coil Position

H - Horizontal

V - Vertical

Rows

1 - 1Row

2 - 2 Row

4 - 8 Row

6 - 6 Row

8 - 8 Row

Tubes In Face

10 -36

Circuiting

H - Half Circuit

F - Full Circuit

D- Double Circuit

Fin Material

Fins Per Inch

Casing Material

A- AL 8GALV.

C - AL 12 GALV.

F - AL 14 GALV.

G - AL 8 ST. STL.

J - AL 12 ST. STL.

M- AL 14 ST. STL.

N - CU 8 ST. STL.

Q- CU 12 ST. STL.

T - CU 14 ST. STL.

T,-Always

Coating

N - Non-Coated

E - E-Coated

Hand

R - Righthand

L - Lefthand

Header Style

A - MPT Standard

B- MPT-Non Ferrous

39M Unit DBTS* (in.)

Size

03 020

06 034

08 040

10 052

12 052

14 059

17 065

21 065

25 074

30 092

36 096

40 096

50 104

61 104

Tube Wall and Hairpin Type

5/8 in. O.D. Copper Tube

C - .020 Std. Hairpin

D- .035 Std. Hairpin

*Distance between tube sheets.

Fig. 2G -- 28MD,28MJ (5/8-in. Water Coil) Nomenclature

Fan Motor

MR- High Efficiency

MS- Premium Efficiency

Horsepower*

01 - 1/2 12- 25

02 - 3/4 13- 30

03 -114 - 40

04- 1 1/2 15- 50

05 - 2 16 - 60

06 - 3 17 - 75

07 - 5 18 -100

08 - 7 1/2 19 - 125

09- 10 20- 150

10- 15 21 - 200

11 - 20

93 MR 01 18 B A 02 0

Voltage

02 -115/230-1-60

03 - 230-1-60

07 - 575-3-60

18 - 460-3-60

27 - 200/230/460-3-60

28 - 200/400-3-50

(190/380-3-50)

RPM Synchronous

B- 1800 60Hz

C - 3600 60 Hz

E -150050Hz

F - 3000 50 Hz

Type

A- Open Drip Proof

C - Totally Enclosed -Fan Cooled

*Not all horsepower values shown are applicable to 39M units.

1"F3 Box location may be substituted for either F1 or F2.

**F3 Mounting may only be available on ODP Motors.

Mounting numbers apply when facing Motor Shaft end.

03 S -

1'Revision Level

Fan Application

R - Return/Exhaust

S - Supply

Supplier Designation

Not Used

(Always 0)

Application Mounting

1-Fl1-

2-F21-

3 - F3**

Insulation Class

0-Vendors (Std.)

Frame

01 - 48 38- 365T

02- 56 39- 404T

25 - 143T 40 - 405T

26 - 145T 41 - 444T

27 - 182T 42 - 445T

28 - 184T 43 - 286TS

29 - 213T 44 - 324TS

30 - 215T 45 - 326TS

31 - 254T 46 - 364TS

32 - 245T 47 - 365TS

33 - 284T 48 - 405TS

34 - 286T 51 - 404TS

35 - 324T 52 - 444TS

36 - 326T 53 - 445TS

37 - 364T 54 - 284TS

F1 F2 F3

Fig. 2H -- Motor Nomenclature

_F Carrier

Model39MN08B0053Xl12SXS Serial 1504F26765

Odometer 0053X1 Size 008 Piece 1of 2

SLP 1 39MDSTD01DFPKFXJHH SLP 2 39MCSTDO1DGBXXXOHX SLP 339MHSTD01DPPXFXJBA

$LP 4 39MDSTDO1DJZZZXJBH 3WHSTD01DGHXFXGeF SLP 6

_LP 10 SLP 12

Tag

39M ! 594 i

A_Se_bJe0 _n LI_O_A PoaoMA5GOZ50C_

Fig. 3A -- Unit Nameplate Label

(Found on Each Component Section

Shipped Separately)

OCarrier

SLP# 39MHSTD01DGHXFXGBF

Odometer 0053X1

Fan

Motor

Drive

Coil 1

Coil 2

Serial 1504F26765

Size 008

28MCV614HAAO4OARNX

_OM ! 594A Assembled in U,S,A PN3OMA5C_Z5002

Fig. 3B -- Section Nameplate Label

(Each Component Section will have

a Section Nameplate Label)

PRE-INSTALLATION

Inspection -- Inspect the unit; file a claim with the ship-

ping company if the unit is &_maged, Check the packing list to

ensure that the correct items have been received and notify

your CatTier representative of any discrepancy,

Rigging and Handling -- To transfer the unit fiom the

shipping platform to the storage or installation site, refer to the

rigging label on the unit and these instructions,

You can use a forklift truck to move units or components

only if they have full skids, Lift fiom the heavy end of the

skid, Minimum recommended fork length is 48 inches,

Base units are shipped fully assembled, except when sec-

tions me separately ordered or when the unit height exceeds

108 in. or length exceeds 30 feet. All 39M units can be rigged

using the lifting brackets, as shown on the rigging label on the

unit.

Aero connect hitches or screws are provided at specified

sections to separate component sections:

1. Undo till fasteners (with red hex heads) on vertical and

horizontal (side and top) semns.

2. Remove the large through-bolts in adjacent lifting

brackets and smaller bolts that hold lifting brackets

togethet:

3. Lift the unit with slings and header bars, using

clevises and pins in the large round holes in the unit's

lifting brackets.

When the unit is in its final location, do not remove the caps

fiom the coil connections until the coil is ready for piping. Do

not remove grease fiom the fan shaft until the drive sheave is

ready for instalhttion.

Refer to Fig. 4 and 5 and Tables 1- 17 for component &tta.

39MN Indoor Unit Dimensions

39MN

UNIT

SIZE

UNIT CASING

H (in.) W (in.)

39 33

39 46

42 54

42 67

49 67

49 72

52 79

62 79

62 86

62 104

73 109

79 109

89 117

104 117

AWL

39MW Outdoor Unit Dimensions

39MN

UNIT

SIZE

NOTES:

UNIT CASING

H (in.) W (in.)

43 36

43 49

46 57

46 70

53 70

53 75

56 82

66 82

66 89

66 107

77 112

83 112

93 120

108 120

1. Weights and dimensions are approximate.

For more exact dimensions, consult with

your local Carrier Sales Engineer or select

your desired unit using AHUBuilder¢)

software.

2. All dimensions in inches unless otherwise

noted.

Fig. 4- Base Unit Dimensions

AWL

LEGEND

AWL -- Airway Length

HHeight

W -- Width

Air Distribution Components

_Mixing box _2_ Mixing box

v(side inlet) _3_ Filter Mixing _Air mixer _Exhaust

box box

Plenum & Filtration Sections

@Plenum @Humidifier

section section (_) External bypass (_ Blow-thru

return section plenumsection

Exhaust

box (side

outlet)

(_) Internal face (_ Internal face

and bypass and bypass

heating coil

section

@External face

and bypass

damper section damper

section

(_ Vertical blow-thru discharge _Horizontal, flat

plenum section _filter section

(_) Horizontal, angle

filter section

Heat Transfer Sections

(_ Cooling coil

section with

drain pan

(_ Horizontal, bag/side loading (_) Vertical short bag/side _Horizontal, bag/front _Horizontal, blow-thru front

cartridge filter section loading cartridge filter -- loading cartridge section -- loading HEPA filter section

section

Extended length @Heating Extended @Extended length _Dual coil

cooling coil section coil section (_ length heating -- heating coil section section with

with drain pan coil section with drain pan drain pan

(_ Electric heat _Horizontal blow-thru _Cooling/Heating @Multizone

section -- coil section with -- blow-thru coil section damper section

drain pan with drain pan

Fan Motor Sections

A B

F E

Horizontal fan

with rear inlet

fan section

BYPASS

Blow-thru supply section

with rear inlet, diffuser and

external bypass return

(_) Vertical cooling

coil section with

drain pan

LEGEND

C-- Cooling

N -- Heating

Fan Configurations

@Draw-thru exhaust

fan section

A B

Available

ContlguraUons

Blow-thru supply fan

section with rear inlet

and diffuser

be field-fabricated

Fan Section Access

Hinged Access on Both Sides

Hinged Door on Hand Side

Removable Panels

INLET _ X = Standard configuration

INLET

Vertical fan section

with bottom inlet @Plenum fan

Fig. 5 -- Component Drawings (Refer to Table 1)

Section Number

XXXXXX

Table 1 -- 39MN,MW Component Weights and Lengths

Refer to Fig. 5

1Mixing box

2Side inlet mixing box

3 Filter mixing box

4 Air mixer

5 Exhaust box

Nominal cfm at 500 fpm

Unit Size

H (in.)

Indoor

Outdoor

W(in,)

Indoor

Outdoor

AWL (in.)

(Indoor/Outdoor / Weight (Ih /

32_ 33_

34_ 35_ 36

Side outlet exhaust box

Integral face and bypass heating coil section

Internal face and bypass damper section

External face and bypass damper section

Plenum section -- 12 in.

Plenum section -- 24 in.

Plenum section -- 36 in.

Plenum section --48 in.

Humidifier section -- 24 in.

Humidifier section -- 36 in.

Humidifier section -- 48 in.

External bypass return section

Horizontal blow-thru discharge plenum section

Vertical blow-thru discharge AF

_lenum section

Plenum Fan

Horizontal flat filter section

2in. or 4 in. side Ioadin_

Horizontal angle filter section

2in. or 4 in. side Ioadin_l

Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, SL

6in. or 12 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track

Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, SL

15 in. or 30 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track

Vertical bag/cartridge filter section, SL

6in. or 12 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track

Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, EL

Face loading media with or without header

Horizontal blow-thru HEPA filter section, FL

Cooling coil section with drain pan

Extended length cooling coil section with drain pan

Heating coil section

Extended length heating coil section and electric heat with remote

box

Extended length heating coil section with EBR

Dual coil section with drain pan

Low Amp (in.)

Electric heat section with (indoor /Outdoor / lib}

control box High Amp (in.)

(indoor /Outdoor) (Ib)

Horizontal blow thru coil with ducted discharge

Multizone/dual duct H (in,)

heating/cooling coil section AWL (in.)

Indoor /Outdoor / Weight lib/

MuIBzone damper section AWL

Number of Zones

Vertical coil section with drain pan

Fan sections

Downblast AF

Vertical FC/AF

37 Plenum fan section

LEGEND

AF -- Airfoil

AWL -- Aint_ayLength

EBR -- External Bypass Return

FC -- Forward Curved

FL -- Face Load

H-- Height

SL -- Side Lead

W-- Width

1500

270/370

300/410

320/450

170/270

160/260

300/410

250/400

130/230

140/--

120/210

170/280

210/340

250/400

247/360

287/410

327/470

140/--

170/280

150/--

210/--

150/--

190/280

230/340

300/440

300/--

320/470

170/280

230/370

120/210

170/280

200/--

210/340

24/30

180/300

36/42

180/320

200/320

250/--

480/590

550/690

560/--

600/770

SECTION DIMENSIONS lin,! AND WEIGHTS !lb)

3000 4000 5000

330/450

350/490

380/530

190/310

360/490

280/450

150/270

160/--

140/250

190/320

240/390

280/450

290/420

340/490

380/550

160/--

200/330

190/--

240/--

180/--

230/340

270/400

350/510

340/--

370/540

190/320

260/420

140/250

190/320

230/--

240/390

30135

240/390

35142

220/380

220/360

570/--

290/--

550/690

620/780

630/--

720/900

NOTES:

08 10

42 42

45 45

54 67

57 70

21 21

370/510 420/570

27 33

390/540 470/650

36 36

430/590 490/680

18 24

210/340 270/430

21 21

210/350 230/380

27 33

390/540 470/650

48 48

310/500 340/560

18 18

170/300 190/340

21 21

180/-- 190/--

12 12

150/270 170/300

24 24

210/350 230/390

36 36

260/420 280/470

48 48

310/500 340/550

24 24

330/470 370/530

36 36

380/540 420/610

48 48

430/620 480/700

18 18

170/-- 180/--

24 24

220/360 240/400

36 36

230/-- 260/--

36 36

250/-- 280/--

22 22

180/-- 200/--

12 12

260/380 300/430

24 24

310/450 350/510

24 24

310/450 350/510

42 42

390/570 440/540

36 36

380/-- 420/--

48 48

420/610 470/690

48 48

420/610 470/690

24 24

210/350 230/390

42 42

290/470 310/510

12 12

150/270 170/300

24 24

210/350 230/390

36 35

250/-- 270/--

36 35

260/420 280/470

30136 30136

280/440 320/510

42/48 42/48

290/480 340/560

30 30

250/400 270/440

64 64

48 48

620/-- 690/--

11 11

7 10

36 36

290/-- 320/--

36 36

640/800 700/890

36 36

640/800 700/890

42 42

570/550 740/940

36 36

660/-- 720/--

42 42

720/900 800/1000

6000

460/610

510/690

540/730

290/450

250/400

510/690

360/580

200/350

200/--

180/310

240/400

300/490

360/580

410/570

460/650

520/740

190/--

260/420

320/--

340/--

230/--

330/460

390/550

480/680

490/--

510/730

240/400

340/540

180/310

240/400

310/--

300/490

30136

350/540

42148

380/600

320/510

820/--

370/--

810/1010

850/1070

840/--

940/1160

7OOO

520/590

580/780

570/770

300/470

250/450

580/780

380/510

210/360

220/--

190/330

250/420

310/510

380/610

420/590

490/690

550/780

220/--

270/440

360/--

380/--

240/--

340/480

400/570

500/710

520/--

540/770

250/420

350/560

190/330

250/420

320/--

310/510

30136

370/570

42148

400/530

330/530

850/--

420/--

910/1140

900/1130

940/1180

940/--

980/1210

8500

570/750

640/860

630/840

380/570

300/480

640/860

410/650

230/390

240/--

200/350

270/450

340/550

410/650

470/650

540/750

600/840

240/--

300/480

410/--

420/--

260/--

380/530

450/630

560/780

550/--

590/830

270/450

380/600

200/350

270/450

350/--

340/550

30135

410/620

42148

450/690

370/580

920/--

460/--

990/1230

1030/1290

1030/--

1080/1320

1. Refer to the Aero Product Data Catalog for additional application information•

• Section weights do not include coils or motors• Refer to the product data catalog for additional

weights•

3. Section height is the same except as noted•

4. All bold numbers are inches, non-hold are pounds unless otherwise noted•

Table 1 -- 39MN,MW Component Weights and Lengths (cont)

Indoor

Refer to Fig. 5 Outdoor

1 Mixing box AWL (in.)

/IndooUOutdoor} Wei_lht lib}

2 Side inlet mixing box

3Filter mixing box

4Air mixer

5 Exhaust box

6 Side outlet exhaust box

7Integral face and bypass heating coil section

8Internal face and bypass damper section

9 External face and bypass damper section

Plenum section -- 12 in.

Plenum section -- 24 in.

Plenum section -- 36 in.

Plenum section -- 48 in.

Humidifier section -- 24 in,

11 Humidifier section -- 36 in,

Humidifier section --48 in,

12 External bypass return section

13 Horizontal b]ow-thru discharge plenum section

14 Vertical blow-thru discharge AF

_lenum section

Plenum Far

15 Horizontal flat filter section

2in. or 4 in. side loading

16 Horizontal angle filter section

2in. or 4 in. side Ioadin_

Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, SL

17 6 in. or 12 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track

Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, SL

15 in. or 30 in. media wBth 2 in. pre-filter track

18 Vertical bag/cartridge filter section, SL

0in. or 12 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track

19 Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, FL

Face loading media with or without header

20 Horizontal blow-thru HEPA filter section, FL

21 Cooling coil section with drain pan

22 Extended length cooling coil section with drain pan

23 Heating coil section

24 Extended length heating coil section and electric heat with remote

box

25 Extended length heating coil section with EBR

26 Dual coil section with drain pan

Low Amp AWL (in.',

27 Electric heat section with ndoo /Oudoo Wegh (b'

control box High Amp AWL (in.,

(indoor /Outdoor) Weight (Ib',

28 Horizontal blow thru coil with ducted discharge

Multizone/dua] duct H (in,)

AWL (in,)

29 heating/cooling coil section Indoor /Ou door / Wei{lh (Ib /

30 Multizone damper section AWL (in, I

Number of Zones

31 Vertical coil section with drain pan

32, 33, Fan sections

34_ 35_ 36 Downblast AF

Vertical FC/AF

37 Plenum fan section

LEGEND

AF -- Airfoil

AWL -- Airway Length

EBR -- External Bypass Return

FC Forward Curved

FL -- Face Load

H-- Height

SL -- Side Load

W-- Width

10,500

710/900

710/930

720 /930

430 /620

370 /560

710/930

450 /600

250/410

280 /--

220 /370

300 /480

380 /500

450 /690

530/710

600/810

680 /920

270 /--

380 /570

470 /--

480 /--

320 /--

430 /580

510/600

630 /850

630 /--

070/910

670/910

300 /480

450 /690

220 /370

300 /480

430 /--

380 /590

30135

470 /080

42148

530 /770

460 /080

1180/--

510/--

1100/1340

1150/1410

1160/--

1320 /1580

SECTION DIMENSIONS lin.! AND WEIGHTS !lb)

12,500 15,000 18,000

760 /960

830 /1080

760 /980

460 /060

390 /590

830 /1080

470 /720

270 /440

300 /--

230 /380

320/510

400 /020

470 /720

560 /750

640 /860

720 /970

280 /--

410/610

600 /--

610/--

340 /--

460/010

540 /730

670/910

670 /--

710/960

320/510

480 /730

230 /380

320/510

450 /--

400 /620

30136

500 /720

42148

560/810

490 /730

30 36

62 73

66 77

104 109

107 112

27 36

870 /1090 1320 /1580

51 57

1050 /1350 1300 /1690

36 45

880 /1130 1260 /1550

36 36

600 /850 720 /080

27 36

440 /060 650 /010

51 57

1050 / 1350 1360 / 1690

48 48

530 /820 620 /920

18 18

300 /500 350 /550

27 33

330 /-- 450 /--

12 12

260 /-- 310 /490

24 24

350 /-- 410 /630

36 56

440 /690 510 /770

48 48

530 /820 620 /020

24 24

644 /860 770 /000

36 36

734 /990 570 /1130

48 48

824 /1120 070 /1270

24 24

310/-- 360/--

30 53

460 /690 590 /840

50 60

700 /-- 860 /--

60 60

700 /-- 850 /--

28 40

380 /-- 600 /--

12 12

530/710 630/810

24 24

620 /830 740 /960

24 24

620 /830 740 /960

42 42

700 /1030 900 /1180

60 72

760/-- 910/--

48 48

810 /11O0 960 /1260

48 48

810 /11O0 960 /1260

24 24

350 /560 410 /630

48 48

540 /830 630 /930

12 12

260 /440 310 /400

24 24

350 /560 410 /630

48 48

510/-- 600/--

36 36

440 /690 510 /770

30135 30 /42

580 /830 700 /980

42148 42 /54

660 /950 800 /1120

42 48

550 /820 740 /1040

90 101

20,000

109

112

1520/1700

1460/1700

1430/1730

870/1150

750/1020

1460/1790

650/950

380/580

470/--

320/500

430/650

540/800

650/950

820/1040

930/1190

1040/1340

420/--

630/880

920/--

990/--

050/--

680/860

790/1010

960/1240

910/--

1020/1320

430/650

730/1050

320/500

430/650

700 /--

30142

740/1020

42/54

860/1180

840/1160

107

1250/--

630/--

1360/1650

1400/1700

1440/--

1400/1670

NOTES:

1430/--

722/--

1560/1890

1600/1950

1650/--

1610/1920

18401--

860/--

1840/2180

1750/2000

1950/--

2240/2600

2030/--

980/--

1960/2300

2120/2480

2010/2370

2250/--

2580/2960

25,000

117

120

1920/2220

1870/2240

1790/2120

1030/1330

930/1230

1870/2240

750/1070

440/650

630/--

370/560

490/730

020/900

750/1070

950/1190

1080/1360

1210/1530

520/--

790/1070

1200/--

1270/--

770/--

800/990

920/1160

1120/1420

1090/--

1190/1510

490/730

930/1290

370/560

490/730

890/--

30142

880/1180

42154

1020/1360

1080/1440

119

102

2630/--

1240/--

2480/2860

2670/3070

2520/2020

2840/--

3040/3440

30,500

104

108

117

120

2650/2080

2140/2510

2390/2750

1330/1650

1270/1600

2140/2510

850/1170

490/700

810/--

420/610

550/790

700/980

850/1170

1090/1330

1230/1510

1380/1700

630/--

000/1180

1400/--

15801--

1000/--

910/1100

1060/1300

1270/1570

1210/--

1360/1680

550/790

1230/1630

420/010

550/700

1180/--

30142

1010/1310

42154

1180/1520

1420/1820

140

120

3500/--

1520/--

2830/3210

3270/3700

3080/3510

3500/--

3740/4170

. Refer to the Aero Product Data Catalog for additional application information•

• Section weights do not include coils or motors. Refer to the product data catalog for additional

weights•

3. Section height is the same except as noted•

4. All bold numbers are inches, non-bold are pounds unless otherwise noted•

Table 2A -- Physical Data -- Airfoil Fans (Supply, Return and Exhaust)

39M UNIT SIZE

WHEEL TYPE..SIZE

I3 06 08 10 12 14 17 21 25 30

AIl...Std All...Std AIhStd AIl...Std AlhStd AIl...Std AIl...Std All...Std AIl...Std AIl...Std

10 121/4 131/2 131/2 161/2 161/2 181/4 20 221/4 221/4

6.13 7.5 8.38 8.38 10.13 10.13 11.00 12.44 13.88 13.88

WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)

MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)

MAX SPEED (rpm)

Class I

Class II

FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)

Class I

Class II

FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)

Class I

Class II

No. Fan Blades

MOTOR FRAME SIZE

Maximum (ODP/TEFC)

Minimum (ODP/TEFC)

MOTOR HP

Maximum

Minimum

1872

2442

115/16

23/16

73.0

324T

182T

3gM UNIT SIZE Supply...StdWHEEL TYPE..SIZE

WHEEL DIAMETER (in.) 241/2

MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (n.) 15/8

MAX SPEED (rpm)

Class I

Class II

FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)

Class I

Class II

FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)

Class I 88

Class II 91

No. Fan Blades 18

MOTOR FRAME SIZE

36 40

Ret/Exh...Std Supply...Std Ret/Exh...Std

1813/le

Supply...Std Ret/Exh...Std

209/16

27 27 30

1613/le 1613/le 1813/le

1700I 1202112o211055

2123 1910 1910 1715 1715 1568 1568 1378

27/16 27/lC 2Z/lc 211/16 211/16 23/16 23/lC 23/lC

11o411o4

106 106 148 145 176 176 233

18 18 18 18 18 18 18

0tl 0 tl 0t

184T 182T 184T 182T 213T 184T 213T 184T

i 18160 2o17812o

3 3 3 71/2 5 71/2 5

Supply...Stc Ret/Exh...Std

33 361/2

209/1G 231/8

Maximum (ODP/TEFC)

Minimum (ODP/TEFC)

MOTOR HP

Maximum 50

Minimum 5

LEGEND

ODP -- Open Dripproof

Ret/Exh -- Return Exhaust

TEFC -- Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled

NOTE: Data is for 50 Hz and 60 Hz motors.

Table 2B -- Physical Data -- Plenum Fans (Supply, Return and Exhaust)

3gM UNIT SIZE

WHEEL TYPE...SIZE

WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)

MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in,)

MAX SPEED (rpm)

Class I

Class II

FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in,)

Class I

Class II

FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)

Class I

Class II

No. Fan Blades

MOTOR FRAME SIZE

Maximum (ODP/TEFC)

Minimum (ODP/TEFC)

MOTOR HP

Maximum

Minimum

I03 06 08 10 12 14 17 21 25

AlhStd AIl...Std AIL..Std AIl...Std AIl...Std AIl...Std AIl...Std AIL..Std AIL..Std

121/4 16 161/2 181/4 221/4 221/4 241/2 27 30

7.5 9.25 10.13 11.88 12.14 12.14 15.81 17.5 19.69

AIl...Std

21.49

1202

1568

111/1G

111/16

135

286T

182T

39M UNIT SIZE

WHEEL TYPE._SIZE

WHEEL DIAMETER (in,)

MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)

MAX SPEED (rpm)

Class I

Class II

FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)

Class I

AIl...Std

361/2

Supply...Std Ret/Exh...Std

361/2 401/4

24 265/8

Ret/Exh...Std

441/2

291/2

Supply...Std Supply...Std

401/4 441/2

265/8 291/2

1055 1055 955 I 955 865 I 865 808

1378 1378 1249 1249 1131 1131 1050

111/1G 111/16 115/1G I 115/16 23/16 I 23/16 211/16

Class II 111/1G 111/16 115/1G I 115/16 23/16 I 23/16 211/16

FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)

Class I 171 171 203 203 277 277 366

Class II 171 171 203 203 277 277 366

No. Fan Blades 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

MOTOR FRAME SIZE

Maximum (ODP/TEFC) 3247 324T 256713267 284713647 2867

Minimum (ODP/TEFC) 162T 184T 182T 213T 184T 213T 184T

MOTOR HP

Maximum 40 40 20 I 50 25 I 60 30

Minimum 3 5 3 I 71/2 5 I 71/2 6

LEGEND

ODP -- Open Dripproof

Ret/Exh -- Return Exhaust

TEFC -- Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled

NOTE: Data is for 50 Hz and 60 Hz motors.

Ret/Exh...Std

321/2

39M UNIT SIZE

WHEEL SIZE

WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)

MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)

MAX SPEED (rpm)

Class I

Class II

FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)

Class I

Class II

Fan Shaft Weight (Ib) Class II

FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)

Class I

Class II

No. Fan Blades

MOTOR FRAME SIZE

Maximum (ODP/TEFC)

Minimum (ODP/TEFC)

MOTOR HP

Maximum

Minimum

Table 2C -- Physical Data -- Forward-Curved Fans (Supply)

I03 06 08 10 12 14 17 21

Std Std Std I Small Std Small Std Small Std I Small Std I Small Std Small

91/2 1OS/s 12s/8 ]1OS/8 15 12s/s 15 12s/s 18 ]15 18 ]15 20 15

7.81 8.81 10.38 8.81 12.12 10.38 12.62 10.38 15.5 12.62 15.5 12.62 16.25 12.62

1262

1639

111/16

12.8

16.2

16.9

184T 184T 213T1 213T ]213TI215T 1213T1 254T 1213T1 254T 1215T1 254T ]254TI284T

56 143T 143T 182T 145T 184T 145T 184T 145T 184T 182T 213T 182T 215T

39M UNIT SIZE

WHEEL SIZE

WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)

MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)

MAX SPEED (rpm)

Class I

Class II

FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)

Class I

Class II

Fan Shaft Weight (Ib) Class II

FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)

Class I

Class II

No. Fan Blades

MOTOR FRAME SIZE

Maximum (ODP/=rEFC)

Minimum (ODP/TEFC)

MOTOR HP

Maximum

Minimum

LEGEND

ODP -- Open Dripproof

TEFC -- Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled

NOTE: Data is for 50 Hz and 60 Hz motors.

I 2i 30 36 40 50

Std Small Std Small Std Small Std Small Std Small

20 20 20 20 25 223/8 25 25 275/8 27s/s

1625 1625 1625 1625 215/16 181/16 215/16 215/16 2315/16 231_16

Std Small

301/4 275/8

263/8 2315/16

656

865

111/16

27/16

71,8

111.0

254T 284T ]256T ]286T ]256T ]286T ]284T ]286T ]286T ]324T ]324T ]326T

184T 215T 184T 215T 182T 254T 184T 254T 184T 254T 184T 256T

Table 2D -- Physical Data -- Forward-Curved Fans (Return and Exhaust)

39M UNIT SIZE

WHEEL SIZE

WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)

MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in,)

MAX SPEED (rpm)

Class I

Class II

FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)

Class I

Class II

Fan Shaft Weight (Ib) Class II

FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)

Class I

Class II

No. Fan Blades

MOTOR FRAME SIZE

Maximum (ODP/TEFC)

Minimum (ODPFrEFC)

MOTOR HP

Maximum

Minimum

I 03

Std

91/2

7.81

2132

2749

1!9

3,8

184T

06 08 10 12

Std Std Std Std

105& 12_s 15 15

8.81 10.38 12.62 12.62

1806 1533 1262 1262

2347 1986 1639 1639

1 13/16 I 13/16 I

1 13/16 13/16

4.2 7.7 8.7

5,8 10,0 16.2 16.2

5,8 10,4 16.9 16.9

48 43 51 51

184T 213T 213T 213T

56 56 143T 145T

3/4

1097

1378

13/16 13/16

8.7 14,9

213T

145T

71/2 t 71/211/2 11/2

14 17 21 25

Std Std Std Std

18 18 20 20

15.50 15.50 16.25 16.25

1097 952 952

1378 1237 1237

13/16 I 17/16 I 17/16

13/16 17/16 17/16

14.9 15.2 15.2

32.0 32.0 42.0 42.0

34.2 34.2 44.9 44.9

48 48 51 51

215T 254T I 254T

145T 145T 145T

182

39M UNIT SIZE

WHEEL SIZE

WHEEL DIAMETER (in,)

MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in,)

MAX SPEED (rpm)

Class I

Class II

FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in,)

Class I

Class II

Fan Shaft Weight (Ib) Class II

FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (Ib)

Class I

Class II

No. Fan Blades

MOTOR FRAME SIZE

Maximum (ODP/TEFC)

Minimum (ODP/TEFC)

MOTOR HP

Maximum

Minimum

LEGEND

ODP -- Open Dripproof

TEFC -- Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled

30 36

Std Std I Small

20 25 I 223/8

16.25 215/16 181/16

960 _

1217

111/16 111/16 I 17/16 I

111/16 27/16 23/16

23.5 61.1 42.4

53,0 81 .O 63.0

37 37 37

256T 256T 286T I

182T 182T 254T

20 20 30

3 3 15

40 50

Std Small Std I Small

25 25 275/8 I 27s/8

215/16 215/16 2315/16 2315/16

Std Small

301_ 275/8

263/8 231_16

751 _ 618 } 656

960 793 865

111/16 111/16 I 111/16 I 111/16 I

27/16 27/16 27/16 27/16

60.3 53.3 71.8 64,5

111/16 1_1/16

211/16 27/16

90.1 71.8

81.0 73.0 111.0 101.0 128.0 111.0

37 37 37 37 37 37

284T 286T 286T I 324T I 324T I 326T

184T 254T 184T 254T 184T I 256T

25 30 30 40 40 I 50

5 15 5 15 5 I 20

NOTE: Dataisfer50 Hzand 60 Hz motors.

Table 3- Coil Data

39M UNIT SIZE

1/2-in. CHILLED WATER/DIRECT EXPANSION

Large Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm

Lower Coil Height (in,)

Upper Coil Height (in,)

Length (in,)

Total Face Area (sq ft)

Medium Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm

Lower Coil Height (in,)

Upper Coil Height (in,)

Length (in,)

Total Face Area (sq ft)

Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water

Only)

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm

Height (in,)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq ft)

1/2-in. HOT WATER HEATING

Large Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Lower Coil Height (in.)

Upper Coil Height (in,)

Length (in,)

Total Face Area (sq ft)

Medium Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Lower Coil Height (in,)

Upper Coil Height (in,)

Length (in,)

Total Face Area (sq ft)

Small Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Height (in,)

Length (in,)

Total Face Area (sq ft)

Bypass Face Area (Internal)

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Height (in,)

Length (in,)

Total Face Area (sq ft)

5/8-in. STEAM HEATING

Large Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Lower Coil Height (in,)

Upper Coil Height (in,)

Length (in,)

Total Face Area (sq ft)

Medium Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Lower Coil Height (in,)

Upper Coil Height (in,)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq ft)

Small Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Height (in.)

Length (in,)

Total Face Area (sq ft)

Bypass Face Area (Internal)

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Height (in,)

Length (in,)

Total Face Area (sq ft)

03 08 08 10 12 14 17 21 25 30 38 40 50 81

1,736 2,951 3,819 4,965 6,319 7,170 8,464 10,720 12,205 15,174 18,333 20,000 25,278 30,694

25 25 27.5 27.5 35 35 37.5 47.5 47.5 47.5 55 30 35 42.5

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 30 35 42.5

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

3.5 5.9 7.6 9.9 12.6 14.3 16.9 21.4 24.4 30.3 36.7 40.0 50.6 61.4

1,215 2,066 2,778 3,611 4,965 6,146 6,771 9,028 10,278 12,778 15,000 18,333 19,861 25,278

17.5 17.5 20 20 27.5 30 30 40 40 40 45 55 55 35

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 35

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

2.4 4.1 5.6 7.2 9.9 12.3 13.5 18.1 20.6 25.6 30.0 36.7 39.7 58.6

1,042 1,771 2,431 3,160 4,514 5,122 6,207 7,899 8,993 11,181 12,500 15,000 16,250 19,861

15 15 17.5 17.5 25 25 27.5 35 35 35 37.5 45 45 55

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

2.1 3.5 4.9 6.3 9.0 10.2 12.4 15.8 18.0 22.4 25.0 30.0 32.5 39.7

2,431 4,132 5,347 6,951 8,847 10,038 11,849 15,009 17,087 21,243 25,667 28,000 35,389 42,972

25 25 27.5 27.5 35 35 37.5 47.5 47.5 47.5 55 30 35 42.5

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 30 35 42.5

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

3.5 5.9 7.6 9.9 12.6 14.3 16.9 21.4 24.4 30.3 36.7 40.0 50.6 61.4

1,701 2,892 3,889 5,056 6,951 8,604 9,479 12,639 14,389 17,889 21,000 25,667 27,806 35,389

17.5 17.5 20 20 27.5 30 30 40 40 40 45 55 55 35

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 35

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

2.4 4.1 5.6 7.2 9.9 12.3 13.5 18.1 20.6 25.6 30.0 36.7 39.7 58.6

-- 2,479 2,917 3,792 4,424 5,019 6,319 7,109 8,094 10,063 14,000 14,000 17,694 21,486

-- 15 15 15 17.5 17.5 20 22.5 22.5 22.5 30 30 35 42.5

-- 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

-- 3.5 4.2 5.4 6.3 7.2 9.0 10.2 11.6 14.4 20.0 20.0 25.3 30.7

1,458 2,479 3,403 4,424 6,319 7,170 8,689 11,059 12,590 15,653 17,500 21,000 22,750 27,806

15 15 17.5 17.5 25 25 27.5 35 35 35 37.5 45 45 55

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

2.1 3.5 4.9 6.3 9.0 10.2 12.4 15.8 18.0 22.4 25.0 30.0 32.5 39.7

2,333 3,967 5,250 6,825 8,342 9,465 11,375 14,219 16,188 --

24 24 27 27 33 33 36 45 45 --

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A --

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 --

3.3 5.7 7.5 9.8 11.9 13.5 16.3 20.3 23.1 --

1,458 2,479 3,500 4,550 6,825 8,604 9,479 12,323 14,029 --

15 15 18 18 27 30 30 39 39 --

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A --

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 --

2.1 3.5 5.0 6.5 9.8 12.3 13.5 17.6 20.0 --

-- 2,479 2,917 3,792 3,792 4,302 5,688 6,635 7,554

-- 15 15 15 15 15 18 21 21

-- 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74

-- 3.5 4.2 5.4 5.4 6.1 8.1 9.5 10.8

1,458 2,479 2,917 3,792 6,067 6,883 8,531 10,427 11,871

15 15 15 15 24 24 27 33 33

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74

2.1 3.5 4.2 5.4 8.7 9.8 12.2 14.9 17.0

Table 3 -- Coil Data (cont)

39M UNIT SIZE

s&-In. CHILLED WATER

Large Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm

Lower Coil Height (in.)

Upper Coil Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

Medium Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm

Lower Coil Height (in.)

Upper Coil Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water Only)

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm

Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

5&-In. HOT WATER HEATING

Large Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Lower Coil Height (in.)

Upper Coil Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

Medium Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Lower Coil Height (in.)

Upper Coil Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

Small Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

Bypass Face Area (Internal)

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

l-In. STEAM HEATING

Large Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Lower Coil Height (in.)

Upper Coil Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

Medium Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Lower Coil Height (in.)

Upper Coil Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

Small Face Area

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

Bypass Face Area (Internal)

Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm

Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

5/_-In. HOT WATER IFB

Integral Face and Bypass

Nominal Capacity (cfm)

Coil Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

s/_-In. STEAM IFB

Integral Face and Bypass

Nominal Capacity (cfm)

Coil Height (in.)

Length (in.)

Total Face Area (sq It)

LEGEND

IFB -- Integral Face and Bypass

03 08 08 10 12 14 17 21 28 30 38 40 50 81

1,667 2,833 3,750 4,875 5,958 6,760 8,125 10,156 11,563 14,375 18,000 20,000 24,917 30,333

24 24 27 27 33 33 36 45 45 45 54 30 36 42

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 30 33 42

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

3.3 5.7 7.5 9.8 11.9 13.5 16.3 20.3 23.1 28.8 36.0 40.0 49.8 60.7

1,042 1,771 2,500 3,250 4,875 6,146 6,771 8,802 10,021 12,458 15,000 18,000 19,500 24,917

15 15 18 18 27 30 30 39 39 39 45 54 54 36

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 33

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

2.1 3.5 5.0 6.5 9.8 12.3 13.5 17.6 20.0 24.9 30.0 36.0 39.0 49.8

1,042 1,771 2,083 2,708 4,333 4,917 6,094 7,448 8,479 10,542 12,000 15,000 16,250 19,500

15 15 15 15 24 24 27 33 33 33 36 45 45 54

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

2.1 3.5 4.2 5.4 8.7 9.8 12.2 14.9 17.0 21.1 24.0 30.0 32.5 39.0

2,333 3,967 5,250 6,825 8,342 9,465 11,375 14,219 16,188 20,125 25,200 28,000 34,883 42,467

24 24 27 27 33 33 36 45 45 45 54 30 36 42

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 30 33 42

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

3.3 5.7 7.5 9.8 11.9 13.5 16.3 20.3 23.1 28.8 36.0 40.0 49.8 60.7

1,458 2,479 3,500 4,550 6,825 8,604 9,479 12,323 14,029 17,442 21,000 25,200 27,300 34,883

15 15 18 18 27 30 30 39 39 39 45 54 54 36

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 33

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

2.1 3.5 5.0 6.5 9.8 12.3 13.5 17.6 20.0 24.9 30.0 36.0 39.0 49.8

-- 2,479 2,917 3,792 3,792 4,302 5,688 6,635 7,554 9,392 14,000 14,000 16,683 21,233

-- 15 15 15 15 15 18 21 21 21 30 30 33 42

-- 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

-- 3.5 4.2 5.4 5.4 6.1 8.1 9.5 10.8 13.4 20.0 20.0 23.8 30.3

1,458 2,479 2,917 3,792 6,067 6,883 8,531 10,427 11,871 14,758 16,800 21,000 22,750 27,300

15 15 15 15 24 24 27 33 33 33 36 45 45 54

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

2.1 3.5 4.2 5.4 8.7 9.8 12.2 14.9 17.0 21.1 24.0 30.0 32.5 39.0

2,333 3,967 5,250 6,825 8,342 9,465 11,375 14,219 16,188 20,125 25,200 28,000 34,883 42,467

24 24 27 27 33 33 36 45 45 45 54 30 36 42

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 30 33 42

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

3.3 5.7 7.5 9.8 11.9 13.5 16.3 20.3 23.1 28.8 36.0 40.0 49.8 60.7

1,458 2,479 3,500 4,550 6,825 8,604 9,479 12,323 14,029 17,442 21,000 25,200 27,300 34,883

15 15 18 18 27 30 30 39 39 39 45 54 54 36

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 33

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

2.1 3.5 5.0 6.5 9.8 12.3 13.5 17.6 20.0 24.9 30.0 36.0 39.0 49.8

-- 2,479 2,917 3,792 3,792 4,302 5,688 6,635 7,554 9,392 14,000 14,000 16,683 21,233

-- 15 15 15 15 15 18 21 21 21 30 30 33 42

-- 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

-- 3.5 4.2 5.4 5.4 6.1 8.1 9.5 10.8 13.4 20.0 20.0 23.8 30.3

1,458 2,479 2,917 3,792 6,067 6,883 8,531 10,427 11,871 14,758 16,800 21,000 22,750 27,300

15 15 15 15 24 24 27 33 33 33 36 45 45 54

20 34 40 52 52 59 65 65 74 92 96 96 104 104

2.1 3.5 4.2 5.4 8.7 9.8 12.2 14.9 17.0 21.1 24.0 30.0 32.5 39.0

-- 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,500 10,500 12,500 15,000 18,000 20,000 25,000 30,500

-- 22.9 30.6 30.6 30.6 30.6 24 33 33 33 45 51 60 75

-- 24 30 39 39 45 59.4 59.4 59.4 81.4 81.4 81.4 92.4 92.4

-- 3.3 5.7 7.4 7.4 8.5 9.2 12.6 12.6 17.6 24.1 27.3 36.7 45.8

-- 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,500 10,500 12,500 15,000 18,000 20,000 25,000 30,500

-- 22.88 30.56 30.56 30.56 30.56 24 33 33 33 45 51 60 75

-- 24 30 39 39 45 59.38 59.38 59.38 81.38 81.38 81.38 92.38 92.38

-- 3.3 5.7 7.4 7.4 8.5 9.2 12.6 12.6 17.6 24.1 27.3 36.7 45.8

Table 4- Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data

Medium Face Area Coils

39M UNIT SIZE

CIRCUITING TYPE

_.lrtlow (cfm) at 500 fpm

Total Face Area (sq It)

Tubes In Face

Tube Length (in.)

_1o. of Circuits -Total

d-Row Coil

Face Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Intertwined Row Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Single-Circuit Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size

D-Row Coil

Face Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Intertwined Row Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Single-Circuit Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size

D-Row Coil

Face Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Intertwined Row Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Single-Circuit Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size

03 06 08 10 12 14

au_rterIN_lf IFu, Ouarteq Half IFu, OuarterIN_lfIFull auarted N_lfIFu, aoarterIN_lf IFu, OuarteqHalfIFull

2,066 2,778 4,965 6,146

4.1 5.6 9.9 12.3

144141137 _ 114 1611616 16 22 22 2412424

20 34 34 40 52 52 52 59 59

14 14 16 4 11 22 12 24

7/8

G-1.5

7/8

7/s

G-1.5

1,215

2.4

14 14

20 270

7/8

G-2.5/G-2

7/8

G-2.5/G-2

G-6

7/8

7/s

G-2.5

7/s 7/8

7/8 7/8

G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2

2 2

7/8 7/8

7& %

G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2

1 1

7/8 11/8

7/s %

G-2.5 G-6

-- 2

__ 7/8

-- 7/8

-- G-2.5/G-2

-- 2

-- 7/8

-- G-2.5/G-2 -- ---

1 1

7/8 11/8

7/s 7_

G-2.5 G-6

LEGEND

TXV -- Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)

_ 2 2

__ % %

-- % %

-- G-1.5 G-2._G-2

-- 2 2

-- % %

-- G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2

-- 1 1

-- 7/8 1vs

-- % %

-- G-2.5 G-6

2 2

_ % %

-- G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2

-- 2 2

-- % %

-- G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2

-- 1 1

-- 7/8 1vs

-- % %

-- G-2.5 G-6

2 -- 2

1_/8 -- 7/8

% -- %

G-6 -- G-2.5/G-2

G-2.5/G-2

1vs

G-6

1V8

G-6

1V8

G-6

2 2 __ 2

7/8 7/8 __ 7/8

7/8 7/8 _ %

G-1.5 G-2.5 -- G-1.5

2 2 -- 2

7/8 7/8 __ 7/s

7/8 7/8 -- %

G-1.5 G-2.5 -- G-1.5

1 1 -- 1

7/_ 1V8 -- 7/8

7/8 7/8 -- ¼

G-2.5 G-8 -- G-2.5

2 2 2 2

7/8 7/8 1% 7/8

7/8 7/8 % %

G-1.5 G-2.5 G-8 G-1.5

2 2 -- 2

7/8 7/8 __ 7/s

% 7/8 __ 7/8

G-1.5 G-2.5 -- G-1.5

1 1 -- 1

7/8 1V8 -- 7/8

7/8 7/8 -- ¼

G-2.5 G-8 -- G-2.5

__ 2 2 --

-- 7/8 1% --

__ 7/s % --

-- G-2.5 G-8 --

-- 2 2 --

-- 7/8 1% --

__ 7/s % --

-- G-2.5 G-8 --

1v8

7/8

G-8

3,611

7.2

16 I 16 22

82 52 52

16 6

2 __ 2

¼ __ 7/8

% -- 7/s

G-2.5 -- G-2

2 -- 2

¼ -- 7/8

% -- 7/s

G-2.5 -- G-2

1 -- 1

1V8 -- 1Vs

¼ -- 7/s

G-8 -- G-4

2 2 2

7/8 1I/8 7/s

% 7& 7/s

G-2.5 G-8 G-2

2 -- 2

¼ -- 7/8

¼ _ 7&

G-2.5 -- G-2

1 -- 1

11/8 -- 11/8

¼ -- 7/s

G-8 -- G-4

2 2 --

7/8 11/8 __

¼ 7/8 --

G-2.5 G-8 --

22--

7/8 11/8 --

¼ 7/8 --

G-2.5 G-8 --

1V8

G-8

NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factor,

G-4/G-3

13/8

E-12

G-4/G-3

13/8

E-12

G-4/G-3

2 2 2

13/8 _8 1_

1% U8 7/8

E-12 G-2 G-4

-- 2 2

-- 7/8 1 V8

-- 7/8 7/8

-- G-2 G-4

-- 1 1

-- 1% 13/8

-- 7/8 13/8

-- G-4 C-12

2 __ 2

18/8 __ 1 _/8

1V8 -- 7/8

E-12 -- G-4

2 -- 2

13/8 -- 1%

1% -- 7/8

E-12 -- G-4

13/8

0-12

2 -- 2

13/8 __ 1%

1% -- 7/8

E-12 -- G-4

2 -- 2

13/8 -- 1%

1% -- 7&

E-12 -- G-4

13/8

C-12

13/8

C-12

13/8

C-12

13/8

C-12

13/8

C-12

1 1 --

13/8 1% --

1% 13/8 --

E-12 0-12 --

-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If neces-

sary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult

AHUBulIder@ software selection program for correct nozzle selection.

*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper

distributor.

Table 4 -- Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)

Medium Face Area Coils (cont)

39M UNIT SIZE

CIRCUITING TYPE

Airflow (cfm) at 500 tpm

Total Face Area (sq It)

Tubes In Face

Tube Length (in.)

No. of Circuits -Total

4-Row Coil

Face Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (In. OD)

17 21 25

Half I Full Half I Full IDouble Half I Full IDouble

6,771 9,028 10,276

13.5 18.1 20.6

24 24 32 32 32 32 32 I 32

65 65 65 65 65 72 72 I 7212 24 16 32 64 16 32 64

2 2 2 2 -- 2 2 --

11/8 13/8 11/s 15/8 __ 11/8 15/8 __

30 36 40 50 61

HalfIFuIIIDouble FulIIDouble FuIllDouble FuIIIDouble Full IDouble

12,778 15,000 18,333 19,861 25,278

25.6 30.0 36.7 39.7 56.6

"'l" "

92 92 92 96 96 60 60 104 104 104 104 104

16 32 64 36 72 44 88 44 88 28 28 56 56

Upper Lower Upper Lower

2 2 -- 2 -- 4 -- 4 -- 2 2

11/_ 15/8 -- 15/8 -- 1% -- 1% -- 15/8 15/8

Distributor Connections (In. OD) 7/8 13/8 7/8

Distributor Nozzle Size* G-4 C-12 G-8

Intertwined Row Split Coils

No. of TXVs 2 2 2

Suction Connections (In. OD) 11/8 13/8 11/s

Distributor Connections (In. OD) 7/8 13/8 7/8

Distributor Nozzle Size* G-4 C-12 G-8

Single-Circuit Coils

NO. of TXVs 1

Suction Connections (In. OD) 1%

Distributor Connections (In. OD) lS/8

Distributor Nozzle Size O-12

6-Row Coil

Face Split Coils

No. of TXVs 2 2 2

Suction Connections (in. OD) 11/8 13/8 11/s

Distributor Connections (In. OD) 7/8 13/8 7/8

Distributor Nozzle Size* G-4 C-12 G-8

Intertwined Row Split Coils

No. of TXVs 2 2 2

Suction Connections (In. OD) 11/8 13/8 11/s

Distributor Connections (In. OD) 7/o 13/8 7/8

Distributor Nozzle Size* G-4 C-12 G-8

Single-Circuit Coils

NO. of TXVs 1

Suction Connections (In. OD) 1%

Distributor Connections (In. OD) lS/o

Distributor Nozzle Size O-12

8-Row Coil

Face Split Coils

No. of TXVs 2 2 2

Suction Connections (in. OD) 1V8 13/8 1Vs

Distributor Connections (In. OD) 7/8 13/8 7/8

Distributor Nozzle Size* G-4 C-12 G-8

Intertwined Row Split Coils

No. of TXVs 2 2 --

Suction Connections (In. OD) 11/8 13/8 --

Distributor Connections (in. OD) 7/8 13/8 --

Distributor Nozzle Size* G-4 C-12 --

Single-Circuit Coils

NO. of TXVs 1

SucUon Connections (In. OD) 1%

Distributor Connections (In. OD) 1%

Distributor Nozzle Size C-12

13/8 _ 7/8 lS/a

C-17 G-6 C-17

2 -- 2 2

15/8 -- 1V8 15/8

13/o -- 7/8 1%

C-17 -- G-8 C-17

2 -- 2 2

15/8 -- 1V8 15/8

13/8 -- 7/8 lS/8

C-17 -- G-8 C-17

2 -- 2 2

15/8 -- 1V8 15/8

13/8 -- 7/8 1%

C-17 -- G-8 C-17

2 4 2 2

15/8 15/8 1V8 15/8

13/8 1% 7/8 lS/8

C-17 C-17 G-8 C-17

2 4 -- 2

15/8 15/8 -- 15/8

1% 1% -- 1%

C-17 C-17 -- C-17

-- %

-- G-8

-- 2

-- 7/8

-- G-8

-- 2

-- 1Ve

__ 7/8

-- G-8

-- 2

-- 1Ve

-- 7/8

-- G-8

4 2

15/8 1Ve

13/8 7/8

C-17 G-8

4 --

15/8 --

13/8 --

O-17 --

lS/a -- lS/8 -- 1V8 -- 1V8 -- lS/8

C-17 -- C-17 -- E-12 -- E-12 -- C-15

2 -- 2 -- 4 -- 4 -- 2

15/8 -- 15/8 -- 1% -- 13/8 -- 15/8

1% -- 1% -- 1Vo -- 1V8 -- 1%

C-17 -- C-17 -- E-12 -- E-12 -- C-15

2 -- 2 -- 4 -- 4 -- 2

15/8 __ 15/8 __ 13/8 __ lS/s __ 15/8

1% -- lS/8 -- 1V8 -- 1V8 -- lS/8

C-17 -- C-17 -- E-12 -- E-12 -- C-15

2 -- 2 -- 4 -- 4 -- 2

15/8 -- 15/8 -- 1% -- 13/8 -- 15/8

1% -- 1% -- 1V8 -- 1V8 -- 1%

C-17 -- C-17 -- E-12 -- E-12 -- C-15

24244848 2

15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 15/8

1% 1% lS/8 lS/8 1V8 1V8 1V8 1V8 lS/8

C-17 C-17 C-17 C-17 E-12 E-12 E-12 E-12 C-15

24244848 2

15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 1% 13/8 1% 1% 15/8

1% 1% 1% 1% 1V8 1V8 1V8 1V8 1%

C-17 C-17 C-17 C-17 E-12 E-12 E-12 E-12 C-15

O-15

13/o

C-15

O-15

13/8

O-15

4 4

15/8 15/8

1% 1%

0-15 0-15

4 4

15/8 15/8

1% 1%

0-15 0-15

LEGEND

TXV- Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)

*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper

distributor.

NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If neces-

sary, replace factory=supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult

AHUBullder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.

Table 4-- Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)

Large Face Area Coil

39M UNIT SIZE

CIRCUITING TYPE

_.irflow (cfm) at 500 fpm

Total Face Area (sq it)

Tubes In Face

Tube Length (in.)

No. of Circuits _ Total

_-Row Coil

Face Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Intertwined Row Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Single-Circuit Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size

_-Row Coil

Face Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Intertwined Row Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Single-Circuit Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size

D-Row Coil

Face Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Intertwined Row Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Single-Circuit Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size

03 06 08 10 12 14

auarterlNal11Fu"auarterlNalflFu" auarterl Nail IFu" euarterl Half IFull euarterINalflFull auarterINalflFull

1,736 2,951 3,619 6,319 7,170

3.5 5.9 7.6 12.6 14.3

20 20 20 34 34 34 40 40 40 62 62 62 59 59 69

4 10 20 4 10 20 6 11 22 6 14 28 7 14 28

2 2 --

7/8 1V8 --

% % --

G-1.5 G-3

2 2 --

7/8 lV8 --

% % --

G-1.5 G-3 --

1 1 --

11/8 13/8 --

7/8 1_/8 --

G-3 E-10 --

2 2 --

7/8 1_/8 --

% % --

G-1.5 G-3 --

2 2 --

7/8 1_/8 --

% % --

G-1.5 G-3 --

1 1 --

1_/s 1% --

7/8 lV8 --

G-3 E-10 --

-- 2 2

-- 11/8 13/8

-- 7/8 1V8

-- G-3 E-10

2 2 --

7/8 1V8 --

7/8 7& __

G-1.5 G-3 --

2 2 --

7/8 1V8 --

7& 7& __

G-1.5 G-3 --

1 1 --

1V8 13/8 --

7/8 1V8 --

G-3 E-10 --

2 2 --

7/8 1V8 --

7/8 7& __

G-1.5 G-3 --

2 2 --

7/8 1V8 --

7/8 7/8 __

G-1.5 G-3 --

1 1 --

1V8 13/8 --

7/8 1V8 --

G-3 E-10 --

-- 2 2

-- 1_/8 13/8

__ 7/8 1_/8

-- G-3 E-10

-- 2

-- 1%

-- 7/8

-- G-3

-- 1

-- 13/8

-- 1V8

-- E-10

2 2

1V8 13/8

7/8 1_/8

G-3 E-10

13/8

1V8

E-10

LEGEND

TXV -- Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)

*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper

distdbutor.

2 2 2

7/8 1_/8 -- _8

% % -- V8

G-2 G-4/G-3 -- G-2

2 2 -- 2

7/8 1_/8 -- V8

% % -- _8

G-2 G-4/G-3 -- G-2

1 1 -- 1

1_/8 13/8 -- 11/8

7/8 1_/8 -- q8

G-4 E-12 -- G-4

2 2 2 2

7/8 11/8 13/8 _8

7/8 7/8 11/8 _8

G-2 G-4/G-3 E-12 G-2

2 2 2 2

7/8 11/8 13/8 _8

7/8 7/8 11/8 q8

G-2 G-4/G-3 E-12 G-2

1 1 -- 1

1_/8 13/8 -- 11/8

7/8 1_/8 -- q8

G-4 E-12 -- G-4

-- 2 2 --

-- 11/8 13/8 --

-- 7/8 11/8 --

-- G-4/G-3 E-12 --

-- 2 2 --

-- 1% 13/8 --

-- 7/8 1V8 --

-- G-4/G-3 E-12 --

13/8

1V8

E-12

4,965

9.9

22 I 22 26

52 J 52 52

11 22 7

2 2

G-4/G-3

E-12

2 2 --

1V8 13/8 --

7/8 1V8 --

G-4/G-3 E-12 --

2 2 --

1V8 13/8 --

7/8 1% --

G-4/G-3 E-12 --

1 -- --

13/8 -- __

1% -- --

E-12 -- --

2 2 --

1V8 13/8 --

7/8 1V8 --

G-4/G-3 E-12 --

2 2 --

1V8 1% --

7/8 1% --

G-4/G-3 E-12 --

1 -- --

13/8 -- __

1% -- --

E-12 -- --

-- 7/8

__ 7/8

-- G-2.5/G-2

-- 2

-- 7/0

-- 7/8

-- G-2.5/G-2

-- 1

-- 1V8

-- 7/8

-- G-6

NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factor,

2 2 2

1% 1_/8 7/8

7/8 13/8 7/8

G-6 0-15 G-2.5/G-2

2 -- 2

1% -- 7/8

¼ __ 7&

G-6 -- G-2.5/G-2

1 -- 1

15/8 -- 1V8

13/8 -- 7/8

C-15 -- G-6

2 2 --

1% 15/8 --

¼ 13/8 --

G-6 0-15 --

2 2 --

1% 15/8 --

G-6 0-15 --

1 -- --

1-5/8 --

13/8 -- __

C-15 --

2 2

1% 15/8 --

¼ 13/8 --

G-6 0-15 --

2 2

1% 1% --

¼ 1% --

G-6 0-15 --

G-6

13/8

0-15

G-6

13/8

0-15

G-6

0-15

15/8

0-15

1 -- -- 1 --

15/8 -- _ 15/8 --

1% -- -- 1% --

0-15 -- -- 0-15 --

-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If neces-

sary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult

AHUBulIdeI1_ software selection program for correct nozzle selection.

Table 4 -- Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)

Large Face Area Coil (cont)

39M UNIT SIZE

CIRCUITING TYPE

Airflow (cfm) at 500 tpm

Total Face Area (sq ft)

Tubes in Face

Tube Length (in,)

No. of Circuits - Total

&Row Coil

Face Split Coils

NO. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in, OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size *

Intertwined Row Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in, OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Single-Circuit Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in, OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size

6-Row Cog

Face Split Coils

NO. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in, OD)

Distributor Connections (in, OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Intertwined Now Split Coils

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in, OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Single-Circuit Coils

NO, of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size

8-Row Coil

Face Split Coils

NO. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Intertwined Now Split Coils

No, of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size*

Single-Circuit Cogs

No. of TXVs

Suction Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Connections (in. OD)

Distributor Nozzle Size

LEGEND

Half IFull IDouble

8,464

16.9

30 30 I 30

65 65 I65

15 30 60

7/8 13/8 --

G-8/G-6 C-1! --

7/8 13/8 _

G-8/G-6 C-1[

13/8

0-15

7/8 13/8 --

G-8/G-6 C-1!

7/8 13/8 --

G-81G-6 C-1! --

13/8

C-15

7/8 13/8 13/8

G-81G-6 C-1! C-15

7/8 13/8 13/8

G-81G-6 C-1! C-15

13/8

C-15

Half IFull IDoubl,

10,720

21.4

65 65 65

19 76

1Ve 13/8 --

E-IO/E-I _,-20 --

11/8 13/8 --

E-IOIE-I 2,-20

1118 13/8 --

E-IOIE-I 2,-20

11/6 13/8 --

E-IOIE-I 2,-20 --

11/8 13/8 13/8

E-IO/E-I _,-20 C-20

1Ve 13/8 13/e

E-IO/E-I _,-20 C-20

Half I Full IDoubie

12,205

24.4

38 38 I 38

72 72 I 72

19 38 76

11/8 1_/8 --

E-IO/E-8 C-2( --

1V_ 13/8 --

E-10/E-8 C-2(

1Va 13/8 --

E-IOIE-8 0-2(

1Va 13/8 --

E-IOIE-8 0-2( --

1Va 13/8 13/8

E-IOIE-8 0-2( 0-20

1Va 13/8 13&

E-IOIE-8 0-2( 0-20

TXV -- Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)

_When 2 nozzle sizes are li_ed, tbe smaller nozzle should be located on the upper di_ributor.

30 36

Half I FulllDouMe FulllDouble

15,174 18,333

30.3 36.7

3838138: 44

92 92 92 96 96

19 38 76 88

11/8 13/8 __ 11/8 --

E-IOIE-8 3-20 -- E-12 --

1118 13/s -- 11/8 __

E-IOIE-8 3-20 E-12

11/8 13/s -- 11/8 __

E-IOIE-8 3-20 E-12

1 U8 13/8 -- 1 V_ --

E-IOIE-8 3-2C -- E-12 --

11/8 13/8 13/8 11/8 11/8

E-IOIE-8 3-20 C-20 E-12 E-12

1 V8 13/s 13/8 1 l& 1 V8

E-IOIE-8 3-20 C-20 E-12 E-12

Full I Double

20,000

40.0

24 24 I 24 24

96 96 I 96 96

24 24 48 48

Upper Lowe Jppe_ Lower

13/8 13/8

C-12 C-12

13/8 13/8

C-12 C-12

13/8 13/8

C-12 C-12

13/8 13/8

C-12 C-12

13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8

C-12 C-12 C-12 C-12

13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8

C-12 C-12 C-12 C-12

Full I Double

25,278

50.6

28 28 28 28

,o ,o4 lO2lO2

Upper Lowe JppeJ .owe[

13/8 13/8

-- --- C-15 C-15

13/8 13/8

C-15 C-15

13/8 13/8

C-15 C-15

13/B 13/8

-- --- C-15 C-15

13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8

C-15 C-15 C-15 C-15

13/_ 13/8 13/8 13/8

C-15 C-15 C-15 C-15

Full 611 DouMe

30,694

61.4

104 104 104

34 34 68 68

Upper Lowe dppe .owel

13/8 13/8

-- - -- C-17 C-17

13/8 13/8

C-17 C-17

13/8 13/8

C-17 C-17

13/8 13/8

-- - -- C-17 C-17

13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8

C-17 C-17 C-17 C-17

13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8

C-17 C-17 C-17 C-17

NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown, g necessary, replace

factory-supplied nozzles with fteld-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult AHUBuildet@ software selection

program for correct nozzle selection.

FACE

AREA

LARGE

MEDIUM

BYPASS

SMALL

ROWS

1,2

6,8,10

1,2

6,8,10

1,2

6,8,10

1,2

Table 5 -- 1/2-in. Water Coil Connection Sizes

CIRCUIT

TYPE

HAL_FULL

DOUBLE

HAL_FULL

DOUBLE

HAL_FULL

DOUBLE

HAL_FULL

DOUBLE

HAL_FULL

DOUBLE

HAL_FULL

DOUBLE

HAL_FULL

DOUBLE

3gM UNIT SIZE

0a10610811011211411712112s1301a61 4o Iso I61

Nozzle Size (in. MPT)

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 (2) 1.5 (2) 1.5 (2) 2.5

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 (2) 2.5 (2) 2.5 (2) 2.5

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 (2) 1.5 (2) 2.5 (2) 2.5

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3 (2) 2.5 (2) 2.5 (2) 3

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 (2) 1.5

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 (2) 2.5

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 (2) 2.5

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 (2) 2.5

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3

-- 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5

-- 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

FACE ROWS CIRCUIT

AREA TYPE

Table 6 -- 5/8-in. Water Coil Connection Sizes

3gM UNIT SIZE

Nozzle Size (in. MPT)

1HALF 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 (2) 1.5 (2) 1.5 (2) 1.5

HALF 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 (2) 1.5 (2) 1.5 (2) 2

2,4

LARGE FULL 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 (2) 2 (2) 2.5 (2) 2.5

FULL 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 (2) 2 (2) 2.5 (2) 2.5

6,8 DOUBLE 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 (2) 2.5 (2) 2.5 (2) 2.5

1HALF 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 (2) 1.5

HALF 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 (2) 1.5

2,4

MEDIUM FULL 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 (2) 2

FULL 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 (2) 2.5

6,8 DOUBLE 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 (2) 2.5

1 HALF 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

HALF 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2

2,4

BYPASS FULL 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

FULL 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3

6,8 DOUBLE 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3

1 HALF -- 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

SMALL HALF -- 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2

2FULL -- 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Table 7 -- 1-in. Steam Coil Connection Sizes

3gM UNIT SIZE

FACE ROWS CONNECTION

AREA Nozzle Size (in. MPT)

ALL* ALL OUTLET 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

*Large face area sizes 40, 50 and 61 and medium face area size 61 units have 2 sets of steam coil connections.

2.5

ROWS FACE AREA

LARGE

MEDIUM

BYPASS

SMALL

LARGE

MEDIUM

BYPASS

SMALL

Table 8 -- 5/8-in. Steam Coil Connection Sizes

CONNECTION

INLET

OUTLET

INLET

OUTLET

INLET

OUTLET

INLET

OUTLET

39M UNIT SIZE

o31061osIto1121t41t712112s1301361 4o Iso I61

Nozzle Size (in. MPT)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 (2) 2 (2) 2 (2) 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (2) 2 (2) 2 (2) 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 (2) 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (2) 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

INLET

OUTLET

INLET

OUTLET

INLET

OUTLET

INLET

OUTLET

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 (2) 2.5 (2) 2.5 (2) 2.5

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 (2) 2.5 (2) 2.5 (2) 2.5

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 (2) 2.5

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 (2) 2.5

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

ROWS

Table 9 -- Hot Water -- Integral Face and Bypass Coil Connection Sizes

39M UNIT SIZE

CONNECTION 03 I68 I08 I tO It2 I14 It7 I21I2SI30 I 36 I 40 I SOI 61

INLET

OUTLET

INLET

OUTLET

INLET

OUTLET

NozzleSize(in. MPT)

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

ROWS

Table 10 --Steam -- Integral Face and Bypass Coil Connection Sizes

39M UNIT SIZE

CONNECTION 03 I66 I08 I t0 112 114 I 17I 21I25I3OI 36 I 40 I SOI 61

INLET

OUTLET

INLET

OUTLET

INLET

OUTLET

NozzleSize(in. MPT)

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

ROWS

Table 11 -- Operating Charge (Approximate) -- Direct-Expansion Coil

CONNECTION

39M UNIT SIZE

o3Io8 108 I to It2 I t4 It7 121 I 2s 130 138 140 I so I6t

Refrigerant R-22 (Ib)

Large 1 3 4 4 5 6 7 9 11 13 16 18 22 27

Medium 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 13 17 20

Large 2 4 6 7 9 10 12 15 18 22 26 29 37 45

Medium 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 11 14 16 20 22 27 33

Large 3 6 8 10 12 15 18 22 26 31 37 42 52 63

Medium 2 5 6 8 9 11 13 16 20 23 28 31 39 48

Table 12 -- Coil Volume (Gal. Water)

39M

UNIT SIZE

CHILLED WATER

Large Face Area

4-Row

6-Row

8-Row

1O-Row

Medium Face Area

4-Row

6-Row

8-Row

1O-Row

Small Face Area

4-Row

Bypass Face Area

4-Row

6-Row

8-Row

1O-Row

HOT WATER

Large Face Area

1-Row

2-Row

Medium Face Area

1-Row

2-Row

Small Face Area

1-Row

2-Row

Bypass Face Area

1-Row

2-Row

Integral Bypass Face Area

1-Row

2-Row

3-Row

03 06 08 10 12 14 17 21 25 30 36 40 50 61

1.4 2.2 2.8 3.7 4.7 5.3 6.2 7.8 8.9 11.0 13.3 14.5 18.3 22.2

2.0 3.3 4.3 5.5 7.0 7.9 9.3 11.8 13.3 16.5 19.9 21.7 27.4 33.3

2.7 4.4 5.7 7.3 9.3 10.5 12.4 15.7 17.8 22.0 26.5 29.0 36.5 44.4

3.4 5.5 7.1 9.1 11.6 13.1 15.5 19.6 22.2 27.5 33.2 36.2 45.7 55.5

0.9 1.5 2,1 2.7 3.7 4.5 4.9 6.6 7.5 9.3 10.9 13.3 14.4 18.3

1.4 2.3 3.1 4.0 5.5 6.8 7.4 9.9 11.2 13.9 16.3 19.9 21.5 27.4

1.9 3.1 4,1 5.3 7,3 9.0 9.9 13.2 15.0 18.5 21.7 26.5 28.7 36.5

2.4 3.9 5.2 6.6 9.1 11.3 12.4 16.5 18.7 23.1 27.1 33.2 35.9 45.7

-- 1.3 1.5 2.0 2.3 2.6 3.3 3.7 4.2 5.2 7.2 7.2 9.1 11.1

0.8 1.3 1.8 2.3 3.3 3.8 4.5 5.8 6.5 8.1 9.0 10.9 11.7 14.4

1.2 2.0 2.7 3.5 5.0 5.6 6.8 8.7 9.8 12.2 13.6 16.3 17.6 21.5

1.6 2.7 3.6 4.7 6.6 7.5 9.1 11.5 13.1 16.2 18.1 21.7 23.5 28.7

2.0 3.3 4.5 5.8 8.3 9.4 11.3 14.4 16.4 20.3 22.6 27.1 29.4 35.9

0,3 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.5 2.0 2.2 2.7 3.3 3.6 4.6 5.5

0.7 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.6 3.1 3.9 4.4 5.5 6.6 7.2 9.1 11.1

02 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.7 3.3 3.6 4.6

0.5 0.8 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.3 2.5 3.3 3.7 4.6 5.4 6.6 7.2 9.1

-- 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.8 1.8 2.3 2.8

-- 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.6 3.6 3.6 4.6 5.5

0.2 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.3 2.7 2.9 3.6

0.4 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.7 1.9 2.3 2.9 3.3 4.1 4.5 5.4 5.9 7.2

-- 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.8 0.8 1.2 1.6 1.8 2.4 3.0

-- 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.7 1.7 2.3 3.2 3.6 4.8 5.9

-- 0.8 1.4 1.8 1.8 2.0 1.9 2.5 2.5 3.5 4.7 5.3 7.1 8.9

NOTE: One gallon of water weighs 8.33 lb.

Table 13 -- Dry Coil Weights (Ib)

COIL

TYPE

CHILLED

WATER OR

DIRECT

EXPANSION

HOT WATER

1-in, IDT STEAM

FACE AREA ROWS FPI

LARGE

MEDIUM

SMALL

BYPASS

LARGE

MEDIUM

SMALL

LEGEND

FPI -- Finperlnch

IDT -- Inner Distributing Tube

NOTES:

BYPASS

LARGE

MEDIUM

SMALL

BYPASS

39M UNIT SIZE

03 06 08 10 12 14 17 21 25 30 36 40 50 61

8 50 85 110 143 182 207 244 309 353 437 528 576 728 884

4 11 52 89 115 149 190 215 254 322 367 455 550 600 758 921

14 54 92 119 155 197 224 264 335 382 473 572 624 789 956

6 70 120 154 200 255 289 341 432 494 612 739 606 1019 1236

6 11 73 124 160 209 265 301 355 450 514 637 770 640 1062 1289

14 76 129 167 217 276 313 370 466 535 663 801 874 1104 1341

6 90 154 196 258 328 372 439 556 635 767 950 1037 1310 1591

8 11 94 160 206 268 341 387 457 579 661 819 990 1080 1365 1656

14 98 166 215 279 355 403 475 602 686 652 1030 1123 1420 1724

6 107 182 235 305 388 441 520 659 753 932 1126 1229 1553 1886

10 11 111 190 244 318 404 459 542 686 784 971 1173 1280 1618 1964

14 116 197 254 331 421 477 563 714 815 1010 1220 1331 1682 2043

8 35 60 80 104 143 177 195 260 296 366 432 528 572 726

4 11 36 62 83 108 149 184 203 271 308 383 450 550 596 758

14 38 64 87 113 155 192 211 282 321 399 468 572 620 789

8 49 83 112 146 200 246 273 364 414 515 605 739 801 1019

6 11 51 87 117 152 209 256 284 379 432 537 630 770 634 1062

14 53 90 121 158 217 266 296 394 449 556 655 601 668 1104

8 63 107 144 187 257 319 351 468 533 662 778 950 1030 1310

8 11 66 112 150 195 268 332 366 468 555 690 810 990 1073 1365

14 68 116 156 203 279 345 360 507 577 718 842 1030 1115 1420

8 75 127 171 222 305 378 416 555 631 785 922 1126 1220 1553

10 11 78 132 178 231 318 393 433 578 658 818 960 1173 1271 1618

14 81 136 185 240 330 409 451 601 684 850 998 1220 1322 1682

8 -- 51 60 78 91 103 130 146 167 207 288 288 364 442

4 11 -- 53 63 81 95 108 135 152 173 216 300 300 379 460

14 -- 55 65 85 99 112 141 158 180 224 312 312 394 479

8 30 51 70 91 130 148 179 228 259 322 360 432 468 572

4 11 31 53 73 95 135 154 186 237 270 335 375 450 488 596

14 33 55 76 99 141 160 194 246 281 349 390 468 507 620

8 42 71 98 127 182 207 250 319 363 461 504 605 655 801

6 11 44 74 102 133 190 215 261 332 378 470 525 630 683 834

14 46 77 106 138 197 224 271 345 393 488 546 655 710 868

8 54 92 126 164 234 266 322 410 466 580 648 778 842 1030

8 11 56 96 131 171 244 277 335 427 486 604 675 810 878 1073

14 59 99 137 177 254 288 349 444 505 628 702 842 913 1115

8 64 109 149 194 277 315 381 485 553 687 768 922 998 1220

10 11 67 113 156 202 289 328 397 506 576 716 800 960 1040 1271

14 69 118 162 210 300 341 413 526 599 744 832 998 1082 1322

8 17 28 37 48 61 69 81 103 118 146 176 192 243 295

1 11 17 30 38 50 63 72 85 107 122 152 183 200 253 307

14 18 31 40 52 66 75 88 112 127 158 191 208 263 319

8 23 40 51 67 85 96 114 144 165 204 246 269 340 413

2 11 24 41 53 70 88 100 118 150 171 212 257 280 354 430

14 25 43 56 72 92 104 123 156 178 221 267 291 368 447

8 12 20 27 35 48 59 65 87 99 123 144 176 191 243

1 11 12 21 28 36 50 61 68 90 103 128 150 183 199 253

14 13 21 29 38 52 64 70 94 107 133 156 191 207 263

8 16 28 37 49 67 83 91 121 138 172 202 246 267 340

2 11 17 29 39 51 70 86 95 126 144 179 210 257 278 354

14 18 30 40 53 72 89 99 131 150 186 218 267 289 368

8 -- 17 20 26 30 34 43 49 56 69 96 96 121 147

1 11 -- 18 21 27 32 36 45 51 58 72 100 100 126 153

14 -- 18 22 28 33 37 47 53 60 75 104 104 131 160

8 -- 24 28 36 42 48 61 68 78 97 134 134 170 206

2 11 -- 26 29 38 44 50 63 71 81 101 140 140 177 215

14 -- 26 30 39 46 52 66 74 84 105 146 146 184 223

8 10 17 23 30 43 49 60 76 86 107 120 144 156 191

1 11 10 18 24 32 45 51 62 79 90 112 125 150 163 199

14 11 18 26 33 47 63 65 82 94 116 130 156 169 207

8 14 24 33 42 61 69 83 106 121 150 168 202 218 267

2 11 15 26 34 44 63 72 87 111 126 157 176 210 228 278

14 15 26 35 46 66 75 90 116 131 163 182 218 237 289

6 23 40 51 67 86 96 114 144 165 204 246 269 340 413

9 24 41 53 70 88 100 118 150 171 212 267 280 354 430

12 25 43 56 72 92 104 123 156 178 221 267 291 368 447

6 16 28 37 49 67 83 91 121 138 172 202 246 267 340

9 17 29 39 51 70 86 95 126 144 179 210 257 278 354

1 12 18 30 40 53 72 89 99 131 150 186 218 267 289 368

6 -- 24 28 36 42 48 61 68 78 97 134 134 170 206

9 -- 26 29 38 44 50 63 71 81 101 140 140 177 215

12 -- 26 30 39 46 52 66 74 84 105 146 146 184 223

6 14 24 33 42 61 69 83 106 121 150 168 202 218 267

9 15 26 34 44 63 72 87 111 126 157 176 210 228 278

12 15 26 36 46 66 75 90 115 131 163 182 218 237 289

1. Weights shown include headers and are the sum of two coils where applicable.

2. Coils are full length.

3, Weights shown are for aluminum fin coils; for copper fin coils, multiply by 1.20.

4. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016 in. wall tubes; for 1/2-in., .025-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.

5, Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for s/8-in., .020-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.

6. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for s/s-in., .035-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.50.

Table 13 -- Dry Coil Weights (Ib) (cont)

COIL

TYPE

5/8-1N, IDT STEAM

HOT WATER

OR STEAM

FACE ROWS FPI

AREA

LARGE

MEDIUM

SMALL

BYPASS

INEGRAL

FAC E

AND 2

BYPASS

LEGEND

FPI -- Fin per Inch

IDT -- Inner Distributing Tube

NOTES:

39M UNIT SIZE

03 06 08 10 12 14 17 21 25 30 36 40 50 61

6 19 32 41 53 68 77 91 115 132 163 197 215 272 330

9 19 33 43 56 71 80 95 120 137 170 205 224 283 344

12 20 35 44 58 74 64 99 125 143 177 214 233 294 358

6 23 40 51 67 65 96 114 144 165 204 246 269 340 413

9 24 41 53 70 68 100 118 150 171 212 257 280 354 430

12 25 43 56 72 92 104 123 156 178 221 267 291 368 447

6 13 22 30 39 53 66 73 97 111 137 161 197 214 272

9 14 23 31 40 56 69 76 101 115 143 168 205 222 283

12 14 24 32 42 58 72 79 105 120 149 175 214 231 294

6 16 28 37 49 67 83 91 121 138 172 202 246 267 340

9 17 29 39 51 70 86 95 126 144 179 210 257 278 384

12 18 30 40 53 72 89 99 131 150 186 218 267 289 368

6 -- 19 22 29 34 39 49 55 62 77 108 108 136 165

9 -- 20 23 30 35 40 51 57 65 81 112 112 142 172

12 -- 21 24 32 37 42 53 59 67 84 116 116 147 179

6 -- 24 28 36 42 48 61 68 78 97 134 134 170 206

9 -- 25 29 38 44 50 63 71 81 101 140 140 177 215

12 -- 26 30 39 46 52 66 74 84 105 146 146 184 223

6 11 19 26 34 49 55 67 85 97 120 134 161 175 214

9 12 20 27 35 51 57 70 88 101 125 140 168 182 222

12 12 21 28 37 53 60 72 92 105 130 146 175 189 231

6 14 24 33 42 61 69 83 106 121 150 168 202 218 267

9 15 25 34 44 63 72 87 111 126 187 175 210 228 278

12 15 26 35 46 66 75 90 115 131 163 182 218 237 289

6 -- 146 207 216 216 231 507 567 567 723 828 880 1064 1210

9 -- 152 216 225 225 241 528 590 590 754 862 917 1108 1260

12 -- 158 225 234 234 251 550 615 615 785 898 955 1154 1313

6 -- 152 220 228 228 246 536 607 607 779 904 967 1180 1355

9 -- 158 229 238 238 256 559 633 633 811 1007 1007 1229 1411

12 -- 164 238 248 248 266 582 659 659 845 1049 1049 1280 1470

6 -- 158 231 241 241 259 585 668 668 863 1008 1081 1327 1532

9 -- 165 241 251 251 270 610 696 696 899 1050 1126 1382 1596

12 -- 172 251 261 261 281 635 725 725 936 1094 1173 1440 1662

1. Weights shown include headers and are the sum of two coils where applicable,

2. Coils are full length.

3. Weights shown are for aluminum fin coils; for copper fin coils, multiply by 1.20,

4. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., ,016 in, wall tubes; for 1/2-in., ,025-in, wall tubes, multiply by 1.15,

5. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in, wall tubes; for s/8-in., .020-in, wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.

6. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., ,016-in, wall tubes; for s/8-in., ,035-in, wall tubes, multiply by 1.50,

E+

106

118

170

212

240

283

372

440

591

620

LEGEND

ODP

Table 14 -- Motor Weights (Ib)

200-230,460-3-60

E+3 E+

TEFC

E+3

20_400-3-50"

ODP TEFC ODP

E+

575-3-60

TEFC

E+/E+3

60/ 68

60/ 66

65/ 66

89/ 99

16 40 60 68 29 34 37

3/4 40 60 68 29 34 37

1 40 60 68 29 34 37

116 46 60 66 36 41 48

2 54 65 66 41 47 50

3 87 81 92 73 62 70

5 94 89 99 102 72 88

716 130 142 158 121 105 89 142/158

10 126 154 200 139 128 119 154/200

15 217 250 259 170 210 170 250/259

20 250 287 290 205 254 212 287/290

25 309 394 358 273 363 240 394/368

30 300 436 436 283 414 284 436/436

40 415 661 661 416t 470t 370 661/661

50 414 686 686 403t 527t 440 686/686

60 652** 790 799 545 790t 591 799

75 706** 840 850** 651t 884t 670 850

ODP -- Open Drip Proof

TEFC -- Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled

E+ -- High Efficiency

E+3 -- Premium Efficiency

*Both ODP and TEFC 50 Hz motors available in standard models

only.

1-Availability unconfirmed.

**460 volt only.

NOTE: Multiply motor weight by 0.10 to estimate drive weight.

Table 15- Forward-Curved Fan Drive Centerline Distances In Inches

39M UNIT

SIZE

REAR

MOUNT

MOTOR

SIDE

MOUNT

MOTOR

REAR

MOUNT

MOTOR

SIDE

MOUNT

MOTOR

SUPPLY

Std

Small

Std

Small

Std

Small

Std

Small

Std

Small

LEGEND

BHF -- Bottom Horizontal Front

BHR -- Bottom Horizontal Rear

DBF -- Downblast Front

DBR -- Downblast Rear

RETURN/ MOTOR

EXHAUST FRAME

143T

N/A 145T

182T

164T

143T

Std 145T

162T

164T

143T

N/A 145T

162T

164T

143T

Std 145T

162T

164T

143T

145T

Std 162T

164T

213T

162T

N/A 164T

213T

143T

145T

Std 162T

164T

213T

164T

N/A 213T

215T

145T

162T

Std 164T

213T

164T

213T

N/A 215T

254T

145T

162T

Std 164T

213T

164T

213T

N/A 215T

254T

145T

162T

Std 184T

213T

215T

213T

N/A 215T

254T

THF -- Top Horizontal Front

THR -- Top Horizontal Rear

UBF -- Upblast Front

UBR -- Upblast Rear

BHF/BHR DBF/DBR THFFFHR UBF/UBR

Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max

19.0 20,6 N/A N/A 17.6 19.4 15.5 17.2

18.6 20,3 N/A N/A 17.5 19.2 15.2 17.0

18.6 20.3 N/A N/A 17.5 19.2 15.2 17.0

8,0 8,4 5,7 6.3 5,5 6,0 7.4 7.9

8.0 8,4 5.7 6.3 5.5 6,0 7.4 7.9

7,0 7,4 4,7 5.4 4,5 5,1 6.4 7.0

7,0 7.4 4,7 5.4 4,5 5.1 6.4 7.0

18,9 20.4 N/A N/A 17.1 18.8 14.8 16.4

18.9 20,4 N/A N/A 17.1 18.8 14.8 16.4

18.4 20,0 N/A N/A 16.9 18.6 14.4 16.1

10.6 11.6 6.8 8.9 8,0 10.2 8.3 10.1

10.6 11,6 6.8 8.9 8,0 10.2 8.3 10.1

10.6 11,6 6.8 8.9 8.0 10.2 8.3 10.1

9.8 10.8 6.0 8.3 7.3 9,6 7.4 9.4

9,8 10.8 6.0 8.3 7,3 9,6 7.4 9.4

14,4 15.6 9.5 11.0 10.9 12.4 10.8 12.2

14,4 15,6 9.5 11.0 10.9 12.4 10.8 12.2

13.6 14,9 9.0 10.7 10.4 12.0 10.2 11.7

13,6 14,9 9.0 10.7 10.4 12.0 10.2 11.7

13.1 14,4 8.8 10.5 10.1 11.8 9.8 11.4

13,3 14.7 9.8 11.5 11.0 12.7 10.4 12.1

13,3 14,7 9.8 11.5 11.0 12.7 10.4 12.1

12,8 14.3 9.7 11.4 10.9 12.6 10.2 11.8

15,2 16,2 8.8 10.1 10.8 12.2 10.9 12.1

14.3 15.4 8.1 9.6 10.2 11.6 10.2 11.4

14.3 15,4 8.1 9.6 10.2 11.6 10.2 11.4

13.7 14.8 7.7 9.3 9,7 11.2 9.6 10.9

13.6 14,9 9.0 10.7 10.4 12.0 10.2 11.7

13.1 14,4 8.8 10.5 10.1 11.8 9.8 11.4

18.3 19,5 12.9 14.5 14.9 16.4 14.5 15.9

17.6 18.9 12.5 14.1 14.4 16.0 13.9 15.4

17.6 18,9 12.5 14.1 14.4 16.0 13.9 15.4

17.1 18.4 12.2 13.9 14.1 15.7 13.5 15.0

17.4 18,9 13.8 15.5 15.1 16.8 14.6 16.2

17.0 18,5 13.6 15.3 14.9 16.6 14.3 16.0

16.5 18,1 13.5 15.2 14.7 16.4 14.0 15.7

23.1 24,5 17.2 18.7 19.5 21.1 19.0 20.4

22.5 23,8 16.7 18.4 19.1 20.6 18.4 19.9

22.6 23,8 16.7 18.4 19.1 20.6 18.4 19.9

22.0 23,4 16.5 18.1 18.7 20.4 18.0 19.5

22.4 23.9 18.2 19.9 20.0 21.7 19.2 20.8

22.0 23,5 18.0 19.7 19.8 21.5 18.9 20.5

22.0 23.5 18.0 19.7 19.8 21.5 18.9 20.5

21.5 23,1 17.8 19.5 19.5 21.2 18.5 20.2

23.1 24,5 17.2 18.7 19.1 20.6 19.0 20.4

22.5 23.8 16.7 18.4 18.3 19.9 18.4 19.9

22.6 23,8 16.7 18.4 17.9 19.6 18.4 19.9

22.0 23.4 16.5 18.1 17.5 19.2 18.0 19.5

22.0 23,5 18.0 19.7 19.8 21.5 18.9 20.5

21.5 23,1 17.8 19.5 19.5 21.2 18.5 20.2

.30

Table 15- Forward-Curved Fan Drive Centerline Distances In Inches (cont)

39M UNIT

SIZE

SUPPLY

Std

Small

Std

Small

Std

Small

Std

Small

Std

Small

Std

Small

Std

Small

RETURN/

EXHAUST

Std

N/A

Std

N/A

Std

N/A

Std

N/A

Std

N/A

Std

N/A

Std

N/A

MOTOR BHF/BHR DBF/DBR THF/THR UBF/UBR

FRAME Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max

145T 24.7 26.0 14,6 16.4 17,4 19.1 18.6 20.0

182T 23.9 25.1 14.0 15,8 16.7 18,5 17.8 19.2

184T 23.9 25.1 14,0 15,8 16,7 18,5 17.8 19.2

213T 23.2 24.6 13,5 15,4 16,2 18,1 17.2 18.7

215T 23.2 24.6 13,5 15,4 16,2 18,1 17.2 18.7

254T 22.4 23.8 13.0 14,9 16.6 17,5 16.4 18.0

216T 19.9 21.3 15,6 17,3 17,4 19,0 16.6 18.2

254T 19.3 20.8 15,4 17,1 17,1 18,8 16.2 17.8

256T 19.3 20.8 15.4 17,1 17.1 18,8 16.2 17.8

284T 18.9 20.5 15,2 17.0 16,9 18.6 15.9 17.6

145T 32.4 34.1 24,1 26.2 27,4 29.5 26.6 28.5

182T 31.7 33.5 23,7 25,9 27,0 29,1 26.1 28.0

184T 31.7 33.5 23.7 25,9 27.0 29,1 26.1 28.0

213T 31.3 33.1 23.5 25,6 26.7 28,8 25.7 27.7

215T 31.3 33.1 23,5 25.6 26,7 28.8 25.7 27.7

254T 30.7 32.6 23,2 25,4 26,4 28,5 25.2 27.2

216T 31.3 33.1 23,5 25,6 26,7 28,8 25.7 27.7

254T 30.7 32.5 23,2 25.4 26,4 28.5 25.2 27.2

256T 30.7 32.6 23,2 25,4 26,4 28,5 25.2 27.2

284T 30.2 32.1 23,0 25,2 26,1 28,3 24.9 26.9

182T 31.7 33.5 23,7 25,9 27,0 29,1 26.6 28.5

184T 31.7 33.5 23,7 25.9 27,0 29.1 26.1 28.0

213T 31.3 33.1 23,5 25.6 26,7 28.8 26.1 28.0

215T 31.3 33.1 23,5 25,6 26,7 28,8 25.7 27.7

254T 30.7 32.6 23,2 25,4 26,4 28,5 25.7 27.7

256T 30.7 32.5 23,2 25.4 26,4 28.5 25.2 27.2

215T 31.3 33.1 23.5 25,6 26.7 28,8 25.7 27.7

254T 30.7 32.6 23,2 25,4 26,4 28,5 25.2 27.2

256T 30.7 32.6 23,2 25,4 26,4 28,5 25.2 27.2

284T 30.2 32.1 23.0 25,2 26.1 28,3 24.9 26.9

286T 30.2 32.1 23,0 25.2 26,1 28.3 24.9 26.9

182T 31.1 33.3 23,0 25,7 25,6 28,2 27.0 29.4

184T 31.1 33.3 23,0 25,7 25,6 28,2 27.0 29.4

213T 30.4 32.6 22,5 25.3 25,0 27.7 26.4 28.8

215T 30.4 32.6 22.5 25,3 25.0 27,7 26.4 28.8

254T 29.7 31.9 22,1 24.9 24,5 27.2 25.7 28.2

256T 29.7 31.9 22,1 24,9 24,5 27,2 25.7 28.2

254T 28.8 31.3 23.6 26,5 24.9 27,7 26.0 28.7

256T 28.8 31.3 23,6 26,5 24,9 27,7 26.0 28.7

284T 28.4 30.9 23.3 26,3 24.6 27,4 25.7 28.4

286T 28.4 30.9 23,3 26.3 24,6 27.4 25.7 28.4

184T 31.1 33.3 23,0 25.7 25,6 28.2 27.0 29.4

213T 30.4 32.6 22,5 25,3 25,0 27,7 26.4 28.8

215T 30.4 32.6 22,5 25.3 25,0 27.7 26.4 28.8

254T 29.7 31.9 22.1 24,9 24.5 27,2 25.7 28.2

256T 29.7 31.9 22,1 24.9 24,5 27.2 25.7 28.2

284T 29.2 31.5 21,8 24,7 24,1 26,9 25.3 27.8

254T 29.7 31.9 22,1 24,9 24,5 27,2 25.7 28.2

256T 29.7 31.9 22,1 24.9 24,5 27.2 25.7 28.2

284T 29.2 31.5 21,8 24,7 24,1 26,9 25.3 27.8

286T 29.2 31.5 21,8 24,7 24,1 26,9 25.3 27.8

184T 33.5 35.5 24,2 26,8 27,1 29,6 28.9 31.1

213T 32.7 34.8 23.7 26,3 26.5 29,1 28.2 30.5

215T 32.7 34.8 23,7 26.3 26,5 29.1 28.2 30.5

254T 31.9 34.1 23,2 25,9 26,0 28,5 27.5 29.8

256T 31.9 34.1 23,2 25,9 26,0 28,5 27.5 29.8

284T 31.4 33.6 22,8 25.6 25,5 28.2 27.0 29.4

286T 31.4 33.6 22.8 25,6 25.5 28,2 27.0 29.4

254T 31.9 34.1 23,2 25,9 26,0 28,5 27.5 29.8

256T 31.9 34.1 23,2 25,9 26,0 28,5 27.5 29.8

284T 31.4 33.6 22.8 25,6 25.5 28,2 27.0 29.4

286T 31.4 33.6 22,8 25.6 25,5 28.2 27.0 29.4

324T 30.7 32.9 22,4 25,2 25,0 27,7 26.3 28.8

213T 35.6 37.6 25,3 28,0 29,1 31,6 30.4 32.7

215T 35.6 37.6 25,3 28.0 29,1 31.6 30.4 32.7

254T 34.8 36.9 24.8 27,5 28.5 31,0 29.7 32.0

256T 34.8 36.9 24,8 27,5 28,5 31,0 29.7 32.0

284T 34.3 36.4 24,4 27,2 28,0 30,6 29.2 31.6

286T 34.3 36.4 24.4 27,2 28.0 30,6 29.2 31.6

324T 33.5 35.7 24,0 26.8 27,5 30.1 28.6 30.9

256T 34.0 36.3 25,8 28,6 28,5 31,2 29.8 32.2

284T 33.5 35.8 25,5 28,4 28,1 30,8 29.3 31.8

286T 33.5 35.8 25,5 28.4 28,1 30.8 29.3 31.8

324T 32.8 35.2 25.1 28,0 27.6 30,4 28.7 31.3

326T 32.8 35.2 25,1 28,0 27,6 30,4 28.7 31.3

LEGEND

BHF -- Bottom Horizontal Front THF -- Top Horizontal Front

BHR -- Bottom Horizontal Rear THR -- Top Horizontal Rear

DBF -- Downblast Front UBF -- Upblast Front

DBR -- Downblast Rear UBR -- Upblast Rear

Table 16 --Airfoil Fan Drive Centerline Distances In Inches

39M UNIT

SIZE

SUPPLY

STD

LEGEND

BHF -- Bottom Horizontal Front

BHR -- Bottom Horizontal Rear

DBF -- Downblast Front

DBR -- Downblast Rear

RETURN/ MOTOR

EXHAUST FRAME

143T

STD 145T

182T

164T

143T

STD 145T

162T

164T

143T

145T

162T

STD 164T

213T

215T

145T

162T

164T

STD 213T

215T

254T

145T

162T

164T

STD 213T

215T

254T

145T

162T

164T

STD 213T

215T

254T

256T

145T

162T

164T

STD 213T

215T

254T

256T

145T

162T

164T

213T

STD 215T

254T

256T

284T

145T

162T

164T

213T

STD 215T

254T

256T

284T

286T

THF -- Top Horizontal Front

THR -- Top Horizontal Rear

UBF -- Upblast Front

UBR -- Upblast Rear

BHF/BHR DBF/DBR THFFFHR UBF/UBR

Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max

16.3 17,6 14.0 15.5 15.0 16.5 14.8 16.2

15.8 17.2 13.6 15.1 14.6 16.2 14.3 15.8

15.8 17,2 13.6 15.1 14.6 16.2 14.3 15.8

19.5 20,3 15.0 15.5 17.3 18.2 19.1 19.9

19.5 20.3 15.0 15.5 17.3 18.2 19.1 19.9

19.0 19,8 14.5 15.0 17.0 18.0 18.6 19.4

11.1 12,4 8.5 9.8 8,2 9,5 10.3 11.6

11.1 12.4 8.5 9.8 8,2 9.5 10.3 11.6

10.0 11,5 7.6 9.1 7,2 8,7 9.3 10.8

lO.O 11,5 7.6 9.1 7.2 8,7 9.3 10.8

9,4 11 .O 7.0 8.6 6,7 8,3 8.6 10.2

9.4 11 .O 7.0 8.6 6.7 8,3 8.6 10.2

13.8 14,3 10.3 10.9 9,8 10.6 12.9 13.5

12.9 13,5 9.5 10.2 9.0 9,9 12.0 12.6

12.9 13,5 9.5 10.2 9,0 9,9 12.0 12.6

12.2 12,9 8.9 9.7 8.4 9,4 11.3 12.0

12.2 12,9 8.9 9.7 8,4 9,4 11.3 12.0

11.3 12.0 8.1 9.0 7,7 8.7 10.4 11.1

17.2 17,8 14.1 14.9 13.4 14.4 17.2 17.8

16.4 17.0 13.3 14.1 12.7 13.7 16.4 17.0

16.4 17,0 13.3 14.1 12.7 13.7 16.4 17.0

15.7 16.4 12.7 13.7 12.1 13.1 15.7 16.4

15.7 16,4 12.7 13.7 12.1 13.1 15.7 16.4

14.9 15,7 12.0 13.0 11.4 12.5 14.9 15.7

21.2 22,2 18.7 20.0 18.2 19.5 21.2 22.2

20.5 21,5 18.1 19.5 17.7 19.0 20.5 21.5

20.0 21,0 17.7 19.1 17.3 18.7 20.0 21.0

19.3 20.5 17.2 18.7 16.8 18.2 19.3 20.5

19.3 20,5 17.2 18.7 16.8 18.2 19.3 20.5

21.2 22,1 18.3 19.3 17.5 19.0 21.2 22.0

20.4 21,3 17.6 18.6 16.8 18.5 20.4 21.3

19.9 20,7 17.1 18.2 16.3 18.0 19.9 20.7

19.1 20.1 16.4 17.6 15.7 17.5 19.1 20.1

19.1 20,1 16.4 17.6 15.7 17.5 19.1 20.1

22.3 22,9 18.8 19.7 18.7 19.6 22.3 22.9

21.5 22.2 18.0 18.9 17.9 18.8 21.5 22.2

21.5 22,2 18.0 18.9 17.9 18.8 21.5 22.2

20.9 21,5 17.4 18.4 17.3 18.3 20.9 21.5

20.0 20,7 16.7 17.8 16.6 17.7 20.0 20.7

19.4 20.3 16.2 17.3 16.1 17.2 19.4 20.3

28.8 29.6 25.7 26.8 25.5 26.6 28.8 29.6

28.0 29,0 25.0 26.2 24.9 25.9 28.0 29.0

27.5 28.5 24.6 25.8 24.4 25.6 27.5 28.5

27.5 28,5 24.6 25.8 24.4 25.6 27.5 28.5

26.8 27,8 24.0 25.3 23.8 25.1 26.8 27.8

26.8 27.8 24.0 25.3 23.8 25.1 26.8 27.8

26.3 27.4 23.6 25.0 23.4 24.7 26.3 27.4

26.3 27,4 23.6 25.0 23.4 24.7 26.3 27.4

39M UNIT

SIZE

30 STD

STD

N/A

STD

N/A

STD

N/A

STD

N/A

SUPPLY

LEGEND

BHF -- Bottom Horizontal Front

BHR -- Bottom Horizontal Rear

DBF -- Downblast Front

DBR -- Downblast Rear

Table 16- Airfoil Fan Drive Centerline Distances In Inches (cont)

RETURN

EXHAUST

STD

N/A

STD

N/A

STD

N/A

STD

N/A

STD

MOTOR BHF/BHR DBF/DBR THFFrHR UBF/UBR

FRAME MIn Max MIn Max MIn Max MIn Max

182T 27.4 28.9 24.2 25.8 24.1 25.7 27.4 28.9

184T 27.4 28.9 24.2 25.8 24.1 25.7 27.4 28.9

213T 26.9 28.4 23.7 25.5 23.7 25.5 26.9 28.4

215T 26.9 28.4 23.7 25.5 23.7 25.5 26.9 28.4

254T 26.1 27.7 23.1 25.0 23.1 24.9 26.1 27.7

256T 26.1 27.7 23.1 25.0 23.1 24.9 26.1 27.7

284T 25.6 27.3 22.7 24.5 22.6 24.6 25.6 27.3

286T 25.6 27.3 22.7 24.5 22.6 24.6 25.6 27.3

324T 24.9 26.7 22.1 24.0 22.1 24.2 25.0 26.7

184T 26.0 27.3 20.2 22.9 20.2 22.0 24.3 25.7

213T 25.4 26.7 19.7 22.5 19.7 21.6 23.7 25.2

215T 25.4 26.7 19.7 22.5 19.7 21.6 23.7 25.2

254T 24.6 25.9 19.0 21.9 19.0 21.0 22.9 24.4

256T 24.6 25.9 19.0 21.9 19.0 21.0 22.9 24.4

284T 23.9 25.4 18.5 21.4 18.5 20.5 22.3 23.9

286T 23.9 25.4 18.5 21.4 18.5 20.5 22.3 23.9

324T 23.1 24.6 17.8 20.9 17.8 20.0 21.5 23.2

326T 23.1 24.6 17.8 20.9 17.8 20.0 21.5 23.2

182T 28.6 29.7 N/A N/A 22.2 23.9 27.0 28.1

184T 28.6 29.7 N/A N/A 22.2 23.9 27.0 28.1

213T 27.9 29.1 N/A N/A 21.6 23.4 26.4 28.5

215T 27.9 29.1 N/A N/A 21.6 23.4 26.4 28.5

254T 27.1 28.3 N/A N/A 20.9 22.7 25.5 27.7

184T 30.5 32.3 24.6 26.8 24.6 26.8 24.6 27.0

213T 29.9 31.7 24.1 26.3 24.1 26.3 24.1 26.5

215T 29.9 31.7 24.1 26.3 24.1 26.3 24.1 26.5

254T 29.1 31.0 23.5 25.8 23.5 25.8 23.5 25.9

256T 29.1 31.0 23.5 25.8 23.5 25.8 23.5 25.9

284T 28.5 30.4 23.0 25.3 23.0 25.3 23.0 25.1

286T 28.5 30.4 23.0 25.3 23.0 25.3 23.0 25.1

324T 27.7 29.7 22.4 28.8 22.4 24.8 22.4 25.0

326T 27.7 29.7 22.4 24.8 22.4 24.8 22.4 25.0

182T 30.9 32.1 N/A N/A 24.3 26.0 30.1 31.3

184T 30.9 32.1 N/A N/A 24.3 26.0 30.1 31.3

213T 30.3 31.4 N/A N/A 23.7 25.5 29.4 30.7

215T 30.3 31.4 N/A N/A 23.7 25.5 29.4 30.7

254T 29.4 30.6 N/A N/A 23.0 24.8 28.5 29.8

213T 32.9 34.5 24.5 27.0 27.0 29.1 32.1 33.8

215T 32.9 34.5 24.5 27.0 27.0 29.1 32.1 33.8

254T 32.1 33.8 24.0 26.4 26.3 28.5 31.3 33.0

256T 32.1 33.8 24.0 26.4 26.3 28.5 31.3 33.0

284T 31.5 33.2 23.6 26.1 25.8 28.1 30.7 32.4

286T 31.5 33.2 23.6 26.1 25.8 28.1 30.7 32.4

324T 30.7 32.5 23.0 25.6 25.2 27.5 29.9 31.8

326T 30.7 32.5 23.0 25.6 25.2 27.5 29.9 31.8

364T 30.4 31.8 22.5 25.2 24.6 27.0 29.2 31.1

184T 34.8 36.0 N/A N/A 27.3 29.0 33.9 35.1

213T 34.1 35.3 N/A N/A 26.7 28.4 33.3 34.5

215T 34.1 35.3 N/A N/A 26.7 28.4 33.3 34.5

254T 33.2 34.5 N/A N/A 25.9 27.7 32.4 33.7

256T 33.2 34.5 N/A N/A 25.9 27.7 32.4 33.7

213T 37.4 39.0 28.1 29.1 30.9 33.0 35.8 38.4

215T 37.4 39.0 28.1 29.1 30.9 33.0 35.8 38.4

254T 36.6 38.3 27.5 28.5 30.2 32.3 35.0 37.6

256T 36.6 38.3 27.5 28.5 30.2 32.3 35.0 37.6

284T 36.1 37.8 27.1 28.1 29.7 31.9 34.4 37.1

286T 36.1 37.8 27.1 28.1 29.7 31.9 34.4 37.1

324T 35.3 37.0 26.5 27.6 29.0 31.3 33.6 36.3

326T 35.3 37.0 26.5 27.6 29.0 31.3 33.6 36.3

364T 34.5 36.3 26.0 27.1 28.4 30.8 32.9 35.6

365T 34.5 36.3 26.0 27.1 28.4 30.8 32.9 35.6

184T 40.0 41.4 N/A N/A 31.0 33.2 38.3 39.5

213T 39.1 40.7 N/A N/A 30.3 32.7 37.4 38.6

215T 39.1 40.7 N/A N/A 30.3 32.7 37.4 38.6

254T 38.2 39.9 N/A N/A 29.5 33.0 36.5 37.8

256T 38.2 39.9 N/A N/A 29.5 33.0 36.5 37.8

THF -- Top Horizontal Front

THR -- Top Horizontal Rear

UBF -- Upblast Front

UBR -- Upblast Rear

39M UNIT

SIZE

Table 17 -- Plenum

SUPPLY

STD

RETURN/

EXHAUST

STD

Fan Drive Centerline Distances In Inches

MOTOR MIN MAX

FRAME

56 6.7 7.5

143T 6.7 7.5

145T 6.7 7.5

182T 5.5 6.5

184T 5.5 6.5

56 12.0 13.2

143T 12.0 13.2

145T 12.0 13.2

182T 11.3 12.6

184T 11.3 12.6

213T 10.9 12.2

56 21.2 22.4

143T 21.2 22.4

145T 21.2 22.4

182T 20.8 22.0

184T 20.8 22.0

213T 20.5 22.0

215T 20.5 22.0

143T 25.0 26.5

145T 25.0 26.5

182T 24.6 26.0

184T 24.6 26.0

213T 24.3 25.8

215T 24.3 25.8

254T 23.9 25.5

143T 28.1 29.6

145T 28.1 29.6

182T 27.6 29.1

184T 27.6 29.1

213T 27.3 28.8

215T 27.3 28.8

254T 26.8 28.5

145T 28.1 29.6

182T 27.6 29.1

184T 27.6 29.1

213T 27.3 28.8

215T 27.3 28.8

254T 26.8 28.5

256T 26.8 28.5

145T 31.3 32.8

182T 30.8 32.3

184T 30.8 32.3

213T 30.5 32.0

215T 30.5 32.0

254T 30.1 31.8

256T 30.1 31.8

145T 32.4 33.8

182T 31.9 33.4

184T 31.9 33.4

213T 31.6 33.1

215T 31.6 33.1

254T 31.2 32.9

256T 31.2 32.9

284T 30.9 32.6

145T 35.3 36.8

182T 34.8 36.3

184T 34.8 36.3

213T 34.4 36.0

215T 34.4 36.0

254T 34.0 35.6

256T 34.0 35.6

284T 33.6 35.3

39M UNIT

SIZE

SUPPLY

STD

RETURN/

EXHAUST

STD

N/A

MOTOR

FRAME

182T

184T

213T

215T

254T

256T

284T

286T

182T

184T

213T

215T

254T

256T

284T

286T

324T

184T

213T

215T

254T

256T

284T

286T

324T

MIN MAX

38.1 39.6

37.8 39.4

37.3 39.0

37.0 36.7

37.0 38.7

42.8 47.2

42.5 46.9

42.0 46.5

41.7 46.2

41.2 45.8

42.9 47.2

42.5 46.9

42.0 46.5

41.7 46.2

41.3 45.8

N/A

STD

N/A

STD

N/A

STD

N/A

STD

N/A

STD

182T

184T

213T

215T

264T

266T

213T

215T

264T

266T

284T

286T

324T

326T

184T

213T

215T

254T

256T

284T

213T

215T

254T

256T

284T

286T

324T

326T

364T

184T

213T

215T

254T

256T

284T

286T

52.0

51.7

51.3

51.7

51.3

51.0

50.5

49.2

48.8

48.3

47.9

48.7

48.2

47.9

47.4

46.9

51.9

51.5

50,9

50.9

50,5

50.5

56.5

56.2

55.8

56.2

55.8

55.5

55.1

53.3

51.9

52.4

52.1

51.9

52.5

52.1

51.7

51.2

55.9

55.5

55.0

54.6

Long-Term Storage -- If stoting the unit before instal-

lation, observe the following precautions:

1. Tile storage site should be level, rigid, and flee of debtis. If

the site is in a heavy rain ;uea, set the unit off of the ground.

2. Do not stole the unit in a heavy traffic area or on a vibrat-

ing surface. Vibration can &Lmage stationary beatings.

3. Ensure that all coil connections have shipping caps in

place. Cover the entire unit with a waterproof t;upaulin or

plastic coverall; if the unit is stored on file ground, extend

the cover underneath the unit. Secme the cover with

tiedowns. Do not remove cover or coil end caps until unit

is ready for final installation.

4. Monthly -- Move the coverall, enter the fan section

through the access door or fan inlet, and slowly rotate the

fan and motor by hand. This operation prevents be;uing

corrosion by redisttibuting the bearing grease.

Service Clearance -- When planning the placement of

the unit, ensure adequate space for service access. Typical

service operations can require removing the coils and

filters and accessing the motor and &tmper linkage. Refer to

AHUBuilder® progrmn for recommended clearances.

Drain Positioning -- To prevent build-up of conden-

sate in file drain pan and ensure proper operation of the &ain

system, position the unit so that condensate is properly trapped.

Refer to the Condensate Drain section on page 69 in the Instal-

lation section.

Unit Suspension -- Unit suspension methods are shown

in Fig. 6. A field-supplied platfoml mount is recommended,

especially for larger unit sizes. An iniine twin-bemn mount is

also recommended. Units can also be supported by attaching

suspension rods to all of the lifting brackets on ;dl of the unit

sections that have more than 15 in. of airway length, or by

suspending the unit from cross-beams at the joint between each

unit component. Ensure that suspension rods are secured to

adequately support the unit and that the rods extend entirely

through their associated fasteners.

Internal Vibration Isolation -- Units equipped with

internal vibration isolation must be prepared as described in

this section before they tue inst_dled.

For applications that do not require internal fan isolation,

leave the holddown bracket screwed or bolted in place. Other-

wise, the combination of internal and external unit isolation

could lead to unwanted oscillation magnification.

REMOVING HOLDDOWN BOLTS, AIRFOIL, PLE-

NUM AND FORWARD-CURVED FANS -- Remove the

holddown bolts (Fig. 7) as follows:

1. Open the fan access dooc

2. Remove the bolts that fasten the fan sled to the holddown

bracket. (Fig. 7). Remove "S" shaped brackets.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 on the opposite side of the fan

section. Fan sled assembly should float on isolator

springs when done.

ADJUSTING ISOLATOR SPRINGS -- Units with factory-

supplied motors and diives are preset to 13/16 -I- Us-in. clemance

between the base frame assembly and the bottom panels; field

adjustment of the isolator springs is not normally required.

When adjusting fan isolation components, DO NOT enter

or reach into the fan cabinet while fan is running. Serious

injury can result. Be sure to disconnect power and tag

controls before making adjustments.

LOCATE SUSPENSION RODS

SO THEY DO NOT INTERFERE

WITH ANY ACCESS DOOR/PANEL

(FIELD SUPPLIED)

MOUNT UNIT TO FIELD SUPPLIED

PLATFORM THROUGH

11/16-1N. DIAM HOLE PROVIDED IN

BASE RAIL. REMOVE LIFTING

BRACKETS AS REQUIRED.

CEILING -- RECOMMENDED

PLATFORM MOUNT

CEILING --ALTERNATE

CROSSBEAM MOUNT

CEILING -- RECOMMENDED

IN-LINE BEAM MOUNT

MOUNT UNIT TO FIELD SUPPLIED

BEAMS THROUGH

DIAM HOLE PROVIDED IN

BASE RAIL. REMOVE LIFTING

BRACKETS AS REQUIRED. CEILING -- ALTERNATE

LIFTING BRACKET MOUNT

Fig. 6 -- Unit Suspension

When field-supplied motors and &ives have been installed,

adjust the isolator spdngs as shown in Fig. 7 and described as

follows:

1. Ix_osen the locknut on adjusting stem.

2. Turn the adjusting stem until the specified clearance of

13/l<,+ l&-in, is obtained. (Turn clockwise to decrease

clearance or counterclockwise to increase clearance.)

3. Tighten the locknut.

4. Repeat for each of the isolator springs and ensure that the

fan sled is floating on the springs.

External Vibration Isolation -- Install external vibra-

tion isolators per certified drawings, job specifications, and the

instructions of the isolator manufacturer.

For applications that do not require internal fan isolation,

leave the holddown bracket screwed or bolted in place. Other-

wise, the combination of internal and external unit isolation

could lead to unwanted oscillation magnification.

The coil piping must also be isolated or have flexible con-

nectors to avoid coil header damage due to motion or vibration.

Flexible connections should also be installed at the fan inlet (if

ducted) and at the dischm'ge.

Roof Curb -- Roof curbs can be field supplied for 39MW

units and should be installed according to the manufacturer's

instructions.

Curbs am typically shipped knocked down and require field

assembly as follows:

1. Curbs greater than 12 ll in ailway length will be split and

joined together by a splice plate. Butt the two sections and

bolt together with the splice plate as shown in Fig. 8.

2. Arrange sides and ends together at right angles and bolt

together using the corner bracket as shown in Fig. 9.

3. Fasten cross supports, when required, per the diawings

with supplied screws as shown in Fig. 10.

Before installing roof curb, check overall unit length.

Figure 11 shows AHU (air-handling unit) curb pocket

dimensions.

IMPORTANT: Vedly installed curb dimensions before ]attempting to rig the unit and install it on the curb. I

_,DJUSTING

SLED

HOLDDOWN

BOLT

SPRING HOLDDOWN

BOLT

Fig. 7 -- Spring Isolator and Holddown Bracket

CURB GASKET

(OPTIONAL)

\\\\

\\\\,

\CURB SPLICE

PLATE

Fig. 8 -- Splice Plate Usage

- FLAT WASHER

HEX HEAD

BOLT

\\ \\\

END

SEAL STRIP

HEX NUT

\\\\

LOCK

WASHER

UNIT CURB

CORNER BRACKET

Fig. 9 -- Corner Bracket

UNIT CURB

\\\\\\\\\\

CURB

CHANNEL

Fig. 10- Fasten Cross Supports

Fig. 11 -- Curb Pocket Dimensions

(Size 03-30 Typical)

BUTT JOINTS, DO

Due to the pressure capabilities of the 39 sedes air handlers,

duct connections must be gasketed and screwed to the unit to

prevent leakage. No provisions have been made to attach the

ductwork to the curb. Fabricate inlet and discharge according

to the unit configuration. Dimensions for inlet and disch_uge

locations ale shown in diawings produced in AHUBuilder®

program.

The return and supply ducts must be supported indepen-

dently from the unit. Do not exert weight or downw_ud force on

the unit other than minimal force required to attach ductwoN.

Before the unit is installed, gasketing must be installed

between the curb and unit as shown in Fig. 12. This gasket

material is supplied by the curb manufacturel: If gasket is not

supplied with the curb, recommended field-supplied gasket

matedal is 1/2-in. thick by 2-in. wide closed cell neoprene.

When curb is installed, place gasket on curb without stretch-

ing or overlapping the material, which can cause gaps or leaks.

Butt _dljoints evenly and avoid creating gaps where water can

leak into the curb. Make sum semns in gasket matedal overlap

seams in the curb rail. See Fig. 12 for installation details.

After gasket is in place, rig unit into position as described in

Rigging and Handling section. Ix_cate unit on curb so it is

conectly oriented with respect to curb inlet and disch_uge

locations.

On curb installations, lower unit directly into place, ensur-

ing that the roof curb gasket does not shill or curl.

Pier or Beam Mount--As an _dternative to curb

mounting, units can also be mounted on I-bemns or piers. For

units mounted on I-beams, the beams must run the continuous

length of the unit. If seismic criteria apply, crosspieces must be

added between the beams according to seismic calculations.

For pier-mounted units, one pier must be installed in each

corner of the unit at the junction of the baserail comers. A

minimum of 4 piers can be used for size 03-61 units up to 8 II

long.

For each additional 8 II of length for size 03-61 units, inst_dl

one additional pier on each side of the unit underneath the

basemils. See Fig. 13 for a typical installation.

GASKET SEAM

RAIL SEAM

WRONG METHOD

/GASKET SEAM

RIGHT METHOD

Fig. 12 -- Install Gasketing

BEAMMOUNT

PIERMOUNT*

(

7 r

*Minimum number of piers shown for pier-mounted unit. See

table on right for number of equally spaced piers required.

Foreach additional 8 ft of unit length, add 2 piers.

QUANTITY OF PIERS REQUIRED

UNIT LENGTH "L", FT

0-8 I9-16 17-24

4 I 6 8

Fig. 13 -- Pier or Beam Mounting

INSTALLATION

This section describes how to install 39M units, compo-

nents, and component p_uts. Units specified on a single order

are shipped with most components assembled in the specified

airflow direction. The assembled unit is attached to a single

shipping skid (30-ft maximum length). When an upper compo-

nent exceeds the 108-in. maximum height limit, it is shipped

out of its operating position on the unit skid or on a separate

skid. Some component paris also require assembly or adjust-

ment; see the section on each component type for specific

instructions.

Indoor Unit/Section Connection -- Indoor units _u'e

connected together using 2 different methods -- screws and

"T' latch cam latches. Refer to Fig. 14 and 15 for T-latch

assembly details. Connect units as follows:

1. Remove shipping plates from entering and leaving face

of sections. Replace 2 screws in baserail directly under

corner feet only. otherwise 2 inboard screws will not

allow a flush connection. See Fig. 16.

2. Rig and align units so that sides and tops are flush and

holes are aligned.

3. Fasten base rails together at the lifting brackets using

supplied h_udware.

4. Indoor units secured with "T" latches: Turn "T" latch

(indicated by red hex socket access) clockwise using a

5/16-in. hex wrench until latch fully engages. The latch

rotates 270 degrees. The first 90 degrees of rotation

positions the T-latch into a se;ding position on the fralne.

The second 180-degree rotation pulls the T-latch tight,

compressing the gasket which creates the frmne se_d.

Do not overtighten, damage to latch could occm: The latch

is not intended to pull units together over a distance. Latch

is designed for retention after units have been positioned

properly and only after base lails have been secured.

NOTE: [f T-latch becomes &_maged o1"inoperable, fasten sec-

tion frmnes using clearance and engagement holes located

below latch.

5. Units secured with screws: Remove side and top panels

flom unit by turning panel latches (indicated by black hex

socket access with arrow indicator). Fasten and secure

base rails.

NOTE: Upstream sections have a l-in. cle_uance hole on the

inner surface of the frame member to provide access to the

5/l(,-in. fastening screw hole.

6. Insertscrewthroughtheseholestoengagematinghole.

Followperimeterofunitandsecure.

7. Re-inst_fllpanelsandsecurepanellatches.Thepanel

latchincorporatescamactiononeachedge(topand

bottom)tosecurethepanel.SeeFig.17.Thepanellatch

assemblyhasa90degreerotationwitha clickdetent

featurethatdetentsat0and90degrees.Thearrowindica-

tor displays the latch position.

COMPONENT COMPONENT

SECTION A SECTION B

DETAIL A

Fig. 14 -- T-Latch Assembly

_ 'ENGAGEMENT

HOLE

Fig. 15 -- T-Latch Receptacle (End View)

DETAIL B

SEE FIG. 17

SIDE PANEL

Fig. 17- Panel Latch Assembly

NOTE: Panel latches have an indicator anow highlighted in

the face of the latch and that arrow must point tow_ud the panel

to assure that panel is fully secured. Ensure the latch arrow is

in its proper position prior to unit start-up.

Outdoor Unit -- Outdoor units are either shipped in one

piece or with minimal shipping splits. Refer to the shipping

split label attached to the unit.

DETAI L C

DETAIL B

FRAME MEMBER DETAIL

jSHIPPING

PLATE

Fig. 16 -- Section Frame Assembly

Duct Connections

MIXING BOX/INLET PLENUM/DISCHARGE PLE-

NUM --Attach the ductwork to the box fi'alne rails with

sheet metal screws as shown in Fig. 18. Ductwork should be

flanged out as close to the dmnper frmned opening as possible.

Screws with weatherproof washers and a bead of silicone

around the duct flange must be used for outdoor applications.

Do not remove the screws retaining the c_kLmperfi:Lme; the

dmnper will fall out.

MIXING BOX/INLET PLENUM (Bottom) -- Bottom damp-

er equipped air-handling units have tin insulated dmnper duct

connection sleeve fllat extends to the bottom of the basenill on

39MN indoor units and to the cm_o pocket on 39MW outdoor

units.

For indoor units, apply I/2 in. thick by 1 I/2 in. wide closed

cell neoprene gasketing or run a bead of silicone to the damper

duct flange. Flange the ductwork out no more than 11/4 in. and

screw file flanged ductwork to the &tmper duct flange under

the unit.

For curb mounted outdoor units, refer to the curb submitttd

drawings. Return ductwork may be flanged outward and

attached to the roof curb. Field-supplied stiffeners may be

required to properly support the long edges of the duct. Apply

1/2in. flfick by 11/2in. wide closed cell neoprene gasketing or

run a bead of silicone to the damper duct flange.

FAN DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS (Except Plenum

Fans)--Dischm'ge tfir ducts must be attached directly to the

discharge side of the unit. This applies to both indoor and

outdoor units! Use care when making turns and transitions in

ductwork to avoid excessive air fiiction. Duct elbows should

contain turning vanes. See Fig. 19.

Dnctwork connected to the fan discharge should run in a

straight line for at least 2.5 times the outlet diameter dimen-

sions and should not be reduced in cross-section. See Fig. 20.

Duct turns should be in file salne direction as fan rotation to

minimize any negative system effects.

Apply 1/2 in. thick by 11/2 in. wide closed cell neoprene

gasketing or run a bead of silicone mound the fan discharge.

Fltmge the ductwork out no more than 11/4 in. and screw the

flanged ductwork to the fan discharge.

BOTTOM RETURN FAN CONNECTIONS -- Return tfir

ducts must be attached directly to the return side of the unit.

This applies to both indoor and outdoor units! Use care

when making turns and transitions in ductwork to avoid exces-

sive tfir friction. Duct elbows should contain turning vanes. See

Fig. 19.

PLENUM FAN DUCT CONNECTIONS -- Plenum fans tue

designed for draw-thru or blow-thru operation. Draw-thru fan

sections have closed panels on _dl sides except for the fan inlet

side. On blow-thru fan sections, the panel on file end opposite

the inlet is omitted so that components such as coil or filter

sections can be added downstremn fiom the plenum fan.

DRAW-THRU PLENUM FAN DISCHARGE FABRICA-

TION -- Duct openings for draw-thru plenum fans must be

field fabricated. They should be located in the plenum fan sec-

tion according to the following guidelines:

• Locate discharge openings in side or top panels; the end

panel opposite the inlet will have a higher pressure drop

per the explanation in the 39M Product Data manual.

• Locate discharge openings on the side or top panels

between the fan wheel and end panel opposite the inlet.

Do not locate discharges in the direct path of airflow

flom the wheel.

•Avoid locating the discharge opening on the motor side

of the fan section. If a discharge on the motor side is

necessary, locate the opening near the top of the cabinet.

• Sizes 36-61 include intermediate frame members. When

cutting the discharge opening for the plenum fan, do not

cut through any intermediate frame membec

Typical duct locations are shown in Fig. 21.

Once the discharge locations are selected and cut, the

duct connections can be fabricated. Install field-supplied duct

flanges and frmning channels to smooth the airflow leaving the

discharge opening. Two of the channels should extend the

width or height of file cabinet to provide additional cabinet

support.

Fig. 18- Mixing Box Ductwork Attachment

NOTLESS

THAN

2-1/2

FAN DIA.

l,,.%1J

T______URNIN G

VANES

_--i

I I

I I _ AIRFLOW

I I

NOTE: Make turns in the same direction as fan rotation.

Fig. 19- Recommended Discharge Duct

Arrangement When Turns are Required

NOT LESS THAN 2-1/2

FAN DIA.

SUPPLY DUCT

DUCT TRANSITION

30°

MAXIMUM

Fig. 20 -- Duct Connections

FIELD _SUPPLIED DUCTWOR t

_.A

UNIT OUTER CASING

FIELD FABRICATED ANGLES

FOR DUCTWORK CONNECTION FIELD FABRICATED SUPPORT CHANNELS

AS REQUIRED PER OPENING SIZE OR

LOCATION

INSULATION /' AIRFLOW

INTERNAL DOUBLE WALL PANEL

SECTION A-A

Fig. 21 -- Discharge Fabrication, Draw-Thru Plenum Fans

Panel Cutting -- The 39M unit's double-wall foam-filled

panels require speci_d attention when cutting and or penetrating.

1. Take ctu'e in planning before penetrating any panel with

electrical conduit, hydionic piping, sensor pickups or

wiring. Once these are routed through a panel, for _dl

practiced purposes, it becomes a fixed panel that is not

easily removed for service access.

2. In some cases it will be possible for smaller conduits

(l/2-in. or 3/4-in.) to enter the cabinet where individual

sections are joined togethel: Inspect the selected area

ctuefully to be certain that you do not encounter panel

kitches, "T-kitches," or section joining screws. Once the

conduit is in place, it must be securely sealed, watertight

and airtight, to prevent ANY infiltration.

Penetrations tu'e typic_dly located in one of the existing

"fixed" panels, such as the fan discharge panel, or the coil

connection panel to maximize the number of removable/

service panels. When it is necessary to penetrate the panel

for wiring or piping entry, make certain that the entry

point will not interfere with future component servicing,

block access doors, or obstruct airflow.

3. Drill a small pilot hole completely through the panel.

4. Use of a sharp hole saw or, if appropriate, a Unishea( r_'_

cutting tool or sheet metal nibbler to cut the hole or open-

ing from each side.

Do not use a cutting torah or open flmne on or near the fan.

Dmnage to the panel may occm:

5. Camlully remove the foam. The hole should be lined or

sleeved to confine the foam, and the penetration should

be sealed, both inside and out, to eliminate all possibility

of infiltration or leakage.

NOTE: Small quantities of locally available commerci;d

canned foam may be used, if necess;uy, to complete minor

repairs. Significant patching may justify ordering replacement

panels instead.

Zone Damper Section -- Refer to Fig. 22 and install

the section as follows:

1. Remove the screws holding the zone damper section to

the heating coil section and remove the lag screws hold-

ing the damper to the shipping skid.

2. Place the supplied I/4-in. thick x 1l/:-in, gley fomn gasket

around the perimeter of the cooling and heating coil section

discharges. Use two gasket strips on partition panels to ob-

tain double width.

3. Rig the zone damper section and lift it into position on

(vertical discharge) or next to (horizontal discharge) the

gasketed cooling and heating coil sections.

4. Fasten the &_mper section to the coil sections using the

supplied I14-14 x 314-in.sheet meted screws.

5. Install control shaft and bearing for each individual

zone after cutting linkage (for the job specific zone

application).

Control shaft extensions gue bagged and wrapped to the

inside of the zone dmnper blades. Additional field-

supplied shaft extensions may be ordered from local

Ruskin suppliek Dut no. 10-020569-00B.

6. Zones should be split for equal airflow through each

dampel:

Face and Bypass Dampers -- All face and bypass

damper sections are shipped fully asselnbledi Hat channels are

necessary for damper support. DO NOT remove (see Fig. 23).

Unit sizes 03-12 are built with a single damper assembly,

sizes 14-61 have two dmnper assemblies linked via a jackshaft.

Damper cmnkarms have 90 degrees of travel from fully open

to fully closed positions and are adjustable to suit conditions.

Refer to Fig. 24 and 25 for details.

Actuators must be mounted directly to the &_mper shaft.

Removed of crankarms is necessary for direct connection actua-

tor use. Refer to Table 18 for operating torque requirements.

FactoUduct colku's and damper assemblies are for attach-

ing ductwork only and must NOT be used to support the

duct's weight. Weight beguing deflection can increase

torque necessgu-yto operated dmnpers, or bind them pro_

venting aW movement.

ZONE DAMPER ASSEMBLY, ...... 7.---",

VERTICAL DISCHARGE --_--,-_..r,-----_ _._ ..... '1

POSITION _ '

COIL SECTION _

FAN SECTION __

DUCT WORK DUCT CLIP ZONE DIVIDER

"W" STRIP TO ATFACH

ZONE DUCTWORK-SEE

[ DETAIL

HOT/COLD DECK CUT BAR TO

PARTITION PANEL SEPARATE

ZONES

ZONE DAMPER ASSEMBLY

HORIZONTAL D SCHARGE

POSITION

ATTACH FOR

EACH ZONE

(RUSKIN PART NO. 10-020569-00B)

"W"STRIP

DETAIL

Fig. 22 -- Zone Damper Assembly Details (Horizontal Discharge Shown)

HAT CHANNEL

Fig. 23 -- Face and Bypass Section Detail

ZONE DAMPER DETAILS

39M UNIT SIZE DIMENSIONS(In.) OTY OF ZONES

AB C

06 28.50 41.50 12 S

08 28.50 49.50 12 7

10 28.50 62.50 12 10

12 34.50 62.50 15 10

14 34.50 67.50 15 10

17 34.50 74.50 15 12

21 40.50 74.50 18 12

25 40.50 81.50 18 13

30 40.50 99.50 18 16

36 52.50 104.50 24 17

40 52.50 104.50 24 17

50 56.50 112.50 26 18

61 68.50 112.50 32 18

OTY OF EXTENSION SHAFT KITS

FACE VIEW

q t pIZ BLANKOFF

PLATE

SECTION A-A

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted,

AIR

FLOW

END VIEW

TOP VIEW

Fig. 24 -- Zone Damper Section Details

MIXINGBOX,EXHAUSTBOX,ANDEXTERNAL

BYPASSDAMPERDETAILS

UNIT SIZE

DETAIL (SECTIONS) JACKSHAFT DIAMETER (In.)

1 25.75 10.75 1/2

1 38.75 14 1/2

1 46.75 14 1/2

1 59.75 14 1

2 64.75 16.75 1

2 71.75 16.75 1

2 71.75 20 1

2 78.75 20 1

2 96.75 20 1

3 101.75 29 1

3 101.75 32 1

3 109.75 35 1

3 109.75 44 1

AAq

• ° • ° • *I _'

-u j!

A i

DETAIL 1

FACE VIEW

UNIT SIZE

SIDE DAMPER DETAILS

DETAIL (SECTIONS) JACKSHAFT DIAMETER (In.)

1 14 18 V2

1 20 26 V2

1 20 29 V2

1 26 29 1

1 26 36 1

1 32 36 1

2 32 39 1

2 32 49 1

2 38 49 1

2 44 49 1

2 50 60 1

2 50 66 1

2 56 76 1

3 56 91 1

A A

(j 2 ,

AJ-J

DETAIL 2

FACE VIEW

A _

!O.

i_ .I

--_d

_1..i

SECTION A-A

1/2-in, JACKSHAFT

PREMIUM DAMPER

[]" .... [] ,o..... []'

.I,_I..44"Iu .I,H,

. . 7_io

[] [] [] [] []

° ° _llP_°_'° °

DETAIL 3

FACE VIEW

1 1/2

--T

AIRFOIL

-BLADES

/TO OPEN

B AIRFOIL

C_ BLADES

°_ TO OPEN

BRA

SECTION A-A

1-in, JACKSHAFT

PREMIUM DAMPER

AIR

FLOW

I--5"'--1_ L

TO OPEN

% If

°_]

SECTION A-A SECTION A-A

1/2-in, JACKSHAFT 1-in, JACKSHAFT

STANDARD DAMPER STANDARD DAMPER

STANDARD

f BLADES

/TO OPEN

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

NOTE: All dimensions in inches

unless otherwise noted.

Fig. 25 -- Mixing Box, Filter Mixing Box, Exhaust Box and External Bypass Damper Details

Mixing Box/Filter Mixing Box Damper Linkage

It is important to properly link the outdoor air and return air

dampel_. Failure to do so may cause mixing problems,

stratification, or coil freezing under some conditions, espe-

cially in combination type filter mixing boxes.

Refer to Fig. 26 for typical damper _m'angement and con-

necting rod position.

CONTROL DAMPERS -- Control dampers may be operat-

ed with pneumatic or electric actuators. These items should be

set up in accordance with the control manufactmers installation

instructions.

DAMPER LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT-- After the air-

handling unit has been powered, the dampers should be

checked to ensure they move freely and close tightly, adjust-

ment of the linkage may be required.

LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT

1. With the damper actuator unpowered and the damper

linkage disconnected, rotate the outdoor air dmnper so

that it is fully closed. Make sure the spring return actuator

has completed its stroke (with power disconnected this

will be achieved). The return air damper should be lidly

open at this point.

2. Tighten the actuator on the damper jackshaft, ensure all

linkage is connected, secure and moves freely.

3. With power applied to the actuatol: check for a complete

stroke and free movement in the dampers and damper

linkage.

Dampers and linkage must be checked prior to applying

powel: Make certain that there are no obstructions that

could interfere with the operation of the dampers.

NOTE: While adjusting linkage, one damper must be lidly

open and the other fully closed.

Top and rear dampers me shipped with both dampers in

closed position. Ix)osen the swivel on the interconnecting link-

age bar and fully open rear dmnper, leaving top dmnper closed.

Retighten the swivel.

Certain dmnper combinations require that dual actuators or

bellcrank linkages be field-provided when jack shafts are

90 degree opposed. This may occur when there is a combina-

tion of end dampers with either top or bottom dampers.

FIELD SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED ACTUATORS --

If one or two actuators are used, they must be mounted to the

outdoor-air damper jackshaft. To properly set the connecting

linkages, determine the rotation required to open the outdoor-

tdr dampel: Ensure the actuator spring return fully closes the

outdoor-air dampel:

If more than 2 actuators are used, they must be installed in

equal numbers on each jackshaft. To properly set these damp-

ers, determine the rotation required for each damper and mount

the actuatol_ so that the spring feature will open the return air

damper and close the outdoor-air dampel: Ix)ck each damper

actuator to the jackshaft. Remove any factory-supplied con-

necting linkage between the outdoor air and return-tdr damp-

ers. Failure to do so will damage the actuatol_. No additional

linkages are required for these applications.

Exhaust damper boxes me shipped with dampers in the

closed position.

All dmnper cmnkarms have 90 degrees travel from open to

closed. They may be adjusted to suit actuator location.

DO NOT mount damper actuators on the unit panels, actua-

tors me shaft mount only. See Table 18 for operating torque

requirements.

ZONE DAMPER LINKAGE (Fig. 22 and 24) -- Note that

damper control levers and a common operating bin are factoly

installed on upper end of damper shafts on top of zoning damp-

er assembly. To facilitate the installation of field-supplied

damper operators, the operating bar may be cut and the control

levers repositioned as follows:

Damper operation may be impaired if ductwork is

supported by the unit.

1. Check job prints to determine number and size of zones

required and damper operator locations.

2. Cut and remove portion of operating bar between zones

as required.

3. Inst_fll actuators on field-fabricated support brackets.

Connect actuator linkage to the center axle of intercon-

necting zones.

4. Adjust actuator for correct damper operation. Be sure

actuatol: linkage, and dampel_ operate fieely. See

Table 18 for operating torque requirements.

Mixing Box Damper Actuators-- The 39M mix-

ing boxes can be supplied with direct mounted dmnper actua-

tors. Refer to Fig. 27 for typical actuator mounting. Actuators

me also available for field installation. See Field Supplied and

Inst_flled Actuators section for more information. Refer to

Table 18 for damper operating torque.

To ensure torque is transmitted equally to both damper sec-

tions, actuator must be connected to the jackshaft that diives

the interconnecting linkage bin: Connection to any other shaft

is not lecommendedi

Table 18 -- Damper Operating Torque (Ib)

39M UNIT SIZE

COMPONENT 03 06 08 10 12 14 17 21 25 30 36 40 50 61

Zone Damper -- 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 8 10

Mixing orExhaustBox 13 26 32 41 41 53 58 70 77 94 143 158 187 235

Side MixingorExhaustBox 12 25 28 37 46 56 61 76 91 105 146 160 207 248

Airflow Measuring Damper 5 9 9 9 16 16 16 29 29 29 N/A N/A N/A N/A

Internal Face and Bypass 21 32 45 57 78 85 103 129 142 174 195 232 251 304

External Face and Bypass 29 44 59 76 96 104 126 161 176 217 282 312 390 470

NOTES:

1. Damper shaft moves 90 degrees from open to close.

2. Operating torques is shown for one damper. Multiply the value shown by the number of dampers for

total with one actuator.

DIRECT COUPLED

ACTUATOR

(SIDE MIXING BOX)

ACTUATOR AND

JACKSHAFT ARE

REPRESENTATIVE

ONLY (TYPICAL)

ONE ACTUATOR

ONLY WHEN USED

WITH LINKAGE -_

AIR

FLOW

TOP & REAR OR

SIDE & REAR

LINKAGE

ASY

TOP & BOTTOM OR

SIDE & SIDE

AIR

'_ LINKAGE

ASY

LOCATION

TYPICAL

ROTATIO

TO OPEN

ROTATI(

[.TO OPE

REAR & BOTTOM

.__.. LINKAGE

ASY

AIR

. >ROTAT'O

TO OPEN

AIR

ROTATION

TO OPEN

AIR

ROTATION

TO OPEN

REAR ONLY BOTTOM ONLY TOP ONLY

Fig. 26 -- Mixing Box/Filter Mixing Box, Typical Damper Arrangements (Size 14 Shown)

[ DIA JACKSHAFT

i-=-_r_ _ I BNLY

zr !

Fig. 27 -- Typical Mixing Box Actuator Mounting

Vertical Draw-Thru Units

NOTE: Size 21-61 vertical units that exceed the 108-in. maxi-

mum height or units with a vertical fan shipping split are

shipped with the fan out of its operating position, separate from

the vertical coil section. See Fig. 28A and 28B.

The unit is secured to a wooden skid with lag screws.

Remove screws before lifting the unit.

NOTE: Do not remove the fan holddown bolts until the section

is instaUed on the coil section.

1. For units with baserail, remove the 4 brackets securing

the top panel of file cooling section and reposition them to

the existing holes with the long flange in a vertical posi-

tion flush with the outer panel.

2. Attach the I/8-in. thick by 3/4-in. wide gray gasket

supplied with the unit to the top perimeter opening of the

vertical coil section.

3. For units with baseraU, attach joining collar (supplied

wifll unit) to top dischmge opening using hardware

included with unit.

4. Rig the fan section using the lilting brackets and place it

on top of the coil section.

NOTE: For units with basemil, the 4 brackets that were

repositioned emlier should be aligned with the appropriate

slots in the base rail of the fan section. Before setting the fan

section on the coil section, remove right and left side panels

from coil section.

5. For units without baserail, locate 1-in. tool clearance hole

in underside of top rail of coil section on each side.

6. Insert a pin or punch to assist alignment of corresponding

holes of fan section while lowering fan section, if needed.

7. Secure the fan and coil sections together using the sup-

plied I14x 314-in.long sheet metal screws. The securing

points will be on the bottom of each side and front top rail

of the coil section for units without baserail (Fig. 28B).

For units with baserail, securing points me located in the

side of the baserail (Fig. 28A).

NOTE: Do not remove the front panel of the coil section until

the side panels _uereinstalled. Secure brackets from top of coil

section to fan section base rail using 2 screws each.

VERTICAL FAN SECTION

"_BRACK[T

I)ETAIL Y

SCALE: {:4

ASSEMBLEDPOSITION

OF BRACKET SEE DEFA}L ys

WHENUNIT IS SN{PPgO

Ok ASSEMBLED STACK{D

_BASE RA{ ASS[MB Y

_JOINING COLLAR FOR

VERIICAL SUPPLY _AN

.......VERTICA{ COl/

SECT{ON

BE]AIL X

SCALE 1:4

ASSEMBLED_OSII}ON

OF BRACKEF

WHENVERIICAL FAN SECTION

IS SNIPPE_ SEPARATE

\_ BASE RAI{ ASSEmBlY

Fig. 28A -- Vertical Fan Installation with Baserail

REMOVE LIFTING BRACKETS AFTER

ASSEMBLING THE UPPER SECTION

TO THE LOWER SECTION

USE PLUG BUTTONS (BAG ASSEMBLY

39MA42000901 ) TO FILL SCREW

HOLES IN FRAME. _" /

PLACE GASKET ON LOWER SECTION

BEFORE SETTING UPPER SECTION

UNTO LOWER SECTION

USE 1/4-14 X 3/4 LG

SHEET METAL SCREWS

TO FASTEN UPPER

Fig. 28B -- Vertical Fan Installation without Baserail

Fan Sled Disassembly -- In some cases, it may be

necessary to remove the fan sled fiom the unit and break it

down into smaller components. See Tables 19-21 and Fig. 29

for maximum complete fan sled dimensions and housing only

dimensions.

To remove the fan sled:

1. Remove all of the panels from the fan section except for

the fan discharge panel.

2. Disconnect the vibration absorbent discharge seal by

unscrewing the seal channels fl'om the discharge of the

fan housing. Remove the fan discharge panel.

3. On larger units, the fan sled may be extremely heavy.

Remove file top and vertical frame members of the fan

section by removing the 4 screws from each frame to

corner piece connection.

4. If complete fan sled removal is required, unscrew bolts

holding the isolator base to the bottom of the unit.

5. Disassemble fan and fan housing in place and/or affix

appropriate rigging to remove tile required components

noting diagrammatically where each component is

attached. Components should be removed in the follow-

ing order:

a. Belts and sheaves

b. Motor

c. Fan shall

d. Fan wheel (forward curved fan wheels are

removed through the fan discharge opening, airfoil

wheels are removed through the side of the hous-

ing after removal of the drive side inlet volute)

e. Fan housing

NOTE: Install the preceding components in the reverse ordel:

Fan Sled Dimensions -- See Tables 19-21 and Fig. 29

for Fan Sled dimensions.

UNIT

SIZE

39M

Table 19 -- Airfoil Fan Dimensions (in.)

ARRANGEMENT

FAN SLED ASSEMBLY FRAMED BLOWER

(See Fig. 29) WITHOUT SLED

Length Width Hei_lht Len_lth Width Hei_lht

All 35.5 23.5 28.8 18.6 21.0 21.9

All 36.5 33.5 28.7 22.4 24.0 26.8

All 29.8 45.5 31.8 24.6 26.3 29.3

All 29.8 58.5 31.8 24.6 26.3 29.3

All 35.8 58.5 38.8 29.6 30.3 36.0

All 41.8 63.5 38.8 29.6 30.3 36.0

All 41.8 70.5 41.8 32.5 33.8 39.6

All 41.7 72.0 51.8 35.9 36.5 43.6

All 53.8 77.5 51.8 39.5 39.8 48.1

All 53.8 95.5 51.8 39.5 39.8 48.1

Supply Std 56.3 100.5 62.8 43.8 43.3 52.8

Ret/Exh Std 56.3 100.5 62.8 47.8 48.5 58.1

Supply Std 62.3 100.5 68.8 47.8 48.5 58.1

Ret/Exh Std 62.3 100.5 68.8 52.9 53.0 64.9

Supply Std 68.3 108.5 78.8 52.9 53.0 64.9

Ret/Exh Std 68.3 108.5 78.8 57.9 57.5 71.0

Supply Std 74.3 108.5 93.8 57.9 57.5 71.0

Ret/Exh Std 74.3 108.5 93.8 65.9 62.8 78.8

NOTE: Different fan discharge positions have different dimensions.

The values shown are for the largest overall dimensions.

Table 21 -- Plenum Fan Dimensions (in.)

UNIT

SIZE

39M

ARRANGEMENT

All

Supply Std

Ret/Exh Std

Supply Std

Ret/Exh Std

Supply Std

Ret/Exh Std

FAN SLED ASSEMBLY

(See Fig. 29)

Length Width Height

41 .O 26.4 23.7

42.5 36.0 26.2

24.8 46.5 29.1

26.3 53.3 31.3

30.1 58.3 36.7

32.6 62.5 40.1

38.3 66.3 41.4

42.3 70.3 45.4

41.0 75.8 48.9

48.9 91.4 54.4

48.9 91.4 58.3

57.4 99.4 58.4

57.4 99.4 64.0

57.4 99.4 70.0

Table 20 -- Forward Curve Fan Dimensions (in.)

UNIT

SIZE

39M

FAN SLED ASSEMBLY FRAMED BLOWER

ARRANGEMENT (See Fig. 29) WITHOUT SLED

Length Width Height Length Width Height

All - Horizontal 17.5 26.0 20.2 16.7 15.1 16.7

All - Vertical 34.0 25.0 20.2 16.7 15.1 16.7

All - Horizontal 23.5 39.0 22.6 18.6 18.8 18.6

All-Vertical 34.0 25.0 22.1 18.6 18.8 18.6

Sup/Ret Std 28.5 47.0 25.1 21.6 23.9 21.6

Supply Small 28.5 47.0 20.6 18.6 18.8 18.6

Sup/Ret Std 28.5 60.0 29.0 25.5 27.9 25.5

Supply Small 28.5 60.0 23.6 21.6 23.9 21.6

Sup/Ret Std 34.5 60.0 30.2 25.5 27.9 25.5

Supply Small 34.5 60.0 25.8 21.6 22.9 21.6

Sup/Ret Std 40.5 65.0 35.1 30.4 32.5 30.4

Supply Small 40.5 65.0 30.2 25.5 27.9 25.5

Sup/Ret Std 40.5 72.0 35.1 30.4 32.5 30.4

Supply Small 40.5 72.0 30.2 25.5 27.9 25.5

Sup/Ret Std 40.5 72.0 42.7 38.0 33.3 38.0

Supply Small 40.5 72.0 30.2 25.5 27.9 25.5

Sup/Ret Std 52.5 79.0 43.2 38.0 33.3 38.0

Supply Small 52.5 79.0 43.2 38.0 30.3 38.0

Sup/Ret Std 52.5 97.0 43.2 38.0 37.3 38.0

Supply Small 52.5 97.0 43.2 38.0 35.3 38.0

Sup/Ret Std 53.8 100.5 62.8 46.8 43.5 46.8

Supply Small 53.8 100.5 62.8 41.5 39.8 41.5

Sup/Ret Std 53.8 100.5 68.8 46.8 43.5 46.8

Supply Small 53.8 100.5 68.8 46.8 38.5 46.8

Sup/Ret Std 58.3 108.5 78.8 51.5 52.3 51.5

Supply Small 58.3 108.5 78.8 51.5 46.8 51.5

Sup/Ret Std 56.8 108.5 93.8 55.5 54.3 55.5

Supply Small 56.8 108.5 93.8 51.5 52.3 51.5

Fig. 29 -- Fan Sled

Fan Motors and Drives -- When installing motors in

the field, locate the electrical junction box tow;ud file center of

the unit. This ammgement is required for correct belt tension.

Use the smallest mounting holes in the mounting base that will

accommodate the motor and provide minimum oveflmng.

Tighten the motor holddown bolts. Refer to Tables 2A-2D

for fan scroll inlet cone dimensions.

JUNCTION BOX CONDENSATE PREVENTION --

When air handlers ale installed outdoors in a high humidity

environment or indoors whele the apparatus room is used as a

fi'esh air plenum, precautions must be taken to prevent conden-

sation from forming inside the junction box of the internally

mounted motor.

Stan&ud installation practice is to mount the motor starter

or fused disconnect box adjacent to the air handler and enclose

the power wiring to the motor in flexible conduit.

The sheet metal housing of the disconnect switch or motor

strutter is not airtight (even when a box meeting NEMA

[National Electrical Manufacturel_ Association] IV stan&uds

is used). Thus, warm moist air can migrate through the flexible

conduit to the junction box on the motol: With the motor

located inside the unit, the motor temperature is that of the cool

supply air; thus, condensate can form inside the junction box

and, possibly, on the live terminal lugs.

To prevent the moist air from migrating through the conduit

to the motor, seal the power wires inside the flexible conduit at

the motor starter or fused disconnect (Fig. 30).

Use a nonconductive, non-hmdening sealant. Permagum

0nanufactuled by Schnee Morehead) or sealing compound,

thumb grade 0nanufactured by Calgon), tue acceptable materials.

SEAL AIRTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT

DUIT

FUSED DISCONNECT TYPICAL MOTORS

Fig. 30 -- Sealing Power Wires in Flexible Conduit

Motor Power Wiring--The fan section is provided

with a decal indicating the recommended location to drill or

punch hole(s) to accommodate an electrical conduit for the

fan-motor wiring. The decal is located on file motor side,

approximately 4-in. in fiom the side and 4-in. down fi_)m the

top of the corner above where the motor will be installed.

Where possible, the conduit should be installed in a panel

which will not be removed, such as the discharge panel.

MOTOR OVERLOAD PROTECTION -- Fan-motor start-

ers and overload protectors me field-supplied and installed. A

label on the fan motor indicates the correct size of the overload

protectors required to be installed in file motor startel:

Sheaves- Factory-supplied drives are pre-aligned and

tensioned, however. Carrier recommends checking the belt

tension and alignment before staffing the unit. Always check

the drive alignment after adjusting belt tension.

To install sheaves on the fan or motor shaft, remove any

rust-prevenfive coating on the shaft. Make sure the shaft is

clean and fi'ee of burrs. Add grease or lubricant to bore of

sheave before installing. Mount sheave on the shaft; to prevent

bearing damage, do not use excessive force (i.e., a hmnmer).

Place sheaves for minimum overhang (see Fig. 31).

Each factory-assembled fan, shaft, and chive sheave assem-

bly is precision aligned and balanced. If excessive unit vibra-

tion occm_ after field replacement of sheaves, the unit should

be rebalanced. To change the drive ratio, reselect and replace

the motor sheave, not the fan sheave.

FAN

SHAFT ,d

D_VE !

SHEAVE

EXCESSIVE

OVERHANG -

/SHAFT BEARING

DRIVEN SHEAVE

-'11 OVERHAHG

-_ MOTOR /

POOR INSTALLATION

MINIMUM

OVERHANG

MINIMUM

OVERHANG _- ,=

r--]

MOTOR 1

BETTER INSTALLATION

Fig. 31 -- Determining Sheave-Shaft Overhang

After 24 hours of unit operation, the &'ive belts may stretch.

Check the belt tension after 24 hours of operation and adjust if

necessary. Periodically check belt tension throughout the run-in

period, which is normally the initial 72 hours of operation.

ALIGNMENT -- Make sure that fan shafts and motor shafts

are pmallel and level. The most common causes of misalign-

ment are nonparallel shafts and improperly located sheaves.

Where shafts me not pmallel, belts on one side are drawn

tighter and pull more than their share of the load. As a result,

these belts wear out faster, requiring the entire set to be re-

placed before it has given maximum service. If misalignment is

in the sheave, belts enter and leave the grooves at an angle,

causing excessive belt and sheave weal:

1. Shaft alignment can be checked by measuring the

distance between the shafts at 3 or mole locations. If the

distances are equal, then the shafts ale parallel.

2. Sheave Alignment:

Fixed sheaves -- To check the location of the fixed

sheaves on the shafts, a straightedge or a piece of string

can be used. If the sheaves are properly aligned, the string

will touch them at the points indicated by the mTOWSin

Fig. 32.

Adjustable sheaves -- To check the location of adjustable

sheave on shaft, make sure that the centerlines of both

sheaves are in line and palallel with the beming suppofl

channel. See Fig. 32. Adjustable pitch drives me installed

on the motor shaft.

Do not exceed maxilnum fan speed rpm with adjustable

sheave.

3. Rotate each sheave one-half revolution to determine

whether the sheave is wobbly or the diive shaft is bent.

Correct any misalignment.

4. With sheaves aligned, tighten cap screws evenly and

progressively.

NOTE: There should be a I/s-in. to l/4-in, gap between the

mating part hub and the bushing flange. If gap is closed, the

bushing is probably the wrong size.

5. With tapeMock bushed hubs, be sure the bushing bolts

are tightened evenly to prevent side-to-side pulley

wobble. Check by rotating sheaves and rechecking

sheave alignlnent. When substituting field-supplied

sheaves for factory-supplied sheaves, consider that fan

shaft sheave has been facto qbalanced with fan and shaft

as an assembly. For this reason, substitution of motor

sheave is preferable for final speed adjustment.

CENTER LINES

MUST COINCIDE

STRI NG LINES

MUST BE

PARALLEL

BEARING

SUPPORT

CHANNEL

LINES

MUST BE

PARALLEL

FIXED SHEAVE ADJUSTABLE

SHEAVE

Fig. 32 -- Sheave Alignment

V-Belts -- When inst_dling or replacing belts, always use a

complete set of new belts. Mixing old and new belts will result

in the premature wetu or breakage of the newer belts.

Refer to label on inside of fan access door for information

on factory-supplied diive.

1. Always adjust the motor position so that V-belts can be

installed without stretching over grooves. Forcing belts

can result in uneven stretching and a mismatched set of

belts.

2. Do not allow belt to bottom out in sheave.

3. Tighten belts by turning motor-adjusting jackscrews.

Turn each jackscrew an equal number of turns.

4. Equalize belt slack so that it is on the same side of belt for

_dl belts. Failure to do so may result in uneven belt

stretching.

5. Tension new drives at the maximum deflection force rec-

ommended (Fig. 33).

6. On current production, the correct tension information is

listed on the fan diive label. For older equipment or for

units with field-modified diives, use the deflection for-

mula given in the example below and the tension data

from Fig. 33.

EXAMPLE:

Given:

Belt Span 16 in.

Belt Cross-Section A, Super Belt

Small Sheave PD 5 in.

Deflection = Belt Span/64

Solution:

a. From Fig. 33 find that deflection force for type A,

super belt with 5-in. small sheave PD is 4 to 51/2 lb.

b. Deflection = 16/64

= l/4-in.

c. Increase or decrease belt tension until force required

for l/4-in, deflection is 5 lb.

Check belt tension at least twice during first oper-

ating day. Readjust as required to maintain belt

tension within the recommended range.

With correct belt tension, belts may slip and squeal momen-

tarily on strut-up. This slippage is notated and disappe_u's after

unit roaches operating speed. Excessive belt tension shortens

belt life and may cause bearing and shaft damage.

After run-in, set belt tension at lowest tension at which belts

will not slip during operation.

BELT

CROSS

SECTION

SMALL

SHEAVE

PD RANGE

(in.)

3.0- 3.6

3.8- 4.8

5.0- 7.0

3.4- 4.2

4.4- 8.6

5.8- 8.6

7.0- 9.4

9.6-16.0

4.4- 6.7

7.1-10.9

11.8-16.0

12.5-17.0

8V 18.0-22.4

LEGEND

PD -- Pitch Diameter, inches

DEFLECTION FORCE (Ib)

Super Belts Notch Belts Steel Cable

Belts

Min Max Min Max Min Max

3 4% 37/8 51/2 31/4 4

31/2 5 41/2 61/4 33/4 43/4

4 5V2 5 67/8 4V4 51/4

481/2 83/4 8 41/2 81/2

51/8 71/8 61/2 91/8 83/4 71/4

63/8 83/4 73/8 101/8 7 83/4

111/4 143/8 133/4 177/8 111/4 14

141/8 181/2 151/4 201/4 141/4 173/4

-- -- 10 15 -- --

101/2 183/4 127/8 18a/4 -- --

13 191/2 15 22 -- --

27 401/2 ....

30 45 ....

Fig. 33 -- Fan Belt Tension Data

Outdoor Hoods and Louvers -- There are three op-

tions available: fixed rein intake hoods, intake louvers, and

collapsible exhaust box hoods. All hoods and louvers have an

intake screen to prevent unwanted ent Uof birds and debris.

The intake hoods have easily serviceable demisters via small

hinged doors. Intake louvers are a wind driven rain design that

will _dlow no more than .01 oz. per sq. fi of fiee area water

penetration at 1250 fpm. This is the maximum velocity

required by AMCA (Air Movement and Control Association)

511. Higher velocities tue possible without significant water

intrusion.

Fixed rear hoods (Fig. 34) and int_,e louvel_ (Fig. 35) ship

installed and should lequile no further assembly.

Collapsible exhaust box hoods ship covering the exhaust

outlet of the unit and require some basic assembly. Fasteners,

washers and gasket material for installation of the hood come

taped inside the exhaust section. Fig. 36 shows an exploded

view of the assembly in its shipping position. Fig. 37 shows

how the various parts assemble to form the hood and a view of

the completed assembly.

IMPORTANT: Hoods for power exhaust fans must be field ]

supplied based on local code requirements. I

UNIT

'_//_ _O/#"q/'_ _ SCREW TYPICAL

ENTIRE PERIPHERY

-- INTAKE HOOD

HOOD .... _GUTTER

ANGLE j J

PANEL

BRACKET MOUNT BELOW _ SCREW

HOOD BRACKET CAN BE

THROWN AWAY AFTER HOOD _PANEL

IS INSTALLED ON THE UNIT. "/"

Fig. 36 -- Collapsible Exhaust Box Hood

(Shipping Position)

SCREW _

HOOD_

GUTTER

_PANEL

OPEN DOORTO

REMOVE DEMISTERS

Fig. 34 -- Rear Intake Hood (Size 30 Shown)

GASKET

.125 THICK x 1.25 WIDE,

\\\\\\\\\\\\

LOUVER ASY \\ \..

SCREW

1/4-14 x 3/4 SNS

NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.

Fig. 35 -- Louver Intake

WASHER

_'_SCREW

SCREEN TO BE

INSTALLED

I BETWEEN THE

t PANEL FLANGE

AND THE HOOD

FLANGE.

Fig. 37 -- Collapsible Exhaust Box Hood

(Assembly)

Coil Connection Housing (Outdoor Unit

Only) -- Coil connection housings are used to house piping

fi'om inside the building to its connections to the coil on the

unit. Piping must be insulated to building code standards or job

specifications (whichever is greater) for the area that the unit is

inst_flled to prevent excessive condensation within the housing

otherwise, water &tmage to floors below could result.

Install as follows:

1. Coil connection housing (CCH) will be shipped to the job

site on its own skid, separate from the air-handling unit as

shown in Fig. 38.

2. Before removing the coil connection housing from its

skid, remove panels and reposition shipping brackets/

lifting lugs as shown in Fig. 39.

3. Apply seal strip to roof as shown on the coil connection

housing roof gasketing detail in Fig. 40.

COIL CONNECTION

HOUSING \

SKID

Fig. 38 -- Coil Connection Housing

CCH END PANEL

REPOSITION SHIPPING

BRACKETS /LIFTING LUGS

TO FRAME AS SHOWN

4. Assemble seal strip to back side of the coil connection

housing frame as shown in Fig. 41 and 42.

5. Remove panel retainers from unit as shown in Fig. 43. If

file coil connection housing spans more than one section

DO NOT remove panel retainers that do not interfere

with the coil connection housing mounting.

Apply l/2-in, thick by 2-in. thick closed cell neoprene gas-

ket to the top of the CCH curb. Tile CCH will sit directly

on top of the curb.

6. Ensure that thele is a tight seal between the CCH and

AHU.

7. Secure the coil connection housing roof to air-handling

unit roof using the panel letainers and retainer screws as

shown in Fig. 44. Note that the view is fiom underneath

the roof. The retainers me rotated 180 degrees and hold

the coil connection housing roof to the side of the air-

handling unit. These _ue the same style retainers used to

hold the air-handling unit panel in place during shipment.

SEAL STRIP

1.50" WIDE X 0.375" THICK

APPLY TO TOP OF CCH FRAME

BEHIND CCH ROOF TO ROOF

OF AHU ROOF.

CCH ROOF_

CCH FRAME_

CCH FACE PANEL

SINGLE WALLVERSION SHOWN

CCH END PANEL

SINGLE WALL

VERSION SHOWN

CCH -- CoilConnection Housing

Fig. 39 -- Reposition to Upright and

Remove Panels

CCH ROOF

DO NOT DIS-ASSEMBLE ROOF

FROM CCH FRAME. ROOF SHOWN

THIS WAY FOR CLARITY

USE SCREWS FROM PANEL

RETAINERS TO MOUNT CCH

FRAME TO AHU FRAME.

LEGEND

AHU -- Air-Handling Unit

CCH -- Coil Connection Housing

0.75" WIDE X 0.125" THICK

APPLY TO OUTSIDE EDGE

OF CCH FRAME REAR

PERIMETER TO SEAL

AGAINST SIDE OF AHU.

Fig. 41 -- Detailed View of Seal Strip

SEAL STRIP

1.50" WIDE X 0.375" THICK

BEHIND CCH ROOF TO SEAL

AGAINST BOTTOM OF AHU ROOF

SEAL STRIP

0.75" WIDE X 0.125" THICK

USED TO SEAL BETWEEN

CCH ROOF AND AHU ROOF

SEAL STRIP

1.50" WIDE X 0.125" THICK

USED TO SEAL BETWEEN

CCH ROOF AND ROOF

CCH --Coil Connection Housing

Fig. 40 -- Apply Seal Strip

SEAL STRIP

USED TO SEAL BETWEEN

CCH AND AHU

LEGEND

AHU -- Air-Handling Unit

CCH -- CoiIConnection Housing

Fig. 42 -- Assembled Seal Strip

AHUPANEL_ \\

LEGEND

AHU -- Air-Handling Unit

Fig. 43 -- Remove Panel Retainers

CCHROOF_

_AHU ROOF

1/4 - 20 X 7/8 in.

LEGEND

AHU -- Air-Handling Unit

CCH -- Coil Connection Housing

Fig. 45 -- Secure Using Self-Drilling Screws

ROOF RETAINER CCH ROOF

_AHU ROOF

SEALING SCREW /

1/4-14 X 3/4 in.

LEGEND

AHU -- Air-Handling Unit

CCH -- Coil Connection Housing

Fig. 44 -- Secure the Coil Connection Roof

to the Air Handler Roof

8. Also secure the coil connection housing roof to air-

handling unit with self-&illing screws as shown in

Fig. 45. Remove screws from the air-handling unit roof if

they interfere with flush mounting of the coil connection

housing to air-handling unit roof. When file coil connec-

tion housing is located on the low side roof. cut the seal

strip at the slit and bend the tab in to create a better seal.

9. Remove shipping brackets and lifting lugs.

10. Reassemble panels. See Fig. 46 for view of assembled the

coil connection housing.

11. Seal any gaps between the main unit base rail and the cut

out in the CCH curb with tield-supplied flashing and

sealec

CCH CURB

CCHn _._::_AI. AHU

CCH CURB W-_W OD NAILER

SEAL GAPS BETWEEN CCH

CURB, AHU, & AHU CURB HU CURB

LEGEND

AHU -- Air-Handling Unit

CCH -- Coil Connection Housing

Fig. 46 -- Reassembled Coil Connection Housing

with Panels

Humidifier Installation

ASSEMBLE CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY (Fig. 47-

Fig. 50) -- V;flve kits m'e sold as separate items through your

loc_fl Creel representative (shipped unassembled).

CAREL

PART NUMBER

599-02000CKIT

599-02002CKIT

599-02004CKIT

599-02006CKIT

599-02008CKIT

599-02010CKIT

599-02012CKIT

DESCRIPTION

1/2-in. valve size Cv= 0.4

1/2-in. valve size Cv= 0.63

1/2-in. valve sizes Cv= 1

1/2-in. valve sizes Cv= 1.6

1/2-in. valve sizes Cv= 2.5

1/2-in. valve sizes Cv= 4

3/4-in. valve size Cv= 6.3

Cv -- Flow Coefficient

COMPONENTS

(2) 1/2-in. MPT x

3-in. nipples

(2) 1/2-in. FPT x

1-in. MPT hex

bushings

1-in. union

1/2 in. or 3/4 in. valve body

1/2 in. or3/4 in. x 3 in. nipples (2) 1 in. union

1/2 in. or 3/4 in. FPT x 1 in. MPT hex bushing (2)

Fig. 47 -- 1/2-in. and 3/4-in. Valve Assemblies

CAREL PART NUMBER

599-02014CKIT

Cv -- Flow Coefficient

DESCRIPTION

1 in. valve size Cv=10 (2) 1 COMPONENTS

in. MPT x 3 in. nipples

1 in. union

1 in. x 3 in. nipple

Fig. 48 -- 1 in. Valve Assembly

CAREL PART NUMBER

590-03024KIT

590-03025KIT

Cv -- Flow Coefficient IDESCRIPTION

11/4-in. valve size Cv= 16

11/2-in. valve size Cv= 25

COMPONENTS

(2) 11/4-in. MPT x 3 in. nipples

(2) 11/4-in. FPT x 2 in. MPT hex bushings

2 in. union

1-1/4 in. or 1-1/2 in. valve body

1-1/4 in. or 1-1/2 in. x 3 in. nipples

2 in. union

1-1/4 in. FPT x 2 in. MPT hex bushings (2)

Fig. 49 -- 11/4-in. and 11/2-in. Valve Assemblies

CAREL PART NUMBER

590-03026KIT

Cv -- Flow Coefficient IDESCRIPTION

2 in. valve size Cv=40

COMPONENTS

(2) 2 in. MPT x 3 in. nipples

2 in. union

- v 2 in.unlon

Fig. 50 -- 2 in. Valve Assemblies

ASSEMBLE STRAINER AND TRAP ASSEMBLY AND

VALVE ASSEMBLY (Fig. 51 and 52) -- Strainer and trap

assemblies are sold as separate items through your local Carel

representative (shipped unassembled).

1 in. Strainer and Trap Assembly

CAREL COMPONENTS

PART NUMBER

US'I-r&SKIT1

DESCRIPTION

1 in. Steam trap

and strainer with

plumbing kit

1 in, Y-strainer

1 in, x 6 nipple

1 in, x 90 degree FPT elbow

1 in, x 3 in. nipple

1 in, FPT tee

3/4-in. x 1 in, hex bushing

2) 3/4-in, x 6 in, nipples

4-in. FPT union

a/4-in. 90 degree street elbow

a/4-in, float and thermostatic

trap

1 X 6 NIPPLE

1 Y-STAINER

X 90 '_FPT ELBOW

X 3 NIPPLE

HEX BUSHING

3/4 X 6 NIPPLES (2), UNION

THERMOSTATIC

STEAM TRAP

NOTE: All dimensions in inches.

Fig. 51 -- 1 in. Steam Trap and Strainer with

Plumbing Kit

2 in. Strainer and Trap Assembly

CAREL COMPONENTS

PART NUMBER

USTT&SKIT2

DESCRIPTION

2 in, Steam trap

and strainer with

plumbing kit

2 in. Y-strainer

2 in. x 6 nipple

2 in. x 90 degree FPT elbow

2 in. x 3 in, nipple

2 in. FPT tee

2 in. x s/4-in,hex bushing

(2) 3/4-in. x 6 in. nipples

3/4-in, FPT union

3/4-in, 90 degree street elbow

3/4-in. float and thermostatic

trap

2 X 90 FPT ELBOW 2 x 6 NIPPLE

2 Y-STAIN ER

2 x 3 NIPPLE

2 X 3/4 HEX

BUSHING

3/4 FPT UNION

_ 3/4 STREET ELBOW

FLOATAND

THERMOSTATIC STEAM

TRAP

NOTE: All dimensions in inches.

Fig. 53 -- 2 in. Steam Trap and Strainer with

Plumbing Kit

CONNECT CONTROL VALVE AND TRAP TO STEAM

SUPPLY AND MANIFOLD (Fig. 53 and 54)

STEAM IN

24 in. DROF

WATER

DRAIN

OUT

in. NPT

1/2 in. NPT

Fig. 53 -- Control Valve and Trap Connected to Supply and Manifold of Humidifier Sizes 03-14

(Size 14 Shown)

LIVE I1_

STEAM IN

WATER

DRAIN

OUT

2 in. NPT

Fig. 54 -- Control Valve and Trap Connected to Supply and Manifold of Humidifier Sizes 17-61

(Size 17 Shown)

Assembly of Vertical Manifolds -- Tile vertical dis-

tribution manifolds are inserted into the bottom feed header by

hand (slip fit) and then into file top header if any. See Fig. 55.

• Vertical slotted discharge manifolds must be installed

with the internal fishbone wick ends sloping up as in a

,,y,,

• Do not force the vertical manifolds into the headers

beyond the insulation.

• Do not use any lubricants. Manually reform the ends

slightly if necessary.

• Ensure discharge slots are perpendicular to the air flow.

• On top fed 17-61 sizes, run a bead of RTV silicone caulk

around the junction of the vertical manifolds and top

headec

INSERT

INSUL

Fig. 55 -- Vertical Manifold

Coil Installation

NOTE: If installing a replacement coil, refer to Coil Removal

section, page 93 for instructions on removing existing coil.

INSTALLATION OF SINGLE HEIGHT COILS (sizes 03- 36)

1. Lock open and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor

and electric heatel_ if present.

2. a. Identify the unit service panel latches and disen-

gage them (1/4 turn) with a 5h(-,-in. or 8-mm hex

wrench.

b. Remove service panel/coil connection panel and

the upstream service panel and set aside in a safe

place.

3. a. Remove the flat corner plug from each end piece of

the top rail.

b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the

exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with

others; they are specific for this location. Set

screws aside for reinstallation of the top rail.)

c. Remove the top rail by pulling out fit a 45 degree

angle. Set top rail aside.

Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection

nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT

covered by WtuTanty. Protect the finned surface from

damage during all handling and shipping.

4. Slip the foam sealing sleeves on the connection nipples

before installing the coil.

5. The coil may now be hoisted in through the top opening,

or it may be slid in through either side, taking care to

avoid tipping or &opping the coil. Some lower stacked

unit sections may require slightly tipping the coil from the

vertical position in order to clear the upper frame rail and

seffl, which is not readily removed.

6. Loosely secure the coil at the top using the 3/s-in. dia]ne-

ter hoisting holes located in the side channel/tube sheet

juncture fit each end.

7. Install the first coil in the section. Access the upstream

face of the coil and install the screws holding the coil to

the mounting baffles around the entire perimetel: This

may require reaching through an opened damper assem-

bly or through the filter track after filters _ue removed.

8. Replace the top rail by reinstfdling the Torx T25 screws

and flat corner plugs.

9. Replace all service panels and engage all I/4-turn panel

latches.

INSTALLATION OF STACKED COILS (40, 50 and 61 )

IMPORTANT: The lengths of the coil supports and

intermediate pans and channels are designed to work

with Carrier coils. Substitution of other manufac-

turer's coils may require that custom mounting com-

ponents be field fabricated. Coil sections ordered

_'itkout coils _'ill come _4'ith tke refi, l_,nced parts in kit

NOTE: The length that the intermediate &'ain pan extends

downstremn from the coil face has been designed for use with

Cturier manufactured coils, and may prove insufficient for

other maker's coils.

10.

1. Ix)ck open and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor

and electric heaters if present.

2. a. Identify the unit service panel latches and disen-

gage them (1/4 turn) with a 5/l(-,-in. or 8-mm hex

wrench.

b. Remove service panel/coil connection panel and

the upstream service panel and set aside in a safe

place.

3. a. Remove the flat corner plug from each end piece of

the top rail.

b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the

exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with

others; they are specific for this location. Set

screws aside for reinstallation of the top rail.)

c. Remove the top rail by pulling out fit a 45-degree

angle. Set top rail aside.

Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection

nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT

covered by warianty. Protect the finned surface from

&image during all handling and shipping.

4. Slip the foam sealing sleeves on the connection nipples

before installing the coil.

5. Before placing file coils inside the unit, apply the adhe-

sive backed gasket to the lower baffle, spanning the entire

unit, on the surface that will contact the coil (see Fig. 56).

6. a. Place the lower coil on the coil supports, sliding the

coil against the upstream baffle and aligning the

mounting holes so that the connection nipple will

extend approximately 3 in. outside the unit casing.

b. Place the heavy vertical angle (which is full height

of the finished coil bank) along the upstream right

and left side of the mounting baffles (see Fig. 56).

Install screws through this angle first and then into

the baffles, engaging the coil tube sheet mounting

holes and securing the coil within the unit.

c. Secure the lower side casing of the coil to the

lower horizontal baffle, sandwiching the gasket in

between.

7. For coil sections that do not have a &'ain pan within the

section, go to Step 10.

8. Secure the spacer (hat channel) to the top center of the

lower coil casing (see Fig. 57).

Do not penetrate through the coil casing into the fin pack.

Tube damage may occur.

Secure two spacers (hat channels) to each end of the

bottom of the upper coil casing before placing the coil in

position (refer to Fig. 56).

Place the intermediate condensate &ain pan on the lower

coil, centering the drain pan between the sides of the unit,

with the condensate outlet holes along the downstream

edge. (It may be helpful to temporarily secure the drain

pan by a strip of double-stick tape on the center hat

channel.)

BAFFLE, HEADER_

CHANNEL,

PAN, CONDENSATE_,

CENTERED WITHIN SECTION

BAFFLE, TOP

_ BAFFLE, HAIRPIN

ATTACHED TO COILS

BOTH SIDES

IMPORTANT: ADHESIVE GASKET MUST BE

APPLIED TO THE FULL LENGTH OF THE BOTTOM

THE COIL SIDE CASING AND THE BAFFLE.

SEE ILLUSTRATION BELOW.

APPLY FLUSH TO THIS EDGE_

GASKET, ADHESIV E--__

....BAFFLE, BOTTOM _/

_ BOTTOM BAFFLE

Fig. 56 -- Apply Gasket

11. Lift the upper coil (with spacer hat channels on the

bottom of each end) into place, aligning the upper coil

with the lower coil. When the upper coil is lowered into

place, it will deflect the intermediate condensate pan

downwmd on each end, providing for positive drainage.

12. Install factory-supplied screws around the ends and top of

the coil.

13. On the upstremn side of the stacked coils, attach the

center baffle (see Fig. 56), spanning the two coils with the

crease in the baffle away from the coils, centering it

between file side baffles, and aligning the baffle with the

holes in the coil casings.

14. Install the drain fittings into the pan. Route and secure the

hoses as shown in Fig. 58.

15. For sections that do not have a drain pan (heating only

sections):

a. After the lower coil has been secured in position,

fasten the three hat channel spacer supports to the top

of the coil.

CHANNEL, HAT ,\ ATTACH WITH 4 SCREWS

...... TO COIL CASING

\\\\

b. Place the upper coil into position directly above the

lower coil, resting on these hat channels.

16. Secure the uppermost coil frDm the upstream side, so that

the fastening screws provided pass through the vertical

angle and the baffles and engage the coil casing. See

Fig 56.

-_- DRAIN \\ CONDENSATE PAN

--GASKET

_HOSE

"ATTACHED TO COIL

J TUBE SHEET

Fig. 58 -- Install Drain Fittings

Fig. 57 -- Secure Spacer

Water and Steam Coil Piping Recommendations

GENERAL -- Use straps around the coil casing or the lifting

holes (see Fig. 59) to lift and place file coil.

To prevent damage to the coil or coil headers: Do not use

the headers to lift file coil. Support the piping trod coil con-

nections independently. Do not use the coil connections to

support piping. When tightening coil connections, use a

backup wrench on the nozzles.

Piping practices ale outlined in the Carrier System Design

Manual, Pall 3, Piping Design.

WATER COILS- Typically, coils me piped by connecting

the supply at the bottom and the return at file top. See Fig. 59.

This is not always the case, especially if the coil hand has been

changed in the field. Coils must be piped for counterflow;

otherwise, a capacity reduction of 5% for each coil row will

result. To ensure counterllow, chilled water coils me piped so

that the coldest water meets file coldest air Hot water coils are

piped so that the warmest water meets the warmest all:

STEAM COILS -- Position the steam supply connection fit

the top of the coil, and the return (condensate) connection at the

bottom. The coil tubes must incline downwfuds toward

the return header connection for condensate di'ainage. See

Fig. 60-65.

LIFTING HOLES

(VENT_

(DRAIN)

HEADER ENDVIEW

Fig. 59 -- Coil Connections and Lifting Points

Figure 60 illustrates the normal piping components and the

suggested locations for high, medium, or low-pressure steam

coils. The low-pressure application (zero to 15 psig) can

dispense with the 1/4-in. petcock for continuous venting located

above the vacuum breaker (check valve).

Note the horizontal location of the 15-degree check valve,

and the orientation of the gate/pivot. This valve is intended to

relieve any vacuum forming in the condensate outlet of a

condensing steam coil, and to seal this port when steam

pressure is again supplied to the coil. It must not be installed in

tiny other position, and should not be used in the supply line.

For coils used in tempering service, or to preheat outside aik

install an immeLsion thermostat in the condensate line ahead of

the trap. This will shut down the supply fan and close the out-

door &tmper whenever the condensate falls to a predetermined

point, perhaps 120 E

NOTE: Do NOT use tin immersion thermostat to override a

duct thermostat and open the steam supply valve.

For vacuum return systems, the vacuum breaking check

valve would be piped into the condensate line between the trap

and the gate valve instead of open to the atmosphere.

Figure 61 illustrates the typical piping fit the end of every

steam supply main. Omitting this causes many field problems

and failed coils.

Figure 62 shows the typical field piping of multiple coils.

Use this only if the coils are the same size and have the same

pressure drop. If this is not the case, tin individual trap must be

provided for each coil.

Figure 63 shows a multiple coil arrangement applied to a

gravity return, including the open air relief to the atmosphere,

which DOES NOT replace the vacuum breakers.

Figure 64 illustrates the basic condensate lift piping.

Following the piping diagrams in Fig. 60-64, make all con-

nections while observing the following precautions:

• Install a drip line and trap on the pressure side of the

inlet control valve. Connect the drip line to the return

line downstream of the return line trap.

• To prevent scale or foreign matter from entering the con-

trol valve and coil, install a 3132-in. mesh strainer in the

steam supply line upstream from the control valve.

• Provide air vents for the coils to eliminate noncondens-

able gases.

• Select a control valve according to the steam load, not

the coils supply connection size. Do not use an oversized

control valve.

• Do not use bushings that reduce the size of the header

return connection. The return connection should be the

same size as the return line and reduced only fit the

downstream trap.

• To lift condensate above the coil return line into over-

head steam mains, or pressurized mains, install a pump

and receiver between the condensate trap and the

pressurized main. Do not try to lift condensate with

modulating or on-and-off steam control valves. Use only

15-degree check valves, as they open with a lower water

head. Do not use 45-degree or vertical-lift check valves.

• Use float and thermostatic traps. Select the trap size

according to the pressure difference between the steam

supply main and the return main.

• Load variations can be caused by uneven inlet air distri-

bution or temperature stratification.

• Drain condensate out of coils completely fit the end of

the heating season to prevent the formation of acid.

_-CONTROL VALVE (NOTE 5)

NOTE I -__ _- STRAINER

_" \_'_ /GATE VALVE

¼ iN. PET COCK "_ _,,_

UNIT FOR CONTINUOUS _STA_ STEAM SUPPLY

111

LWHEN END OF SUPPLY

". MAIN,SEE FIG. 61

MIN,

_-15 ° CHECK VALVE

FOR BREAKING VACUUM

IN, LINE

_'NOTEI

NOTE I-_

UNIT

_ CONTROL VALVE

28_3)

.- STRAINER

7/ GATE VALVE

STEAM SUPPLY

_r'\REFER TO FIG, GI

WHEN DRIPPING

SUPPLY TO RETURN.

RMOSTATIC TRAP (½IN.)

GIRT LEG (61N.) "

15° CHECK VALVE -

FLOAT OR

BUCKET TRAP /

(NOTE 2) -j

VALVE

CONDENSATE

RETURN MAIN

NOTES:

1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.

2. Flash trap may be used if pressure differential between steam

and condensate return exceeds 5 psi.

3. When a bypass with control is required.

4. Dirt leg may be replaced with a strainer. If so, tee on drop can

be replaced by a reducing ell.

5. The petcock is not necessary with a bucket trap or any trap

which has provision for passing air. The great majority of high

or medium pressure returns end in hot wells or deaerators

which vent the air.

Fig. 60 -- Low, Medium or

High Pressure Coil Piping

FGATE

STEAM /VALVE

SUPPLY

TO UN

DIRT LEG

GLOBE VALVE /_ / "_

(PLUG TYPE) _ _i

DRIP

LINE=-_

CONDENSATE

RETURN

FROM

STEAM SUPPLY

MAIN

j--FLOAT BTHERMOSTATIC

/ TRAP

_--GATE VALVE

./-OPEN AIR RELIEF TO

_" ATMOSPHERE CLOSE

!TO UNIT. REQUIRED ON

LOW PRESSURE GRAVITY

RETURN SYSTEMS,

UNIT GATEVA VEI J

._-- CONDENSATE

JRETURN MAIN

NOTES:

1. A bypass is necessary around trap and valves when continu-

ous operation is necessary.

2. Bypass to be the same size as trap orifice but never less than

1/2inch.

Fig. 61 -- Dripping Steam Supply to

Condensate Return

NOTES:

OPEN AIR RELIEF

/T0 ATMOSPHERE

DIRT LEG ( 6IN.)-

15_ CHECK VALVE _/

FLOAT OR BUCKET -:

TRAP (NOTE 4) L_.

NOTE I!'_', /._

GATE VALVE _4co

NDENSATE

RETURN

1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.

2. When a bypass with control is required.

3. Flash trap can be used if pressure differential between supply and

condensate return exceeds 5 psi.

4. Coils with different pressure drops require individual traps. This is

often caused by varying air velocities across the coil bank.

5. Dirt leg may be replaced with a strainer. If so, tee on drop can be

replaced by a reducing ell.

6. The petcock is not necessary with a bucket trap or any trap which

has provision for passing air. The great majority of high pressure

return mains terminate in hot wells or deaerators which vent the air.

Fig. 62 -- Multiple Coil High Pressure Piping

UNIT

.... CONTROL VALVE

_j (NOTES 2 6 3)

'STRAINER

/ 15_CHECK VALVE STEAM SUPPLY

WHEN DRIPPING

SUPPLY TO RETURN.

STATIC TRAP (½IN.)

UNIT

/OPEN AIR RELIEF

TO ATMOSPHERE

DIRT LEG (6IN.)_

I5° C

FLOAT OR BUCKET

TRAP (NOTE 4) _/ '_

NOTE I'_CO

GATE VALVE

NDENSATE

RETURN

NOTES:

1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.

2. When control valve is omitted on multiple coils in parallel air flow.

3. When a bypass with control is required.

4. Coils with different pressure drops require individual traps. This is

often caused by varying air velocities across the coil bank.

Fig. 63 -- Multiple Coil Low Pressure

Piping Gravity Return

STEAM SUPPLY

GATE VALVE_ _¢_OVERHEAD

_'_ CONDENSATE

RETURN

MAIN

UNiT

VALVE

12IN.

MIN.

( LOCATED BELOW COIL OUTLET)

DRAIN VALVE

(GATE,NOTE2

NOTES:

1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.

2. To prevent water hammer, drain coil before admitting steam.

3. Do not exceed one foot of lift between trap discharge and

return main for each pound of pressure differential.

4. Do not use this arrangement for units handling outside air.

Fig. 64 -- Condensate Lift to Overhead Return

Coil Freeze-Up Protection

WATER CO[LS -- If a chilled water coil is applied with out-

side air. provisions must be made to prevent coil fieeze-up.

Install a coil fieeze-up thermostat to shut down the system if

any air temperature below 36 F is encounteled entering the

water coil. Follow thermostat manufacturer's instructions.

When a water coil is applied downstremn of a direct-

expansion (DX) coil, a freeze-up thermostat must be installed

between the DX and water coil and electrically interlocked to

turn off the cooling to prevent fieeze-up of the water coil.

For outdoor-air application where intermittent chilled water

coil operation is possible, one of the following steps should be

taken:

• Install an auxiliary blower heater in cabinet to maintain

above-freezing temperature around coil while unit is

shut down.

• Drain coils and fill with an ethylene glycol solution suit-

able for the expected cold weather operation. Shut down

the system and drain coils. See Service section, Winter

Shutdown, page 92.

STEAM COILS -- When used for preheating outdoor air in

pressure or vacuum systems, an immersion thermostat to con-

trol outdoor-air damper and fan motor is recommended. This

control is actuated when steam supply fails or condensate tem-

perature drops below an established level, such as 120 to 150 IF.

A vacuum breaker should also be used to equalize coil pressure

with the atmosphere when stemn supply throttles close. Steam

should not be modulated when outdoor air is below 40 E

On low-pressure and vacuum steam-heating systems, the

thermostat may be replaced by a condensate drain with a ther-

mal element. This element opens and drains the coil when con-

densate temperature drops below 165 E Note that condensate

dndns are limited to 5 psig pressure.

INNER DISTRIBUTING TUBE STEAM COILS -- The

inner distributing tube (IDT) steam coil used in the Carrier

39M _fir-handling units has an inner tube pierced to facilitate

the distribution of the steam along the tube's length. The outer

tubes me expanded into plate fins. The completed assembly

includes the supply and condensate header and side casings

which are built to slant the fin/tube bundle back toward the

condensate header The slanting of the assembly ensures that

condensate will flow towmd the drains. This condensate must

be removed fllrough the mtum piping to prevent premature

fiulure of the coil. The fin/tube bundle is slanted vertically for

horizontal airflow coils, and hofizonttdly for vertical air-

flow coils.

IDT Steam Coil Piping -- The following piping guidelines

will contribute to eft]cient coil operation and long coil life:

1. Use full size coil outlets and return piping to the steam

trap. Do not bush return outlet to the coil. Run full size to

file trap, reduce tit the trap.

2. Use float and thermostatic (F & T) traps only for conden-

sate removal. Trap size selection should be based on the

difference in pressure between the steam supply main and

file condensate return main. It is good practice to select a

trap with 3 times the condensate rating of the coil to

which it is connected.

3. Use themlostatic traps for venting only.

4. Use only 1/2-in., 15-degree swing check valves installed

horizontally, piped open to atmosphere, and located tit

least 12 in. above die condensate outlet. Do not use

45-degree, vertictfl lift and ring check valves.

5. The supply valve must be sized for the maximum antici-

pated stemn load.

6. Do not drip stealn mains into coil sections. Drip them on

file pressure side of the control valve and trap them into

the return main beyond the trap for the coil.

7. Do not use a single trap for two or more coils installed in

series. Where two or more coils are installed in a single

bank, in parallel, the use of a single trap is permissible,

but only if the load on each coil is equal. Where loads in

file same coil bank vmy, best practice is to use a separate

trap for each coil.

Variation in load on different coils in the same bank may

be caused by sever_fl factors. Two of the most common

me uneven airflow distribution across file coil and stratifi-

cation of inlet air across the coil.

8. Do not try to lift condensate above the coil return into an

ovefllead main, or drain into a main under pressure with a

modulating or on/off steam control valves. A pump

and receiver should be installed between the coil conden-

sate traps and ovefllead mains and return mains under

pressure.

9. Use a strainer (3/32-in. mesh) on the steam supply side,

as shown in the piping diagrams, to avoid collection of

scale or other foreign matter in file inner tube distributing

orifices.

NOTE: IDT coils must be installed with the tubes draining

toward the header end of the coil. Carrier's IDT steam coils

are pitched toward the header end as installed in the unit.

10. Ensure the AHU is installed level to maintain the inherent

slope. Also ensure the unit is installed high enough to

tfllow the piping to be installed conectly, especially the

traps which require long drip legs.

11. Do not fail to provide all coils wifll the proper air vents to

eliminate noncondensable gasses.

12. Do not support steam piping fiom the coil units. Both

mains and coil sections should be supported sepmately.

IDT Steam Coil [nstallafion -- Refer to drawings to position

the coils properly with regard to the location of the supply and

return connections. Ensure that the IDT coil is pitched with the

tubes draining towmd the headel: Carrier's AHUs provide

proper coil pitch when the AHU is insttflled level.

Refer to schematic piping diagrams and piping connection

notes for the recommended piping methods.

Refrigerant Piping, Direct-Expansion Coils-

Direct-expansion (DX) coils me divided into 2 or4 splits depend-

ing upon file unit size and coil circuiting. Each split lequires its

own distributor nozzle, expansion valve, and suction piping. Suc-

tion connections ;ue on the air entering side when the coil is prop-

erly installed. Matching distributor connections for each coil split

m'e on file air leaving side. See unit label or certified drawing to

assme connection to matching suction and liquid connections.

NOTE: Distlibutor nozzles are factory selected trod installed

for adequate performance in many unit applications. For best

performance, use Carrier's AHUBuilderQ program to select

nozzle sizes for each unit and replace the factory-installed

nozzles as required. See file Thermostatic Expansion Valve

Piping section below for further details.

To prevent &_mage to file coil or coil headers: Do not use

the headers to lift the coil. Support the piping and coil con-

nections independently. Do not use the coil connections to

support piping. When tightening coil connections, use a

backup wlench on the stub outs.

Direct-expansion coils am shipped pressurized with diy ail:

Release pressure from each coil split through v_flves in pro-

tective caps before removing caps.

Do not leave piping open to the atmosphere unnecessarily.

Water and water vapor me detrimental to the refrigertmt

system. Until tile piping is complete, lecap the system and

charge with nitrogen at the end of each workday. Clean all

piping connections before soldering joints.

The lower split of face split coils should befirst-on, last-o_i

Row split coils utilize special intertwined circuits; either

split of these row split coils can befirst-on, last-q_i

SUCTION PIPING- Connect suction piping as shown in

Fig. 65 for face split coil or Fig. 66 for row split coil.

Suction line from coil connection to end of the 15-diameter-

long riser should be salne tube size as coil connection to ensure

proper refrigerant velocity.

Refer to Carrier System Design Manual, Part 3, and size

remaining suction line to compressor for a pressme diop equiv-

alent to 2.0 E This will provide a total suction line header

pressure diop equivalent to approximately 2.7 E Refer to

Fig. 67 for piping risels to the complessor.

To minimize the possibility of flooded starts and compres-

sor damage during prolonged light load operation, an accumu-

lator can be used in the suction line offirst-on, last-o_circuit.

Thefirst-on, last-o_ circuits shown in Fig. 65 and 66 assume

a single condensing unit. Note that in both figures the last-on,

Iil_t-off circuit is looped above the common return line to pre-

vent oil entrapment in the non-operating coil at partkfl load.

THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE PIPING -- Distrib-

utor nozzles me factory supplied. Thermostatic expansion

valves (TXVs) are field supplied. Be sure that correct nozzle is

installed in each distributor before installing expansion valve.

See Table 4 for factory-installed distributor nozzle sizes. Use

AHUBuilder program to select nozzles for best performance;

replacement nozzles must be field inst_dled.

Perform nozzle change-out procedure (if necessmy) as

follows:

1. Unsweat distributor cap and Schmder valve (see Fig. 68).

Cap is sweat on from facto Uwith 95.5 tin-antimony soft

solder

Do not overheat distributoc Overheating cap and distribu-

tor will hmden solder and make cap impossible to remove.

2. Clean off any remaining solder

3. Remove nozzle retaining ring with screwdriver or needle-

nosed pliers.

4. Remove nozzle from distributor by inserting 2 no. 6-32

threaded rods (at least 4-in. long) into the thleaded holes

provided in the nozzle. See Fig. 69.

5. Insert correct nozzle into distributor body.

6. Re-insert nozzle retainer ring into distributol:

COIL UNIT

CASING CASING

UPPER TXV

SPLIT SENSING

BULB

AIRFLOW

LOWER

SPLIT

EVAPORATOR

COIL

FIRST-ON, LAST-OFF

LEGEND

TXV -- Thermostatic Expansion Valve

Fig. 65 -- Face-Split Coil Suction-Line Piping

TXV SENSINGBULBS

AIRFLOW

DIAMS

MIN 15

DIAMS

MIN

EVAPORATOR COIL

10 DIAMS

COIL

CASING UNIT

31GHT

3LASS

FILTER

DRIER

(TYP)

FIRST-ON, LAST-OFF

LEGEND

TXV -- Thermostatic Expansion Valve

Fig. 66 -- Row-Split Coil Suction-Line Piping

I COMPRESSOR

PYL_ :Oo

ELBOWS

COMPRESSORABOVE COMPRESSORABOVE

SINGLERISER DOUBLERISER

Fig. 67 -- Suction-Line Riser Piping

DISTRIBUTOR /

DISCARD CAP

WITH TESTPORT

Fig. 68 -- Distributor and Cap

NOZZLE

RETAINER _\

RING \ \

SIMPLIFIED NOZZLE

REMOVAL

BODY TUBING

NO. 6-32 THREADED THREADED

PULLER HOLES PULLER RODS

Fig. 69 -- Nozzle Change-Out

Install expansion valve as follows:

1. Wrap wet cloths around valve body to plevent excesswe

heat from reaching diaphragm and internal palts. Do not

allow water to enter system. Disassemble expansion

valve before soldering, if accessible, for easy reassembly.

_Z_e9_5-5 tin-antimony soft soldel:

2. Solder expansion valve to distributoc

3. Solder expansion v_dve equalizer line to suction line and

locate control bulb on suction line as in Fig. 65 or66.

4. Insulate expansion valve body, diaphragm assembly, and

control bulb ;uea to prevent charge migration and exces-

sive condensation.

5. Inst¢dl filter drier ahead of expansion valve to ensure

satisfactory valve operation.

6. If hot gas bypass is required, see the following Hot Gas

Bypass section.

HOT GAS BYPASS--When low-load operation requires

use of hot gas bypass, hot gas must be introduced between

expansion v_dve and distributor

Install auxilituy hot gas bypass side connector (field-

supplied) in coil split that isfirst-on, last-qffi

NOTE: See Table 22 for auxiliary side connector sizes. Do

not attempt to use a valve that is smaller or larger than dis-

tributor size. Inserting a bushing at the outlet will defeat the

purpose of the internal nozzle tube extension.

Inst_dl the side connector as follows:

1. Remove distributor nozzle and letainer ring (area A) from

distributor and reinst;dl in inlet (area B) of side connectoc

See Fig. 70.

2. Solder field-supplied extension nipple to coupling on dis-

tributor, then to side connector outlet, using a silver solder

or equivalent with a melting point of 1300 to 1500E

Extension nipple should be as short as possible.

3. Solder expansion valve outlet to side connector using

95-5 tin-antimony soft solder, for easy removal.

4. If lequired, install field-supplied adapter bushing or

coupling to connector inlet before soldering to expansion

valve outlet.

SPECIAL PIPING WITH 4 SPLITS PER COIL

Manifolding for 2-Face Splits -- Refer to Fig. 71 and exter-

nally manifold as follows:

1. Connect the 4 expansion valves to the 4 distributors on

each coil and connect the 4 suction lines to the

15-diameter-long risers as outlined in previous piping

instructions.

2. Inst:dl common liquid line for upper face split to first

(upper) and second expansion valves. Also, install a com-

mon suction line flom suction lines attached to first

(upper) and second suction header connections.

3. Repeat step 2 for lower face split using third and fourth

distributor and suction connections.

Manifolding for2-RowSplits -- Refer to Fig. 72 and

externally manifold as outlined for the 2-face splits with the

following exceptions:

1. Manifold in pairs, the first and third coil connections for

one split.

2. Manifold the second and fourth pairs of coil connections

for the other split.

NOTE: Split section using first and third pairs of coil con-

nections should be fil_t-on, last-qffi

Hot Gas Bypass Connection with 4 Splits per Coil -- For

either face or row splits connect a hot gas bypass auxiliary side

connector to each distributor of coil split that is first-on,

last-qff_ Refer to installation instructions for Hot Gas Bypass.

SPECIAL PIPING FOR DOUBLE-CIRCUIT COILS --

All 8-row coils that are double circuited requile special piping

to manifold suction and liquid lines. See Tables 3 and 4 for

detailed coil data.

Manifolding for 2-Face Splits -- Refer to Fig. 71 for coils

with less than 34 tubes in face. Externally manifold as follows:

1. Coils with less than 34 tubes: Connect the 4 expansion

valves to the 4 distributors on each coil and connect the

4 suction lines to the 15-diameter-long riseLs as outlined

in previous piping instructions. Refer to Fig. 71.

2. [nstallcommonliquidlineforupperfacesplitto first

(upper)andsecondexpansionwdves.Also,installa

commonsuctionlinefromsuctionlinesattachedtofirst

(upper)andsecondsuctionheaderconnections.

3. RepeatStep2forlowerfacesplitusingthirdandfourth

distributorandsuctionconnections.

4. Forunitswithtwocoilsrepeatprocedmesof steps1,2

and3forsecondcoil.

Manifolding for 2-Row Splits -- Refer to Fig. 71 for coils

with less than 34 tubes in face. Externally manifold as outlined

for the 2-face splits with the following exceptions:

1. Manifold in pails, the filst and third coil connections for

one split.

2. Manifold file second and fourth pairs of coil connections

for the other split.

NOTE: Split section using first and third pairs of coil con-

nections should be first-on, last-oj/i

Hot Gas Bypass Connection for Double-Circuited Coils --

For either face or row splits connect a hot gas bypass auxilimy

side connector to each distributor of coil split that is first on,

last off. Refer to installation instructions for Hot Gas Bypass.

REINSTALL NOZZLE HERE

DISTRIBUTOR RETAINER

! 1

OUST I

RETAINER

RING

INLET

DISCARD CAP

SIDE WITH TESTPORT SIDE

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

AREAA _ AREAB

Fig. 70 -- Distributor and Hot Gas Bypass Auxiliary Side Connector

TXV SENSING

BULBS

AIRFLOW

SUCTION LINE /

FOR COIL CONNECTIONS

1 AND 2

SUCTION LINE

FOR COIL CONNECTIONS

3AND4

LEGEND

TXV -- Thermostatic Expansion Valve

TXV SENSING

Fig. 71 -- Face-Split Coil Manifolding (Typical)

SIGHT GLASS (TYP)

.__ SOLENOID VALVE (TYP)

/FILTER

DRIER

LIQUID LINE

_@_J FOR 1 AND 2

" TXV INSIDE CASING (TYP)

_DISTRIBUTOR (TYP)

FILTER

RIER

_LIQUID LINE

FOR 3 AN D 4

SPORLAN

TYPE

ASC-5-4

ASC-7-4

ASC-9-5

ASC-11-7

ASC-13-9

CARRIER

PART NO.

EA19BA504

EA19BA705

EA19BA905

Table 22 -- Auxiliary Side Connector (Hot Gas Bypass) Data

Inlet -- ODM Solder

7/8

11/s

1s/s

15/s

CONNECTION SIZES (in.)

Outlet -- ODF Solder Auxiliary -- ODF Solder

7/8 _/2

11/8 5/s

1s/8 7/s

15/8 11/s

USED WITH SPORLAN

DISTRIBUTOR TYPE

1620,1622

1112,1113

1115,1116

1117,1126

1125,1127,1143

SPORLAN

TYPE

ASC-5-4

ASC-7-4

ASC-9-5

ASC-11-7

ASC-13-9

DIMENSIONS (in.)

5/80DM

7/8 ODM

11/80DM

lS/8 ODM

15/80DM

LEGEND

BCD E F

5/80DF 1.88 0.95 1,25 1/2ODF

7/80DF 2.25 1.06 1,38 1/20DF

11/8ODF 2.81 1.47 1,62 5/8ODF

lS/80DF 3.53 1.89 2,19 7/80DF

15/8ODF 3.72 1.83 2,75 11/8ODF

ODF -- Outside Diameter, Female

ODM -- Outside Diameter, Male

OUTLET T

TO B

DISTRIBUTORJL --

HOTGAS

BYPASS

INLET

CONNECTION

NOZZLE

SIZE

t INLET

..... E×£°2'°NVA vE

AIRFLOW

SUCTION LINE

FOR COIL

CONNECTIONS

1 AND 3

SUCTION LINE

FOR COIL

CONNECTIONS

2AND4

LEGEND

TXV -- ThermostaticExpansionValve

TXV SENSING

BULBS

Fig. 72 -- Row-Split Coil Manifolding (Typical)

_ SIGHT GLASS (TYP)

-SOLENOID VALVE (TYP)

FILTER

DRIER

LIQUID LINE

J_ FOR 1 AND 3

FOR 2 AND 4

" TXV INSIDE CASING (TYP)

DISTRIBUTOR (TYP)

Hot Gas Piping and Wiring

INSTALL PIPING (See Fig. 73)

Shut offall power to tfie unit and remove refiigerant charge

using an approved refrigelant recovely device before pro-

ceeding with inst;dlation.

1. [n applications where the air handler refrigerant distribu-

tor is not equipped with a side outlet connection, it is

recommended that a Spodan in-line auxiliary side

connector with standard distributor be used. Refer to the

installation instructions for the indoor fan coil to obtain

nozzle size and distributor connection size. Select the

auxilialy side connector based on this information. The

side connector must be installed on refrigerant circuit

no. 1 (fil3t stage of cooling) of the fan coil being used.

2. Install a field-supplied l/4-in. NPT to l/4-in, flare fitting on

the gage connection port of the compressor suction ser-

vice valve.

3. Sweat the pilot solenoid valve supplied in the hot gas ac-

cessary package directly to the hot gas bypass valve on

the 3/8-in.ODF external equalizer port.

4. Install field-supplied I/4-in.copper tube (flared with a nut

on each end) between the compressor suction valve and

the hot gas pilot solenoid valve.

5. Connect a field-supplied 5/8-in.OD copper tube between

the dischmge line process tube (hot gas stub) and a field-

supplied manu_d shutoff service v_flve,avoiding any traps

in piping.

6. Connect another field-supplied 5Is-in.OD copper tube be-

tween the manual shutoff valve outlet and the hot gas by-

pass valve inlet.

7. Connect a field-supplied 5/s-in. OD copper tube between

the leaving side of the hot gas bypass valve and the Sporlan

auxiliaqside connector (distributo>side connector).

8. Refer to Hot Gas Bypass installation instructions for

wiring information.

CONDENSING UNIT

1SUCTION

EXTERNAL ILINE

_'1_ _ EQUALIZER I

---I:L_ m -., .PORT

HOT GAS PI LOT \, HOT GAS I

SOLENOID VALVE \ I

BYPASS SHUT-OFF \\ I

SERVICE._ 5/8" TUBE I

VALVE

r_ TUBEI/4" P, DISCHARGE_ i/_

_I HOT GAS

IBYPASS

COMPRESSOR iLINE

_NDENSER __ j

EVAPORATOR COIL

EXTERNAL EQUALIZER

EVAPORATOR

CIRCUITI TXV

I SOLENOID

IVALVE

LIQUID LINE

TO COMPRESSOR

SUCTION SERVICE VALVE SOLENOID PILOT VALVE

1/40D--_! r--_r._.-_ 318' sw EAT CONNECTION

I1 [L_ ::_1_-'--- BY PASS VALVE (5/8" OD CONN I

5--_ =_._

FIELD-SUPPLIED BYPASS LINE

SKETCH A

OUTLET

DISTRIBUTOR

FROM

TXV

AUXILIARY

SIDE CONNECTOR

AUXILIARY

{HOT GAS IN)

LEGEND

TXV -- Thermostatic Expansion Valve

*Pilot valve connects directly to bypass valve per sketch A.

Fig. 73 -- Hot Gas Bypass Piping

Condensate Drain -- Install a condensate-trapping di'ain

line at the units di'ain connection; use I q2-in, standard pipe. See

Fig. 74A and 74B for correct diain layout.

The lowest point of the di'ain pan is a minimum of 73/8-in.

higher than the bottom of the baserail.

When calculating trap depth on draw-thin or blow-thru ap-

plications, remember that it is not the total static pressure but

the upstream or downstream static resistance that is trapped

against. For instance, when c;dculating the trap depth for a

cooling coil condensate pan on the draw-thin side, trap against

the coil pressure drop in that coil section and any other pressure

drops upstream of it.

Example:

• Return duct -- 0.5 in. static

• Mixing box-- 0.4 in. static

• Filters-- 0.2 in. static

• Heating coil -- 0.2 in. static

• Cooling coil -- 1.2 in. static

• Fan-- 2.3 in. external static

If calculating the trap depth for the cooling coil, the total

trap static would be 2.5 in. plus 1 in. (Pl = negative static

pressure + 1 in.), as shown in Fig. 74A.

Traps on draw-thin units must store enough condensate to

prevent losing the drain seal at strut-up. The "minimum 1/2 Pl"

dimension ensures that enough condensate is stored.

To determine the trap dimensions for blow-thru units, lind

the coils maximum positive pressure (PI in Fig. 74B) and add

I/2 inch. This figure is normally the fan total static pressure

(Pl = fan toted static pressure).

NOTE: Trapping to 5 in. static pressure on blow-thru and 3 in.

static pressure on draw-thin units is possible with the stan&_rd

6 in. baserail.

For all units, provide condensate freeze-up protection as

required. On units with internal spring isolators, be sum the

unit is mounted to allow sufficient clearance for the required

drain trap depth.

Fig. 74A- Condensate Drain,

Draw-Thru Trapping

1/2 P1

MINIMUM

0.5"

MINIMUM

Fig. 74B -- Condensate Drain,

Blow-Thru Trapping

Fan Motor Wiring Recommendations -- Motors

;u'e rated for use with variable frequency drives. Full load amp

(FLA) efficiency and power factoL's are listed in Tables 23A

and 23B. Refer to Fig. 75 for fan type and application.

TYPE

Forward-Curved(FC)

Side View

Airfoil (AF)

Side View

Plenum(PAF)

End View

CHARACTERISTICS APPLICATION

• Double-width, double-inlet (DWDI) construction.

• Best at low or medium pressure (approximately 0 to 5 in. wg).

• Horsepower increases continuously with increase in air quantity (overloads) as

static pressure decreases.

• Less expensive than AF fans.

• Runs at relatively low speed, typically 400 to 1200 rpm.

• Blades curve toward direction of rotation.

• Double-width, double-inlet (DWDI) construction.

• Best in high capacity and high-pressure applications (4 to 8 in. wg).

• Horsepower peaks at high capacities.

• Most expensive of centrifugal fans.

• Operates at high speeds, typically 1200 to 2800 rpm. About double the speed of

FC fan for similar air quantity.

• Blades have aerodynamic shape similar to airplane wing and are curved away

from direction of rotation.

• Single-width, single-inlet (SWSI) construction.

• Characteristics similar to DWDI airfoil fan.

• Blades have aerodynamic shape similar to airplane wing and are curved away

from direction of rotation. Fewer blades and wider blade spacing than AF fans.

For low to medium pressure

air-handling applications.

For medium to high air capacity

and pressure applications.

Best in applications with limited

space or multiple ducts.

Fig. 75 -- Fan Type and Application

Motor Electrical Data -- See Tables 23A and 23B for

Motor Electric;d Data.

Table 23A -- ODP 60 Hz Motor Data

HIGH EFFICIENCY

MOTOR FLA EFF. P.F.

HP 200v 230v 460v 575v (%) (%)

1/2 2.2 1.8 1.1 0.9 N/A N/A

3/4 2.6 2.5 1.3 1.0 N/A N/A

1 3.2 3.0 1.5 1.1 82.5 84

11/2 4.5 3.9 1.9 1.6 84.0 85.7

2 6.0 5.2 2.6 2.1 84.0 85.7

3 9.4 8.6 4.3 3.4 86.5 76.0

5 15.3 12.8 6.4 5.1 87.5 83.3

71/2 25.0 19.2 9.6 7.8 88.5 81.5

10 29.3 26.8 13.4 10.3 89.5 80.0

15 43.2 38.6 19.3 15.4 91.0 83.1

20 56.0 49.6 24.8 19.8 91.0 84.0

25 70.5 60.6 30.3 24.3 91.7 81.0

30 85.0 75.0 37.5 30.0 92.4 79.0

40 110.0 95.0 47.5 41.0 93.0 84.0

50 138.0 120.0 60.0 48.0 93.0 90.0

60 154.0 134.0 67.0 53.5 93.6 90.0

75 189.0 164.0 82.0 65.5 94.1 91.0

LEGEND

EFF. -- Efficiency

FLA -- Full Load Amps

ODP -- Open Dripproof

P.F. -- Power Factor

MOTOR

1/2

3/4

1112

7112

PREMIUM EFFICIENCY

FLA EFF. P.F.

200v I 230v I 460v I575v (%) (%)

N/A N/A N/A

9.0 8.0 4.0 N/A 88.5 79.5

14.5 13.6 6.8 N/A 89.5 76.8

21.5 19.4 9.7 N/A 91.7 79.0

28.0 25.2 12.6 N/A 91.7 81.0

42.5 37.8 18.9 N/A 93.0 80.0

56.0 49.0 24.5 N/A 93.6 81.5

69.5 61.0 30.5 N/A 93.6 82.3

82.5 72.4 36.2 N/A 93.6 82.8

105.0 96.0 48.0 N/A 94.5 83.5

137.0 120.0 60.0 N/A 94.5 83.0

154.0 134.0 67.0 N/A 95.4 87.7

191.0 166.0 83.0 N/A 95.4 87.0

Table 23B -- TEFC 60 Hz Motor Data

HIGH EFFICIENCY

MOTOR FLA EFF. P.F.

HP 208v 230v 460v 575v (%) (%)

1/2 1.8 1.6 0.9 0.7 N/A N/A

3/4 2.4 2.4 1.2 0.8 N/A N/A

1 4.0 3.2 1.6 1.3 82.5 72.0

11/2 5.5 4.4 2.2 1.6 84.0 72.0

2 7.0 5.8 2.9 2.1 84.0 76.0

3 10.0 8.2 4.1 3.3 87.5 78.0

5 17.0 13.2 6.6 5.2 87.5 81.5

71/2 24.0 19.2 9.6 7.6 89.5 83.0

10 31.0 24.4 12.2 9.6 89.5 85.5

15 47.0 35.0 17.5 14.5 91.0 85.0

20 61.0 47.0 23.5 18.8 91.0 87.0

25 74.0 57.0 28.5 22.8 92.4 88.0

30 82.0 69.0 34.5 27.6 92.4 88.0

40 115.0 95.0 47.5 37.6 93.0 85.0

50 142,0 118.0 59.0 47.2 93.0 85.0

60 N/A 140.0 70.0 N/A 93.6 85.5

75 N/A 170.0 85.0 N/A 94.1 86.5

LEGEND

EFF. -- Efficiency

FLA -- Full Load Amps

P.R -- Power Factor

TEFC -- Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled

MOTOR

1/2

3/4

1112

7112

PREMIUM EFFICIENCY

FLA EFF. P.F.

208v I 230v I 460v 1575v (%) (%)

N/A N/A N/A

4.0 3.0 1.5 1.2 84.5 72.0

5.5 4.2 2.1 N/A 85.5 72.0

7.0 5.6 2.8 2.2 86.5 77.5

10.0 8.2 4.1 3.3 88.5 78.0

17.0 13.0 6.5 5.2 88.5 84.5

24.0 19.2 9.6 7.6 90.2 81.5

31.0 24.0 12.0 9.6 90.2 85.0

47.0 35.0 17.5 14.0 91.7 86.0

61.0 47.0 23.5 18.8 92.4 87.0

74.0 57.0 28.5 22.8 93.0 88.0

82.0 69.0 34.5 27.6 93.0 88.0

115.0 90.0 45.0 37.0 94.1 88.5

147.0 115.0 57.5 46.0 9.41 86.4

N/A 140.0 70.0 56.0 94.1 89.0

N/A 172,0 86.0 69.0 95.4 86.0

Fan Motor Starter -- When starter is factory-installed, it

is wired to the motol: and fully tested before shipping. Before

proceeding, open the starter cover and fan section access door

to check for any &tmage.

WIRING

1. Select a suitable location for the field power supply

source; top is prefened.

2. Before drilling any hole, be sure the hole and any field-

supplied conduit fittings will not interfere with the door

or components inside the enclosme.

3. Drill the appropriate size hole and connect the field-

supplied conduit to the enclosure.

4. Refer to the wiring diagrmn supplied with the starter and

connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage

terminals (LI, L2, L3) as shown.

5. Refer to the factory-supplied voltage warning label and

verify that the power source is correct.

6. Connect the grounding wire to the grounding lug provid-

ed on the bottom of the starto:

NOTE: For remote control operation (AUTO position), fire/

smoke shutdown, or shutdown on coil freeze protection, a sec-

ond conduit should be used to connect these control functions.

IIMPORTANT: This starter is designed to stop the

equipment in both HAND and AUTO positions if

either a fire/smoke or coil freeze condition is detected.

7. Select a location at the bottom of the starter near the

control terminal block.

8. Before drilling any hole, be sure the hole and any field-

supplied conduit fittings will not interfere with the door

or components inside the enclosme.

9. Drill the appropriate size hole and connect the field-

supplied conduit to the enclosure.

10. If a smoke detector or remote fire shut down is provided

(field-supplied), remove the factory-supplied jumper

between terminals 1 and 2 in the starter Connect the

norm_dly closed, isolated &y contact from the smoke

detector or fire system to these terminals.

11. If a coil fieeze detection thermostat is provided, remove

the factory-supplied jumper between termimds 1 and 2 in

the stmtec Connect the normally closed contact from the

low temperatme thermostat to these terminals.

12. For remote st_ut/stop operation (when the HOA [hand/

auto/off] switch is placed in the AUTO position), connect

a field-supplied, normally open isolated dry contact

between terminals 3 and 4. This contact must be suitable

for at least 3 amps at 120 vac.

START-UP AND TEST -- Before applying power to the

starter, verify that the motor overload inside the starter is set to

the lhll load mnperage (FLA or RLA) specified on the motor

nameplate.

IMPORTANT: Many starters contain a multi-tap

control transformer. The line voltage tap on the control

transformer must be set in the field. For starters operat-

ing at 200/230-50 Hz, 208/230-60 Hz, or 380/400/

415-50 Hz, the line voltage tap on the control trans-

former must be set to the appropriate line input voltage.

1. Set the HOA switch on the front of the starter to the OFF

position.

2. Verify that the fan can freely rotate and remove any loose

items inside the fan section.

3. Close and secure the fan access door or panel and the

starter door coveg

4. Apply power to the stmter

5. Set the HOA switch in the HAND position and verify that

the fan operates.

For 3-phase motor:

Place the switch back in the OFF position and carefully

open the fan access dooc

Verify that the fan wheel is rotating in the proper dilection.

If it is not, remove power and reverse any two of the line

voltage connections at the starter termimds (LI, L2, L3).

6. With the fan operating and the starter in the HAND posi-

tion, verify that each safety or limit switch functions

properly.

7. Repeat Step 6 with the switch in the AUTO position and

the remote contact energized.

Disconnect- When disconnect is factory-inst_dled, it is

wired to the motol: and thlly tested befole shipped. Open the

disconnect cover and fan section access door to check for

&_mage before proceeding.

DISCONNECT WIRING

1. Connect the field line voltage power source to the top of

the disconnect (knockouts are provided).

2. Remove the knockouts as required to accommo&tte the

field-supplied conduit.

3. Refer to the wiring diagraln supplied with the unit and

connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage

terminals (LI, L2, L3) as shown.

4. Refer to the factory-supplied voltage w;uning label and

verify that the power source is correct.

5. Connect the ground wire to the grounding lug provided in

the disconnect.

START-UP AND TEST

1. Set the disconnect switch to the OFF position.

2. Verify that the fan can fi'eely rotate and remove any loose

items inside the fan section.

3. Close and secme the fan access door and the disconnect

door covel:

4. Apply powec

5. Set the disconnect switch to the ON position and verify

that the fan operates.

For 3-phase motor:

Place the switch back in the OFF position and carefully

open the fan access dool:

Verify that the fan wheel is rotating in the proper direction.

If it is not, remove power and reverse any two of the line

voltage connections at the starter termimds (LI, L2, L3).

NOTE: For lused type disconnects, blown luses MUST be

replaced with the stone type and size originally supplied.

VFD- When variable frequency diive (VFD) is factory-

installed, it is wired to the motor and frilly tested before ship-

ment. Drive programming is also done at the factory, including

electronic overload, which is programmed for the motor FLA.

Refer to Tables 24 and 25.

Open the VFD front cover and the fan section access door to

check for any &tmage before proceeding.

WIRING

1. Select a suitable location in the bottom of the VFD to

connect field-supplied power source.

2. Remove the appropriate size knockout using a suitable

knockout punch tool. Do NOT use a drill; metal shavings

will &tmage the chive.

3. Connect the field-supplied conduit to the VFD enclosure.

4. Referto thewiringdiagramsuppliedwiththeVFD

connectthelinevoltagepowersourcetothelinevoltage

terlninals(U1,V1,W1)asshown.

5. Refertothefactory-suppliedvoltagewarninglabeland

verifythat the power source is correct.

6. Connect the ground wire to the grounding lug provided

on the bottom of the VFD.

7. Select another suitable location on the bottom of the VFD

to connect file field-supplied control wiling.

8. Ix_cate and use one of the unused knockouts on file VFD

housing and connect the control wiring conduit. Refer to

Fig. 76-79 for field control wiring connections.

NOTE: Ifa 0 to 10 or 2 to 10 vdc signal is used to control the

drive speed, refer to page 16 of the ABB ACH-550 manu_d

shipped with the &ive to reset the dipswitch to the voltage or

V position. Verify that the AI switch is set to the voltage

position. DO NOT reprogram the &ive.

START-UP AND TEST

1. Close and secure rite fan access door trod the VFD covel:

2. Apply power and allow &ive to initialize.

3. Press the HAND button and verify that rite drive operates

at 8Hz.

4. Press Up arrow to increase speed and Down turow to

decrease speed.

5. Press the Offbutton and verify that the fan stops.

6. Press the Auto button to operate the drive from the

Energy Management System (EMS) interface. Verify that

all VFD interface functions are working (start/stop, speed

controls, fire/smoke, shutdown, etc.) between the VFD

and the EMS.

Refer to Tables 24 and 25 for additional VFD information.

VFD With Bypass -- When the VFD and bypass m'e

factory-installed, they ;u'e wired to the motor and fully tested

before shipped. The VFD is programmed at the factory as

ordered, including electronic overload, which is progralnmed

for the motor FLA (full load amps) as supplied.

Open the bypass box cover and rite fan section access door

to check for any damage before proceeding.

WIRING

1. Select a suitable location in the bottom panel of the

bypass box to connect field-supplied power source.

2. Before drilling any hole, be sure the hole and any field-

supplied conduit fittings will not interfere with the door

or components inside the enclosure.

3. Drill the appropriate size hole and connect the field-

supplied conduit to the enclosure.

4. Refer to the wiring diagram supplied with rite bypass and

connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage

terlninals iLl, L2, L3) as shown.

5. Refer to the factory-supplied voltage warning label and

verify that the power source is correct.

6. Connect the ground wire to the grounding lug provided

on rite bottom of the Bypass box.

7. Refer to the VFD Steps 7 and 8 to connect VFD control

wiring.

START-UPAND TEST-- Before applying power to the

VFD Bypass and VFD, verify that the motor overload inside

the bypass has been set to the full load amperage (FLA or

RLA) as specified on the motor nameplate.

IMPORTANT: Some bypass assemblies (208/230-60,

200/230-50, 380/400/415-50) contain a multi-tap control

transformel: The line voltage tap on the control trans-

former must be adjusted to the appropriate line voltage.

I. Set rite switch on the front of rite bypass to rite OFF

position.

2. Verify that the fan freely rotates and remove and loose

items inside the fan section.

3. Close and secure the fan access door and the bypass and

VFD covers.

4. Apply pewee

5. Set the switch to rite LINE position and verify that the fan

operates.

For 3-phase motors:

Place the switch back in the OFF position and carefully

open the fan access dool:

Verify that the fan wheel is rotating in the proper direction.

If it is not, remover power and revel_e any two of the line

voltage connections in the bypass box (Ll, L2, L3). DO

NOT swap the motor leads; this will cause the fan to ro-

tate in the reverse direction when operating from the VFD.

6. Make sure the bypass cover is closed then apply power

7. Set the switch to the DRIVE position and verify that the

VFD operates.

8. Press the Hand button and verify that the fan operates.

9. Press the Auto button and verify that the drive operates

fi_m the EMS interface. Verify that all VFD interface l'unc-

tions between the VFD and the EMS system are working.

Table 24 -- VFD Data

80MI

MOTOR HP

PROGRAMMED SETTINGS

ABB PART MAX. CONTINUOUS MCCB

NO. ACH550-UH- OUTPUT AMPS FUSE AMPS RATED AMPS Overload Trip Ampe I Max. Output Ampe

4 pole /2 pole I 4 pole /2 pole

3/4

1V2

7V2

LEGEND

208-230 Volt /3 Phase /60 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 208 volts)

04A6-2 4.6 10 15 1.8/ 1,7 3.0/ 2,2

04A6-2 4.6 10 15 2.6/ 2,5 3.2/ 3,0

04A6-2 4.6 10 15 3.5/ 3,2 3.8/ 3,8

06A6-2 6.6 10 15 5.2/ 4,2 5.8/ 5,8

07A5-2 7.5 10 15 6.7/ 5,9 7.2/ 7,0

012A-2 11,8 15 15 9.0/ 8,5 10.0/ 9,5

017A-2 16,7 25 25 14.5/ 13,6 16.7/ 16,0

024A-2 24.2 30 30 21.4/ 20,7 24.0/ 23,0

031A-2 30.8 40 40 27.4/ 27,4 30.8/ 3O,O

046A-2 46,2 60 60 40.5/ 40,5 46.2/ 43,0

059A-2 59,4 80 80 53.0/ 52,2 59.4/ 57,0

075A-2 74,8 100 100 67.0/ 66,0 74.0/ 71,0

088A-2 88,0 110 110 82.0/ 78,0 85.0/ 82,0

114A-2 114,0 150 150 92.0/107,0 114.0/110,0

MCCB -- Molded-Case Circuit Breaker

NOTE: Two-pole motors operate at a nominal 3600 rpm for 60 Hz and 3000 rpm for 50 Hz;

4-pole motors operate at a nominal 1800 rpm for 60 Hz and 1500 rpm for 50 Hz,

Table 24 -- VFD Data (cont)

I I I PROGRAMME iSETTINGS

39M ABB PART MAX. CONTINUOUS FUSE AMPS MCCB

MOTOR HP NO, ACH550-UH- OUTPUT AMPS RATED AMPS Overload Trip Amps Max. Output Amps

4 pole /2 pole 4 pole /2 pole

208-230 Volt /3 Phase /60 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 230 volts)

11/2

71/2

100

LEGEND

143A2143,200, 200,12 0/1300,1420J1300

60 178A-2 178 l l l T250 250 154.0/135.0 172.0/145.0

75 221A-2 221 300 300 186.0/166,0 221.0/172,0

460 Volt /3Phase /60 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 460 volts)

1/2 03A3-4 3.3 10 15 0.9/ 1.0 1.5/ 1.2

3/4 03A3-4 3.3 10 15 1.3/ 1.2 1.7/ 1.5

1 03A3-4 3.3 10 15 1.6/ 1.5 1.9/ 1.7

11/2 03A3-4 3.3 10 15 2.2/ 2.0 2.8/ 2.3

2 03A3-4 3.3 10 15 2.7/ 2.7 3.0/ 3.0

3 05A4-4 5.4 10 15 4.0/ 3.8 4.5/ 4.2

506A9-4 6.9 10 15 6.2/ 6,0 6.9/ 6,5

71/2 012A-4 11.9 15 15 9.0/ 8,8 10.0/ 9,5

10 015A-4 15.4 20 20 12.0/ 11.6 13,6/ 12.8

15 023A-4 23 30 30 17.6/ 16.5 19.3/ 19.0

20 031A-4 31 40 40 23.0/ 23.0 25,0/ 25.0

25 031A-4 31 40 40 29.0/ 28.0 31.0/ 30.0

30 038A-4 38 50 50 34.5/ 34.0 38.0/ 38.0

40 059A-4 59 80 80 46.0/ 44.0 48.0/ 50.0

50 072A-4 72 90 90 58.0/ 55.0 60.0/ 60.0

60 077A-4 77 100 100 73.0/ 68,0 77.0/ 72,0

75 096A-4 96 125 125 90.0/ 85.0 94.0/ 90.0

100 124A-4 124 175 175 118.0/110,0 124.0/114,0

200-230 Volt /3 Phase /50 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 200 volts)

1 04A6-2 4.6 10 15 3.3/ 3.3 3.9/ 3.9

11/2 06A6-2 6.6 10 15 4.9/ 4.9 5.8/ 5.8

2 07A5-2 7.5 10 15 6.3/ 6,3 7.1/ 7.1

3 012A-2 11.8 15 15 8.7/ 8,7 10.0/ 10,0

5 017A-2 16.7 25 25 14.0/ 14.0 16,7/ 16.7

71/2 024A-2 24.2 30 30 21.2/ 20.2 24.2/ 24.2

10 031A-2 30.8 40 40 27.2/ 27.4 30.8/ 30.8

15 046A-2 46.2 60 60 41.4/ 40.5 46,2/ 46.2

20 059A-2 59.4 80 80 53.4/ 49.0 59.4/ 56.0

25 075A-2 74.8 100 100 65.4/ 66.0 74.0/ 74.8

30 088A-2 88 110 110 78.0/ 78.0 86.0/ 86.0

40 114A-2 114 150 150 107.0/107,0 114.0/114,0

50 143A-2 143 200 200 135.0/135,0 135.0/135,0

60 178A-2 178 250 250 169.0/169.0 169.0/169.0

75 221A-2 221 300 300 210.0/210.0 210.0/210.0

380 Volts /3 Phase /50 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 400 volts)

03A3-4 3.3 10 15 1.7/ 1,7 2.3/ 2,3

03A3-4 3.3 10 15 2.5/ 2.5 3.3/ 3.3

04A1-4 4.1 10 15 3.2/ 3,2 3.8/ 3,6

05A4-4 5.4 10 15 4.5/ 4,5 5.4/ 5,3

08A8-4 8.8 15 15 7.0/ 7.0 8.5/ 8.0

012A-4 11.9 15 15 10.6/ 8,9 11.9/ 11,0

015A-4 15.4 20 20 13.6/ 11.6 15,4/ 14.6

023A-4 23 30 30 20.7/ 17.0 22.6/ 21.0

031A-4 31 40 40 26.7/ 24.5 29,3/ 29.0

038A-4 38 50 50 32.7/ 29.5 37,0/ 36.0

044A-4 44 60 60 39.0/ 39.0 44.0/ 44.0

059A-4 59 80 80 53.5/ 45.5 57.0/ 55.0

077A-4 77 100 100 67.5/ 67,5 70.0/ 70,0

096A-4 96 125 125 84.5/ 84,5 88.0/ 88,0

124A-4 124 175 175 105.0/105,0 105.0/105,0

157A-4 157 200 200 134.0/134,0 134.0/134,0

MCCB -- Molded-Case Circuit Breaker

NOTE: Two-pole motors operate at a nominal 3600 rpm for 60 Hz and 3000 rpm for 50 Hz;

4-pole motors operate at a nominal 1800 rpm for 60 Hz and 1500 rpm for 50 Hz.

Table 25 -- Air Handler Factory-Set Parameters

GROUP NUMBER PARAMETER NUMBER DESCRIPTION VALUE

9902 Application Macro Supply Fan

9904 Motor Control Mode Scalar

9905 Motor Nominal Voltage

99 9906 Motor Nominal Current t

9907 Motor Nominal Frequency 60 Hz or 50 Hz

9908 Motor Nominal Speed Nameplate rpm at Load

9909 Motor Nominal Power Nameplate Hp

1001 EXT1 Commands DI-1 Start /Stop

10 1002 EXT2 Commands (O) N/A

1003 Direction Forward

1104 REF1 Minimum 9.33 Hz at 60 Hz/7.78 Hz at 50 Hz

11 1105 REF1 Maximum 62.7 Hz at 60 Hz /52.2 Hz at 50 Hz

1201 Constant Speed Select DI-3

12 1202 Constant Speed Value Field Program (8 Hz - Motor Nominal Freq.)

1301 Minimum AI-1 0%

1302 Maximum AI-1 100%

1303 Filter AI-1 1 sec

13 1304 Minimum AI-2 0%

1305 Maximum AI-2 100%

1306 Filter AI-2 1 sec

1401 Relay Output 1 Started

14 1402 Relay Output 2 Run

1403 Relay Output 3 Fault (Inverted)

1601 Run Enable DI-2

16 1608 Start Enable 1 DI-4

1609 Start Enable 2 DI-5

2003 Maximum Current **

20 2007 Minimum Frequency 8 Hz

2008 Maximum Frequency 60 Hz /50 Hz

2101 Start Function FlyStart

21 2102 Stop Function Coast

2202 Accelerate Time 60 Seconds

22 2203 Decelerate Time 60 Seconds

2605 Volt/Freq Ratio Linear

26 2606 Switching Frequency 8 KHz

2607 Switching Frequency Control ON

3006 Motor Thermal Time 1050

3007 Motor Load Curve 105%

3008 Zero Speed Load 70%

3009 Break Point Frequency 35 Hz

30 3010 Stall Function Fault

3011 Stall Frequency 20 Hz

3012 Stall Time 20 sec

3017 Earth Fault Fault

3101 Number of Retries 2

3102 Trial Time 600 sec

3103 Delay Time 5 sec

3104 AR Overcurrent Enable

31 3105 AR Overvoltage Enable

3106 AR Undervoltage Enable

3107 AR AI< Minimum Disable

3108 AR External Fault (O) Disable

3415 Signal Parameter 3 SPEED

3416 Signal 3 Minimum O

3417 Signal 3 Maximum 30000

34 3418 Output 3 DSP Form O

3419 Output 3 DSP units rpm

3420 Output 3 Minimum O

3421 Output 3 Maximum 30000

4001 Gain 0.7

4002 Integration Time 30 sec

4005 Error Value Invert NO

4006 Units Volts

4007 Display Format x.xxx

40 401 O Setpoint Select Internal

4011 Internal Setpoint Field Program (O.Ov - lO.O v)

4012 Setpoint Minimum O.O v

4013 Setpoint Maximum 10.O v

4016 ACT 1 Input AI-2

4027 PID 1 Parameter Set SET 1

*Factory Programmed as follows: For 208-230v /60 Hz = 208,460v /60

tMotor Nameplate Amps. Factory programmed per Table 24. This value

**Maximum Output Amps -- Factory programmed per Table 24.

Hz =460,200-230v /50 Hz =200, 380 /50 Hz =400.

should always be compared to the actual motor nameplate value before start-up.

, ,.o° ,o°°**°°

Speed/ - - -4-20 ma //

IControl Signal _T - - -

Field-Supplied

Input Connections

Jumper E

N.O. Start /StopContact

_= = H. = ° .ll.,. °=_,_""_O=.H =... j, o.°..,,

_..._ c:V_._./&_.D..%C?.,._._t....

•:N,C. Low Limit Thermostat

i.......N.cA!i.g._e.Swi!_.!:......

AI-1 Cable Shield Ground

AI-t VFD SPEED Signal (+) 4-20 ma

AI-I VFD SPEED Signal (-) ground

24 Vdc

Ground -° DC Common

Digital Input Common

DI-1 Start/Stop

DI-2 Run Enable

DI-4 Start Enable 1

DI-5 Start Enable 2

NOTES:

1. All conductors are no. 18 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.

2. Install jumpers if fire/smoke detector, low limit thermostat, or high pressure switch are not required.

Fig. 76 -- Field-Supplied Control Wiring for VFD

Output

Adapter

corn

TB3

l -°,

3 ,..,

4 ...

Air Manager

:() Shielded Cable (_'!'_=!'" i

w°,_l_==*=mwH,*°,°,°mmmmm_**_°==_*m,,,°m*,_ I

I Jumper E

--i7-

Jw==,=|_=m=,**J===°°°°,=°°,=°°°°,°,,,,,,=====°=°=, 13

I.. N.C,; F._ire_Det. Contact I"'7

--5-

AI-I Cable Shield Ground

AI-I VFD SPEED Signal (+) 4-20 ma

AI-I VFD SPEED Signal (-) ground

24 Vdc

Ground - DC Common

Digital Input Common

DI- l Start /Stop

DI-2 Run Enable

DI-4 Start Enable 1

DI-5 Start Enable 2

ABB VFD Drive

Air Manager Drive

Input Connections

NOTES:

1. All conductors are no. 18 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.

2. Install jumper wire if fire/smoke detector, is not required.

Fig. 77 -- Field Wiring the VFD to the AirManager TM Control

,....

?-;-

I _ TB3

I I -T-

| I 2

I I :3

| 4

i _ --T-

I-- 6

i-._--7-

CC6400

Control Box

Shielded Cable

I Jumper E

iJ._,* ,.=...l............m= J= J J,m•Jllo°°o..°,,J=*,w,*,=

LN.C_ Fire/m..__m_Det. Con.tact .

CC6400 Drive

Input Connections

AI-1 Cable Shield Ground

AI-I VFD SPEED Signal (+) 4-20 ma

AI-I VFD SPEED Signal (-) ground

24 Vdc

Ground - DC Common

Digital Input Common

DI-I Start/Stop

DI-2 Run Enable

DI-4 Start Enable 1

DI-5 Start Enable 2

ABBVFD Drive

NOTES:

1. All conductors are no. 18 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.

2. Install jumper wire if fire/smoke detector, is not required.

Fig. 78 -- Field Wiring the VFD to the CC6400 Comfort Control

Field-Supplied

Input Connections

_,,=,,,,.,=l==m====_**_=======***==°°,,°.**J

:Jumper E

"_ N.O. Start /Stop Contact

............... o.--/o .................

-57-

_,..._,c:._!r_./&_bP.e.t,.C.'o".:_.%..--7Z-

N.C. Low Limit Thermostat

............... _ ................ 16

!......,N.-.c..._.t_ ._.Swi_.c..h....... --?7-

24 Vdc

Ground - DC Common

Digital Input Common

DI-I Start/Stop

DI-2 Run Enable

DI-3 Fixed Speed Enable

DI-4 Start Enable 1

DI-5 Start Enable 2

NOTES:

1. All conductors are no. 18 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.

2. Install jumpers if fire/smoke detector, low limit thermostat, or high pressure switch are not required.

3. Program desired speed setpoint in Hz using parameter 1202.

Fig. 79 -- Field Wiring for High Inertia/Low Horsepower Applications Using VFD as a Starter

VFD Configuration- The VFD keypad is shown in

Fig. 80. Tile flmction of SOFT KEYS 1 and 2 change depend-

ing on what is displayed on the screen. The function of SOFT

KEY 1 matches the word in the lower left-hand box on the

display screen. The function of SOFT KEY 2 matches the

word in the lower right-hand box on the display screen. If the

box is empty, then the SOFT KEY does not have a function on

that specific screen. The UP and DOWN keys am used to

navigate through the menus. The OFF key is used to turn off

the VFD. The AUTO key is used to change control of the drive

to automatic control. The HAND key is used to change control

of the drive to local (hand held) control. The HELP button is

used to access the help screens.

START UP WITH ASSISTANT-- The initial start-up has

been performed at the factory. To stm_ up the VFD with the

Stml-Up Assistant, perform the following procedure:

1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be

displayed.

2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight ASSISTANTS

on the display screen find press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).

3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight Commission

Drive and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).

4. The Stml-Up Assistant will display the parameters that

need to be configured. Select file desired values and press

SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) after every change. Tile process

will continue until all the parameters am set.

START UP BY CHANGING PARAMETSERS INDIVID-

UALLY -- Initial start-up is performed at the factory. To start

up the VFD with by changing individual parameters, perform

the following procedure:

1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be

displayed.

2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS

on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).

3. Use the UP and DOWN keys to highlight the desired

parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).

4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired

parameter and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).

5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the

Du'ameteb:

6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified vfflue.

Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous

value. Any modifications that am not saved will not be

changed.

7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)

to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue until

all the Duameters have been configured and then press

EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.

STAJUS

LED

{GREEN WHEN

NORMA , IF FI ASH NG

RED, SEE

DIAGNOSTICS.)

SOFT

OFf

SOFT

KEY 2

HELP

(ALWAYS AVAILABLE)

Fig. 80 -- VFD Keypad

NOTE: The current parameter value appem.s above the high-

light parameter. To view the default pm'ameter value, press the

UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the default

factory settings, select the application macro "HVAC Default."

VFD Modes -- The VFD has several different modes for

configuring, operating, find diagnosing the VFD. The modes

ale:

• standard display mode-- shows drive status information

and operates the drive

• parameters mode-- edits parameter values individually

• start-up assistant mode -- guides the start up and

configuration

• changed parameters mode -- shows all changed

parameters

• drive parameter backup mode -- stores or uploads the

parameters

• clock set mode -- sets the time and date for the drive

• 1/O settings mode -- checks and edits the I/O settings

Standard Display Mode -- Use the standtud display mode to

read information on the diive status and operate the diive. To

reach the stan&trd display mode, press EXIT until the LCD dis-

play shows status information as described below. See Fig. 81.

MODE _ j4,._SET POINT

I ""=AUTO'_ . 15.8Hz'"- I

/30.0 Hz /

/3.7A /

|838 RPM /

Fig. 81 -- Standard Display Example

The top line of the LCD display shows the basic status

information of the diive. The HAND icon indicates that the

diive control is local from file control panel. The AUTO icon

indicates that the drive control is in remote control mode

flnough the I/O.

The anow icon indicates the drive and motor rotation status.

A rotating arrow (clockwise or counterclockwise) indicates

fllat the diive is running. A rotating blinking rerow indicates

flint the diive is running but not at set point. A stationary arrow

indicates that the diive is stopped. For Carrier air handler units,

the rotation is always forward.

Using parameter group 34, the middle of the LCD display

can be configured to display 3 pmameter values. The default

display shows parameters 0103 (OUTPUT FREQ) in Hz, 0104

(CURRENT) in amperes, and AII (Amflog Input 1) in revolu-

tions per minute.

The upper right hand corner shows the frequency set point

that the drive will maintain.

The bottom comers of the LCD display show the functions

currently assigned to the two soft keys. Tile lower middle

displays the current time (if configured to show the time).

The fib.st time the drive is powered up, it is in the OFF

mode. To switch to local hand-held control find control the

diive using the control pane, press the HAND or AUTO

buttons. Pressing the HAND button switches the drive to hand

control while keeping the drive running. Pressing the AUTO

button switches the diive to remote input control. The OFF

button stops the drive. To beturn to auto control, press the

AUTO button. To start the diive press the HAND or AUTO

button, to stop the drive press the OFF button.

To adjust the speed set point while in HAND mode, press

file UP or DOWN buttons (the reference changes immediate-

ly). The reference can be modified in the local control (HAND)

mode, and can be pfuameterized (using Group 11 reference

select) to also allow modification in the bemote control mode.

Parameters Mode -- The Parameters mode is used to change

the pm'ameters on the &ive. To change parameters, perform the

following procedure:

1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Mtdn menu will be

displayed.

2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS

on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).

3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired

p_u'ameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).

4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired

p_u'ametel_ and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).

5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the

ptuameters.

6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.

Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous

v_due. Any modifications that are not saved will not be

changed.

7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)

to return to the listing of pmameter groups. Continue until

all the parametelN have been configured and then press

EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to file main menu.

NOTE: The current parmneter value appears above the high-

light pammetel: To view the default parmneter vMue, press the

UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the default

factory settings if a drive fails, download the pm'ameters to the

VFD from the control panel. Parameters can also be changed

individually.

Changed Parameters Mode -- The Changed ParametelN

mode is used to views and edit recently changed parametel_ on

the drive. To view the changed parametelN, perform the follow-

ing procedure:

1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be

displayed.

2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CHANGED

PAR on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT

KEY 2). A list of the recently changed parameters will be

displayed.

3. Use file UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired

p_u'ameter group and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2) to

change the p_uameters if desired.

4. Press EXIT (SOFT KEYI ) to exit the Changed Parmne-

ters mode.

Drive Parameter Backup Mode -- The diive parameter back

up mode is used to store the drive parameters. The pammetel_

can be uploaded from a VFD to the removable control panel. If

a drive failure occurs, the control panel can then be transferred

to the new drive and the parameters downloaded into memory.

Each diive is custom progralnmed at the factory. The first

option is to download all parameters. This copies both applica-

tion and motor parameters to the drive from the control panel.

This is recommended to create a backup of the pm'ameters

group for the diive.

The second option downloads only the application parame-

ters to the di'ive. Parameters 9905, 9906, 9907, 9908, 9909,

1605, 1607, 5201, and group 51 ptuameters and internal motor

pm'ameters are not copied.

Upload All Parameters -- To upload and store _dl parametel_

to the control panel from the VFD, perform the following

procedure:

1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be

displayed.

2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP

on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).

3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight UPLOAD TO

PANEL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).

4. The text "Copying Parmneters" will be displayed with a

progress indicator To stop the process, select ABORT

(SOFT KEY 1).

5. When the upload is complete, the text "Parameter upload

successlul" will be displayed.

6. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.

Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.

7. The control panel can now be disconnected from the

drive.

Download All Parameters -- To download all parameters

from the control panel to the VFD, perform the following

procedure:

1. Install the control panel with the conect parameters onto

the leplacement VFD.

2. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be

displayed.

3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP

on the display scleen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).

4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DOWNLOAD

TO DRIVE ALL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).

5. The text "Restoring Parmneters" will be displayed with a

progress indicatol: To stop the plecess, select ABORT

(SOFT KEY 1).

6. When the download is complete, the text "Pmameter

download successful" will be displayed.

7. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.

Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.

8. The control panel can now be disconnected from the

drive.

Clock Set Mode -- The clock set mode is used for setting the

date and time for the internal clock of the VFD. In order to use

the timer functions of the VFD control, the internal clock must

be set. The date is used to determine week&tys and is visible in

the fault logs.

To set the clock, perform the following procedure:

1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be

displayed.

2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK SET on

the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2). The

clock set pmameter list will be displayed.

3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK VISI-

BILITY and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). This pm'ameter

is used to display or hide the clock on the screen. Use the

UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Pless

OK (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return

to the Clock Set menu.

4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET TIME and

press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to

change the hours and minutes. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2)

to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set

menu.

5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight TIME FORMAT

and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP and DOWN

keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK (SOFT

KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock

Set menu.

6. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET DATE and

press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to

change the day, month, and yem: Pless OK (SOFT KEY

2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set

menu.

7. UsetheUPorDOWNkeysto highlightDATEFOR-

MATandpressSEL(SOFTKEY2).UsetheUPor

DOWNkeystochangethep_uametersetting.PressOK

(SOFTKEY2)tosavetheconfigurationandreturntothe

ClockSetmenu.

8. PressEXIT(SOFTKEY1)twicetoreturntothemain

menu.

I/O Settings Mode -- The I/O Settings mode is used for view-

ing and editing the I/O settings.

To configure the I/O settings, perform the following

procedure:

1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be

displayed.

2. Use file UP or DOWN keys to highlight I/O SETHNGS

on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).

The I/O Settings parameter list will be displayed.

3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired I/O

setting and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).

4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to select file palameter to

view. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2).

5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter set-

ting. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configura-

tion. Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep file previ-

ous value. Any modifications that are not saved will not

be changed.

6. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main

menu.

Electric Heaters -- Electric heaters are facto]y installed.

If circumstances require field installation of an electric heater.

it can only be installed in a factory-supplied EHS (Electric

Heat section). Installation of electric heat in a section other than

an EHS section will void file UL listing of the product.

1. Identify ALL electrical power supplies serving the unit,

lock off and tag each before woNing on the unit.

2. Locate the electric heat section mounted on the unit and

remove the protective shipping cover

3. Identify file electric heater and verify the heater matches

the unit. Unit hand and heater hand must also agree.

4. Properly sized power wiring and control wiring entry

holes are provided in the upstrealn sidewall of the heater

control box.

A narrow, fixed upstream panel is provided for electricfd

power entUfrom the outside. Power may also enter the

unit from below, penetrating the floor of the unit. Careful-

fy seal all entries, weathertight where necessary. Control

wiring may enter the same way as electrical wiring.

Take future service requirements into account when

locating field power entUholes in the unit casing.

5. Sleeve these holes and seal around the conduit to preserve

the integrity of the casing. In some cases, it might be

preferable for the power to actufdfy enter the cabinet

through an adjacent section, or enter the control box from

another angle, which is acceptable.

6. If the original holes am not used, they must be appropri-

ately plugged.

7. Insert the electric heater into the section (the heater

element rack will be located along the leaving air side of

the section).

NOTE: If the heater must be hoisted into position, once the top

panel has been removed to a safe place, the horizontal top rail

may be removed by carefully removing the fiat corner plug

from the end corner pieces and extracting the screw visible

within the exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with

othel.s, as they me specific for this location.) The corners may

fllen be separated, lifting the rail and corner segments away

from the unit at approximately a 45 degree angle, taking cam

not to damage the double bulb seal.

8. The heater has lifting hook openings on each end. When

file heater is within 3 in. of its final position, reinstall the

crossrail, with the box-seal facing down, and panel seal

towmd the top.

9. Secure the heater to the section posts and mils with the

lurnished screws, drawing it the last 3/s in. into final

sealed position against the framework, by alternately

cross tightening the screws. The opposite end of the

heater rests on lateral spacel.s provided on the floor panel,

and is retained by a screw through an angle clip on the

last one or by tin upright corner flange.

10. Replace the top panel, and proceed to complete the

wiring in accord with all applicable codes and ordinances.

The wiring diagram is fastened inside the control box,

with a spare, loose copy provided as a convenience for

maintenance manual pmpmafion. Do not mix the wiring

diagrams, as they are specific for each unit.

11. Connect power and control wiring according to the

wiring diagram supplied (see Fig. 82 for typicfd wiring

details).

CONNECT POWER AND CONTROL WIRES -- Heater

wiring schematic is located on control box panel. Verify mini-

mum airflow requirement (minimum coil face velocity, fpm)

will be met, especially on applications where vguiable air vol-

ume is supplied.

Use copper power supply wires rated for 75 Cminimum.

On 250 v or greater applications, use 600 v rated wiring. Size

wires to carry 125% of current load on each set of terminals.

Use file following formulas as required:

Single-phase line cunent =

Three-phase line current =

(kW per set of termimds) (1000)

voltage

(kW per set of termimds) (1000)

(voltage) (1.73)

Note that if the heater is rated fit 50 kW (or morn) and is

controlled by a cycling device such as a multi-stage thermostat.

or a step controller, conductors may be sized fit 100% of load

mnperes (see Table 26) per NEC Section 424-22. Heater

construction and application information are based upon Space

Heating Standard UL No. 1096 and the requirements of

file NEC. Installer is responsible for observing locffl code

requirements.

Install a disconnect switch or main circuit breaker in

accordance with NEC and other applicable codes. Locate so

that it is easily accessible and within sight of heater control box

(per NEC Article 424-19 and 424-65).

Weatherproof junction boxes have no knockouts for wire

entrance. Provide knockouts for all wiring using field-supplied

grommets of correct size and type of conduit as required.

Where field-supplied thermostats are used, isolate circuits

to prevent possible interconnection of control circuit wiring.

Where field-supplied step controller is used, connect steps

to terminals as mmked on wiring schematic. When connecting

multi-stage heaters, wire stage no. 1 so that it is first stage on,

last stage off.

Provide suMcient clearance for convection cooling of heat-

ers wifll solid-state controllel.s. Provide at least 5-in. of free air

space above and below cooling fins extending from heater

terminal box. Be sure to connect interlock terminals FI and F2

to auxiliary contacts on fan starter

Each heater has 2 different types of factory-installed ther-

mal cutouts for over temperature protection; an automatic reset

thermal cutout for primaly protection and a manual reset ther-

mal cutout to protect against failure of the primary system.

Also provided is an airflow pressure differential switch to

plevent the heater from operating when file fan is not in opela-

tion or airflow is restricted or insufficient. The primary

automatic reset cutout is a bi-metal disk-type cutout. It is wired

into the control circuit which operates the magnetic disconnect-

ing contactors (the stone contactors which also switch on and

off the vtuious steps of file coil). The secondary manu_fl reset

cutout is a bi-met_fl disk-type cutout. This secondmy therm_fl

cutout is load cmrying and is inst_dled in each heater subcircuit.

The primmy and secondary overtempemture protection sys-

tems me independent of each other The secon&try system is

designed to protect agtfinst possible fifilure of the primmy sys-

tem to deenergize the heate_:

Subcircuits in the heaters are designed in complkmce with

pm'agmph 424-22 of the NEC. The coil is subdivided into

circuits that di'aw no more than 48 amps each and is fused for at

least 125% of the circuit rating.

Pilot tube is to be positioned so that the airflow switch is

actuated by a minimum negative pressure of 0.07 in. wg.

Refer to Table 27 for heater electric_fl data.

Table 26 -- Field Wiring for Incoming Conductors

Sized for 125% of Heater Load

WIRE SIZE

(AWG or

kcmil)

LOAD AMPS*

Copper

104

LEGEND

AWG -- American Wire Gage

kcmil -- Thousand Circular Mils

NEC -- National Electrical Code

WIRE SIZE LOAD AMPS*

(AWG or

kcmil) Copper

1/0 120

2/0 140

3/0 160

4/0 184

250 204

300 228

350 248

400 268

500 304

*Values are based on Table 310-16 of the NEC for 75 C insulated

copper wire. Not more than 3 conductors in a raceway.

NOTES:

1. Be sure to consider length of wiring run and possible voltage

drops when sizing wires.

2. Field power wiring -- Heaters are furnished with a terminal

block sized for incoming copper conductors with 75 C insulation

rated to carry at least 125% of the heater load. However, con-

ductors can be sized to carry 100% of the heater load if the

heater is rated at 50 kW or more, and the heater is controlled by

a cycling device such as a multi-stage thermostat, step control-

ler, or SCR (silicon control rectifier) power controller. Terminal

blocks and knockouts are sized to handle either 100% or 125%

conductors.

oo 10 9.9

NOMINAL

39M HEATER NO. OF HEATER COIL TEMP

UNIT AREA CONTROL COIL FACE RISE Total

SIZE (sq ft) STEPS* kW VELOCITY (F) FLA

(fpm)

12 12,4

14 13.6

5 500

10 500

15 500

03 3 3 20 500

25 500

30 500

35 500

10 500

15 500

20 500

06 5.2 3 30 500

40 500

50 500

60 500

20 500

30 500

3 40 500

06 7.4 50 500

60 500

70 500

680 500

20 500

30 500

40 500

50 500

60 500

75 500

90 500

100 500

20 500

30 500

40 500

50 500

60 500

80 500

100 500

115 500

130 500

30 500

45 500

60 500

80 500

100 500

115 500

130 500

150 500

Ckt Ckt Ckt

11 14 17 1 20 12 15 1 20 6 8 1

21 28 35 1 35 24 30 1 35 12 15 1

32 42 52 1 60 36 45 1 50 18 23 1

43 56 69 2 70 48 60 2 70 24 30 1

53 69 87 2 90 60 75 2 80 30 38 1

64 83 104 2 110 72 90 2 100 36 45 1

75 97 122 3 125 84 105 2 110 42 53 1

12 28 35 1 35 24 30 1 35 12 15 1

18 42 52 1 60 36 45 1 50 18 23 1

25 56 69 2 70 48 60 2 70 24 30 1

37 83 104 2 110 72 90 2 100 36 45 1

49 111 139 3 150 96 120 3 125 48 60 2

61 139 174 3 175 120 151 3 175 60 75 2

Table 27 -- Electric Heater Data

208/3/60 VOLTS 240/3/60 VOLTS 480/3/60 VOLTS 600/3/60 VOLTS 380/3/50 VOLTS

No. Total No. Total No. Total No.

No. Total MCAt Sub MOCP MCAt Sub MOCP MCAt Sub MOCP MCAt Sub MOCP

MCAt Sub MOCP FLA FLA FLA FLA Ckt

Ckt

20 5 6 1

20 10 12 1

25 14 18 1

35 19 24 1

40 24 30 1

50 29 36 1

60 34 42 1

20 10 12 1

25 14 18 1

35 19 24 1

50 29 36 1

70 39 48 1

80 48 60 2

74 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 90 2 100 58 72 2

17 56 69 2 70 48 60 2 70 24 30 1 35 19 24 1

26 83 104 2 110 72 90 2 100 36 45 1 50 29 36 1

35 111 139 3 150 96 120 3 125 48 60 2 70 39 48 1

43 139 174 3 175 120 151 3 175 60 75 2 80 48 60 2

52 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 90 2 100 58 72 2

60 195 243 5 250 169 211 4 225 84 105 2 110 67 84 2

20 8 10 1 20

20 15 19 1 20

20 23 29 1 30

25 30 38 1 40

35 38 48 1 50

40 46 57 1 60

45 53 67 2 70

20 15 19 1 20

20 23 29 1 30

25 30 38 1 40

40 46 57 1 60

50 61 76 2 80

70 76 95 2 100

80 91 114 2 125

25 30 38 1 40

40 46 57 1 60

50 61 76 2 80

70 76 95 2 100

80 91 114 2 125

90 106 133 3 150

69 222 278 5 300 193 241 5 250 96 120 3 125 77 96 2 100 122 152 3 175

13 56 69 2 70 48 60 2 70 24 30 1 35 19 24 1 25 30 38 1 40

19 83 104 2 110 72 90 2 100 36 45 1 50 29 36 1 40 46 57 1 60

26 111 139 3 150 96 120 3 125 48 60 2 70 39 48 1 50 61 76 2 80

32 139 174 3 175 120 151 3 175 60 75 2 80 48 60 2 70 76 95 2 100

39 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 90 2 100 58 72 2 80 91 114 2 125

48 208 261 5 300 181 226 4 250 90 113 2 125 72 90 2 100 114 143 3 150

58 250 313 6 350 217 271 5 300 108 135 3 150 87 108 2 110 137 171 3 175

65 278 347 6 350 241 301 6 350 120 151 3 175 96 120 3 125 152 190 4 200

10 56 69 2 70 48 60 2 70 24 30 1 35 19 24 1 25 30 38 1 40

15 83 104 2 110 72 90 2 100 36 45 1 50 29 36 1 40 46 57 1 60

21 111 139 3 150 96 120 3 125 48 60 2 70 39 48 1 50 61 76 2 80

26 139 174 3 175 120 151 3 175 60 75 2 80 48 60 2 70 76 95 2 100

31 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 90 2 100 58 72 2 80 91 114 2 125

41 222 278 5 300 193 241 5 250 96 120 3 125 77 96 2 100 122 152 3 175

52 278 347 6 350 241 301 6 350 120 151 3 175 96 120 3 125 152 190 4 200

......... 138 173 3 175 111 138 3 150 175 219 4 225

......... 157 196 4 200 125 157 3 175 198 247 5 250

14 83 104 2 110 72 90 2 100 36 45 1 50 29 36 1 40 46 57 1 60

21 125 156 3 175 108 135 3 150 54 68 2 70 43 54 1 60 68 86 2 90

28 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 90 2 100 58 72 2 80 91 114 2 125

38 222 278 5 300 193 241 5 250 96 120 3 125 77 96 2 100 122 152 3 175

47 278 347 6 350 241 301 6 350 120 151 3 175 96 120 3 125 152 190 4 200

54 ........ 138 173 3 175 111 138 3 150 175 219 4 225

61 ........ 157 196 4 200 125 157 3 175 198 247 5 250

70 ........ 181 226 4 250 145 181 4 200 228 -- 5 300

LEGEND

ARI -- Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute FLA -- Full Load Amps MCA -- Minimum Circuit Amps

AWG -- American Wire Gage kW -- Kilowatts MOCP -- Maximum Overcurrent Protection

*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. "Free" additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.

I-MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).

NOTES:

1 Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.

2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of ARI standard 430 certification.

3. To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.

4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.

Table 27 -- Electric Heater Data (cont)

NOMINAL

39M HEATER NO. OF HEATER COIL TEMP

UNIT AREA CONTROL COIL FACE RISE Total

kW VELOCITY (F) FLASIZE (sq ft) STEPS*

17 16.6

21 21

=_ 25 23.3

(fpm)

30 500

45 500

60 500

75 500

80 500

100 500

125 500

150 500

175 500

40 500

50 500

60 500

80 500

100 500

125 500

150 500

175 500

200 500

220 500

40 500

50 500

60 500

80 500

100 500

125 500

150 500

175 500

200 500

225 500

250 500

40 500

50 500

60 500

80 500

100 500

125 500

150 500

175 500

200 500

225 500

250 500

275 500

LEGEND

30 2g.3

208/3/60 VOLTS 240/3/60 VOLTS 480/3/60 VOLTS 600/3/60 VOLTS 380/3/50 VOLTS

No. Total No. Total No. Total No.

No. Total MCAt Sub MOCP MCAt Sub MOCP MCAt Sub MOCP MCAt Sub MOCP

MCAt Sub MOCP FLA FLA FLA FLA

Ckt Ckt Ckt Ckt Ckt

12 83 104 2 110 72 90 2 100 36 45 1 50 29 36 1 40 46 57 1 60

17 125 156 3 175 108 135 3 150 54 68 2 70 43 54 1 60 68 86 2 g0

23 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 g0 2 100 58 72 2 80 gl 114 2 125

29 208 261 5 300 181 226 4 250 90 113 2 125 72 90 2 100 114 143 3 150

31 222 278 5 300 103 241 5 250 96 120 3 125 77 96 2 100 122 152 3 175

38 278 347 6 350 241 301 6 350 120 151 3 175 g6 120 3 125 152 190 4 200

48 ........ 151 188 4 200 120 151 3 175 100 238 4 250

58 ........ 181 226 4 250 145 181 4 200 228 285 5 300

67 ........ 211 263 5 300 16g 211 4 225 266 333 6 350

12 111 13g 3 150 g6 120 3 125 48 60 2 70 3g 48 1 50 61 76 2 80

15 139 174 3 175 120 151 3 175 60 75 2 80 48 60 2 70 76 95 2 100

18 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 g0 2 100 58 72 2 80 gl 114 2 125

24 222 278 5 300 193 241 5 250 96 120 3 125 77 96 2 100 122 152 3 175

30 278 347 6 350 241 301 6 350 120 151 3 175 g6 120 3 125 152 190 4 200

38 ........ 151 188 4 200 120 151 3 175 100 238 4 250

46 ........ 181 226 4 250 145 181 4 200 228 285 5 300

53 ........ 211 263 5 300 169 211 4 225 266 333 6 350

61 ........ 241 301 6 350 193 241 5 250 304 380 7 400

67 ........ 265 331 6 350 212 265 5 300 335 418 7 450

11 111 13g 3 150 g6 120 3 125 48 60 2 70 3g 48 1 50 61 76 2 80

14 13g 174 3 175 120 151 3 175 60 75 2 80 48 60 2 70 76 g5 2 100

16 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 g0 2 100 58 72 2 80 gl 114 2 125

22 222 278 5 300 193 241 5 250 96 120 3 125 77 96 2 100 122 152 3 175

27 278 347 6 350 241 301 6 350 120 151 3 175 g6 120 3 125 152 190 4 200

34 ........ 151 188 4 200 120 151 3 175 190 238 4 250

41 ........ 181 226 4 250 145 181 4 200 228 285 5 300

48 ........ 211 263 5 300 169 211 4 225 266 333 6 350

55 ........ 241 301 6 350 193 241 5 250 304 380 7 400

62 ........ 271 339 6 350 217 271 5 300 ....

69 ........ 301 376 7 400 241 301 6 350 ....

g 111 13g 3 150 g6 120 3 125 48 60 2 70 3g 48 1 50 61 76 2 80

11 139 174 3 175 120 151 3 175 60 75 2 80 48 60 2 70 76 95 2 100

13 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 g0 2 100 58 72 2 80 gl 114 2 125

17 222 278 5 300 193 241 5 250 g6 120 3 125 77 g6 2 100 122 152 3 175

22 278 347 6 350 241 301 6 350 120 151 3 175 96 120 3 125 152 190 4 200

27 347 434 8 450 301 376 7 400 151 188 4 200 120 151 3 175 100 238 4 250

33 ........ 181 226 4 250 145 181 4 200 228 285 5 300

38 ........ 211 263 5 300 169 211 4 225 266 333 6 350

44 ........ 241 301 6 350 193 241 5 250 304 380 7 400

4g ........ 271 33g 6 350 217 271 5 300 ....

54 ........ 301 376 7 400 241 301 6 350 ....

60 ........ 331 414 7 450 265 331 6 350 ....

ARI -- Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute FLA -- Full Load Amps MCA -- Minimum Circuit Amps

AWG -- American Wire Gage kW -- Kilowatts MOCP -- Maximum Overcurrent Protection

1-MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).

NOTES:

1. Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.

2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of ARI standard 430 certification.

3. To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.

4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.

Table 27 -- Electric Heater Data (cont)

NOMINAL 208/3/60 VOLTS 240/3/60 VOLTS 480/3/60 VOLTS 600/3/60 VOLTS 380/3/50 VOLTS

39M HEATER NO. OF HEATER COIL TEMP

No. Total No. Total No. Total No. Total No.

UNIT AREA CONTROL COIL FACE RISE Total MCAt Sub MOCP MCAt Sub MOCP MCAt Sub MOCP MCAt Sub MOCP MCAt Sub MOCP

SIZE (sq _) STEPS* kW VELOCITY (F) FLA FLA FLA FLA FLA

(fpm) Ckt Ckt Ckt C_ Ckt

60 500 10 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 g0 2 100 58 72 2 80 gl 114 2 125

80 500 13 222 278 5 300 103 241 5 250 96 120 3 125 77 96 2 100 122 152 3 175

100 500 17 278 347 6 350 241 301 6 350 120 151 3 175 96 120 3 125 152 190 4 200

125 500 21 ........ 151 188 4 200 120 151 3 175 190 238 4 250

150 500 25 ........ 181 226 4 250 145 181 4 200 228 285 5 300

36 38 6 175 500 2g ........ 211 263 5 300 16g 211 4 225 266 333 6 350

200 500 34 ........ 241 301 6 350 193 241 5 250 304 380 7 400

225 500 38 ........ 271 33g 6 350 217 271 5 300 342 428 8 450

250 500 42 ........ 301 376 7 400 241 301 6 350 380 475 8 500

300 500 50 ........ 361 452 8 500 289 361 7 400 ....

350 500 59 ........ 421 527 9 600 337 421 8 450 ....

60 500 9 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 90 2 100 58 72 2 80 91 114 2 125

80 500 12 222 278 5 300 193 241 5 250 96 120 3 125 77 96 2 100 122 152 3 175

100 500 15 278 347 6 350 241 301 6 350 120 151 3 175 g6 120 3 125 152 190 4 200

125 500 lg ........ 151 188 4 200 120 151 3 175 190 238 4 250

150 500 23 ........ 181 226 4 250 145 181 4 200 228 285 5 300

40 41.g 6 175 500 27 ........ 211 263 5 300 16g 211 4 225 266 333 6 350

200 500 30 ........ 241 301 6 350 103 241 5 250 304 380 7 400

250 500 38 ........ 301 376 7 400 241 301 6 350 380 475 8 500

300 500 46 ........ 361 452 8 500 289 361 7 400 ....

350 500 53 ........ 421 527 9 600 337 421 8 450 ....

400 500 61 ........ 482 602 11 700 385 482 g 500 ....

60 500 7 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 90 2 100 58 72 2 80 91 114 2 125

80 500 10 222 278 5 300 193 241 5 250 g6 120 3 125 77 g6 2 100 122 152 3 175

100 500 12 278 347 6 350 241 301 6 350 120 151 3 175 96 120 3 125 152 190 4 200

125 500 15 ........ 151 188 4 200 120 151 3 175 100 238 4 250

150 500 18 ........ 181 226 4 250 145 181 4 200 228 285 5 300

175 500 21 ........ 211 263 5 300 169 211 4 225 266 333 6 350

50 52.6 6 200 500 24 ........ 241 301 6 350 193 241 5 250 304 380 7 400

250 500 30 ........ 301 376 7 400 241 301 6 350 380 475 8 500

300 500 36 ........ 361 452 8 500 289 361 7 400 ....

350 500 42 ........ 421 527 g 600 337 421 8 450 ....

400 500 49 ........ 482 602 11 700 385 482 9 500 ....

450 500 55 ............ 434 542 10 600 ....

500 500 61 ............ 482 602 11 700 ....

60 500 6 167 208 4 225 145 181 4 200 72 90 2 100 58 72 2 80 91 114 2 125

80 500 8 222 278 5 300 193 241 5 250 g6 120 3 125 77 g6 2 100 122 152 3 175

100 500 10 278 347 6 350 241 301 6 350 120 151 3 175 g6 120 3 125 152 190 4 200

125 500 13 ........ 151 188 4 200 120 151 3 175 100 238 4 250

150 500 15 ........ 181 226 4 250 145 181 4 200 228 285 5 300

175 500 18 ........ 211 263 5 300 169 211 4 225 266 333 6 350

61 63.1 6 200 500 20 ........ 241 301 6 350 103 241 5 250 304 380 7 400

250 500 25 ........ 301 376 7 400 241 301 6 350 380 475 8 500

300 500 30 ........ 361 452 8 500 289 361 7 400 ....

350 500 35 ........ 421 527 g 600 337 421 8 450 ....

400 500 40 ........ 482 602 11 700 385 482 g 500 ....

450 500 46 ............ 434 542 10 600 ....

500 500 51 ............ 482 602 11 700 ....

LEGEND

ARI -- Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute FLA -- Full Load Amps MCA -- Minimum Circuit Amps

AWG -- American Wire Gage kW -- Kilowatts MOCP -- Maximum Overcurrent Protection

1-MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing_ refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).

NOTES:

1. Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.

2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of ARI standard 430 certification.

3. To avoid damage due to overheating_ minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.

4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.

FANSTARTER_

FIELDWIRING

(BYCUSTOMER)

FIELD-SUPPLIEDI

&INSTALLED

STEPCONTROLLERS

CLASS1 TRANSFORMER

TRANSFORMERFUSING

_wooooooooo_

24 V AUTOMATIC

CUTOUT (S)

STAGE 1

AIRFLOW

SWITCH

STAGES 2-5 (NOT SHOWN) ARE THE SAME AS STAGES 1 & 6.

_.._ STAG E 6

THREE-PHASE .............................................. c_.o _ .

i FUSING PER CIRCUIT CONTROLLING MANUAL

i AS REQUIRED BY N E C CONTACTOR (S) CUTOUT(S) DELTA OR WYE

J CONNECTED

NOTE: All wiring must be copper and must conform to the NEC (National Electrical Code),

Fig. 82 -- Electrical Heater Wiring Schematic (Typical)

Energy Recovery Ventilation (ERV) Sections

The assembled sections will result in a unit center of grav-

ity (CG) higher than the horizontal centerline. Exercise

proper care when rigging, lifting and transpolling. Units

with a high CG will tip over more easily during installation

than those with a lower CG

RECEIVING AND INSPECTION -- Inspect the section for

freight damage upon receipt. Inspect the cassette that is mount-

ed inside the section. The cassette consists of a flmne, wheel

assembly and segments. Verify that the wheel turns freely by

hand (clockwise when viewed from the pulley side). Report

any damage immediately to the freight company.

RIGGING AND STACKING-- The ERV section sizes

03-17 me shipped lully assembled. These units can be stacked

and unstacked, as required, during installation by following the

same procedure as for lmger units described below.

NOTE: If an ERV section (size 08-17) does not fit through a

doorway, it may be taken apart by removing the top of the

section frmne. This will expose the ERV wheel; take plecau-

tions not to &_mage the wheel while moving the section. Once

the section is in place, put the top of the section flmne back on.

The ERV section sizes 21-30 are shipped unstacked due to

shipping height limitations. The lower sections me all assem-

bled on baserails and all fastened together on a single skid. The

upper sections me on a separate skid and fastened together (all

fasteners are T-kitches). Rigging and setting the lower sections

is the stone as for a standmd 39M indoor base unit. Refer to

Fig. 83.

The upper sections MUST be rigged and lifted one at a

time or injury or unit damage may occm:

Rigging and lifting upper sections:

1. Use the 4 lifting/holddown brackets (Fig. 84) holding the

row of sections to the skid, and/or a second set of brackets

shipped loose with the unit. For 12-in. airway length

sections, use the bracket shown in Fig. 85.

2. Separate each section one at a time (T-latches) and install

brackets at each corner using the screws provided. Be

carelul not to strip out the holes in the section frame. Lift

and set the section on top of the lower sections.

For sizes 21-30, upper sections should be stacked onto the

lower sections starting with the upper wheel section, and

then moving outward to each end of the unit.

3. Once the upper wheel section is in place and fastened

down to the lower section, subsequent sections should be

placed close to the side of the upper wheel section.

Lifting brackets may make it difl]cult to butt sections

tight together at this point.

With rigging still in place, but strap/chain tension

relieved, remove the 2 lifting brackets interfering with the

inst_dled section, then place tension back onto the rigging

to assist in sliding sections togethel: Fasten upper sections

together tightly first, then tighten screws downward into

the lower section frame.

Repeat this process for the remaining ERV sections.

RIGGING INFORMATION

CAUTION: Stacked units have a high CG (center of gravity).

Rig and lift carefully to prevent unit from tipping over.

For units 8 feet or longer, handle by crane only. _

Units under 8 feet long may be forked frorn _. _ _"

sides and ends in fork pockets (if provided) _ ._

in b ..... il ....... d ..... den skids _ _ |

when available _- _ _ _

p,aceb°forer+ngun.' '= ,, /

vertical lift at all lifting points, o& _/.._

Lifting angles greater than 15 _b L_

from vertical will damage unit. _

See view at right.

+gun,wgh,-.......herof,ft+g _. _ _'S_"

cables shown in table. Some units _ _/_

may have more lifting channels VERTICALU_ _,/

than the minimum number Of _ _4_ MAXIMUM

cables shown in the table at right. @ Unit Minimum # of lifting

length cables for each side

UptoSfL 3

8to 12ft. 3

12+ ft. 4

Fig. 83 -- Rigging Information

Fig. 84- Lifting/Holddown Brackets

Fig. 85- 12-in. Airway Bracket

ERV WHEEL MOTOR WIRING -- All ERV wheel motors

have stripped back power leads. For units with 3-phase wheel

motors, install and route the proper wire type and size directly

to the motor junction box provided.

For units with single-phase wheel motors connections must

be made in a separate, field-installed junction box. This

junction box must be installed in the ERV section close to the

motor.

Refer to Table 28 for motor electrical &tta.

Table 28 -- Electrical Requirements for

Energy Wheel Motor

MOTR

VOLTS-PHASE-Hz

115-1-50/60

200-230/460-3-60

200/400-3-50

575-3-60

3gM MOTOR MOTOR

UNIT SIZES HP AMPS (a)

03, 06 80 w 0.7

08, 10 1/6 1.03-1.04/0.52

12, 14, 17, 21 1/6 0.60-0.75/0.38

25, 30 1/4 2.3-2.5/1.2

06, 10 1/6 1.04/0.52

12, 14, 17, 21 1/6 0.80/0.40

25, 30 1/3 3.4/1.8

08, 10, 12,14 1/6 0.3

17, 21

25, 30 1/3 1.4

START-UP

Checklist- Remove all construction debris from unit

interior Verify that all &ains are free of debris. Prime all con-

densate traps.

FILTERS -- Inst;dl unit filters in all filter sections.

AIRFOIL AND FORWARD-CURVED FANS

1. Release the holddown that fastens the fan sled to the sec-

tion base on isolated units.

2. Check lubrication of fan, motor bearings, and linkages.

a. Note that bearings are shipped completely full of

grease for corrosion protection and may run warm

temponuily on start-up until excess grease has

discharged.

b. Hand operate all linkages, such as damper and

guide vanes, to check for freedom of movement.

3. Check tightness of bearing setscrews or locking coll_us

(Fig. 86). Also, check tightness of setscrews on fan

wheels and sheaves.

4. Check tightness of fan-shaft bearing mounting. See

Fig. 86.

5. Recheck sheave _dignment and belt tension. (Refer to

Fig. 32 and 33.)

6. Hand turn fan to make certain fan wheel does not rub in

housing.

7. Check fan speed with a strobe-type tachometer or use the

following formula:

Obtain the motor rpm from the fan motor nameplate and

read sheave pitch diameters marked on the fan and motor

pulleys, or approximate the pitch diameters by using the

pulley ODs.

Then:

Fan RPM =

Motor Rpm x Motor Sheave

Pitch Diameter (in.)

Fan Sheave Pitch Diameter (in.)

Example: Actual Approximate

Nameplate Motor

RPM = 1760 1760

Motor Sheave Pitch

Diameter = 8.9 9.0 (OD)

Fan Sheave Pitch 12.4 12.5 (OD)

Diameter =

1760 x 8.9 1760 x 9.0

Fan RPM = 12.4 12.5

= 1263 RPM = 1267 RPM

Refer to Tables 2A-2D for maximum allowable fan

speeds for fan wheels. Excessive fan speed may result in

condensate carryover from cooling coil or fan motor

overload and wheel failure.

SETSCREWS CAPSCREW

SQUEEZE-TYPE LOCKING COLLAR

ROLLER -- EXTENDED RACE, ONE OR BOTH SIDES

DRIVE PULLEY

NOMINAL TORQUE

SCREW SIZE (in.-Ib)

No. 6 9

No. 8 16

No. 10 30

1/4 70

5/16 140

3/6 216

TORQUE TABLE

TORQUE

CAPSCREW AND

SETSCREW

SIZE (No./in.)

1/4

5/16

3/6

7/16

1/2

3/4

HEX HEAD

ACROSS

FLATS(in.)

3/32

1/8

5/32

3/16

7/32

1/4

5/16

3/8

SQUARE HD

ACROSS

FLATS (in.)

1/2

BEARING HOLDDOWN BOLT TORQUE

BOLT SIZE (in.) TORQUE (ft-lb)

3/8 - 16 3O

1/2 - 13 63

6/8-11 100

3/4-10 165

Fig. 86 -- Fan, Shaft and Bearing Details

25 in.-Ib

60 in.-Ib

10 ft-lb

17 ft-lb

25 ft-lb

40 ft-lb

90 ft-lb

125 ftqb

8. Check direction of rotation (see Fig. 75). Anow on drive

side of fan housing indicates correct direction of rotation.

Drive ratios of l:l may cause excessive vibration. Avoid if

possible.

9. Check vibration. If excessive vibration occurs, check for

the following:

a. Variable sheave (if air balance of system has been

accomplished; replace sheave with fixed sheave for

continuous application).

b. Drive mis_dignment.

c. Mismatched, worn, or loose belts.

d. Wheel or sheaves loose on shaft.

e. Loose bearings.

f. Loose mounting bolts.

g. Motor out of b_flance.

h. Sheaves eccentric orout ofb_flance.

i. Vibration isolatol_ improperly adjusted.

j. Out-of-bahmce or corroded wheel (rebalance or

replace if necesstu-y).

k. Accumulation of materi_fl on wheel (remove excess

material).

PLENUM FANS -- Start-up procedures for plenum fans tue

similtu to those for airfoil or forward-curved fans described in

the preceding section. Also refer to the fan manufacturer's

Installation, Operation, and Maintenance instructions shipped

with the plenum fan section for ihrther details.

HUMIDIFIER INSTALLATION CHECKLIST -- Ensure:

1. Humidifier is properly assembled with all discharge slots

facing the proper direction. (Multipipe systems have the

vertical slots in line with the manifolds, 90 degrees to the

air flow.)

2. Humidifier headers are secured and level.

3. Humidifier upright discharge manifolds tue plumb.

4. Vtflve and trap assembly is properly assembled and con-

nected to the humidifier header.

5. P-trap is installed on discharge of each headel:

6. Stemn feed line is properly run, sloped and connected to

the valve and trap assembly inlet.

7. Controls are properly wired.

HUMIDIFIER START-UP

1. Slowly open the steam isolation valve from the steam

supply line. You should be able to hear steam running

through the valve. Wkdt a few minutes for the steam to

heat up the entire line to the humidifier and for all con-

densate to clear through the trap.

2. Verify that the stemn trap on the valve/trap assembly

of the humidifier is working properly -- condensate

discharge line should be hot.

3. Withairflowingin the duct or air handler, create a hu-

midification demand by increasing the humidity control

set point until it exceeds the actual humidity reading.

4. The valve on the humidifier should begin to open and

steam should enter the humidifier manifolds.

5. [nitially most of the steam will condense as it heats the

manifolds. Ensure that the P-traps on the manifolds are

clem and running to diain without leaking steam.

NOTE: On first stall-up, some steam may leak flom the

P-tlaps on the manifolds if they have not been primed

(filled with water).

6. Stemn should begin exiting the humidifier manifolds.

7. Return the humidity control set point to the desired level.

CO[LS

Water Coil -- Typical coil vents, drains, and lifting points are

shown in Fig. 59. Open the vent plug, partially turn on the

water supply until air is exhausted, and replace the vent plug.

Fully turn on the water supply.

Direct Expansion Coil -- Charge with refrigerant. Refer to

Condensing Unit instructions. Refrigerant operating charge is

shown in Table 11, page 26.

Steam Coil

1. Generate steam in the stemn main and open the supply

(gate) valve to the coil.

2. Thoroughly preheat file coil with steam before starling

fans, especi_dly when inlet air temperature is below

fleezing. If water hammer occurs, turn off fans until con-

densate trapped in coils is reduced by heat and steam

pressure.

3. Ensure continuous-vent petcock is open; also check oper-

ation of gate v_dves, control valve, and check valves.

4. After operating coil for 50 hom_, check strainer and

remove any foreign mattel: Check traps and drip lines for

conect condensate removal. Where necesstuy, increase

the pitch of lines to increase condensate di'ainage. (Re-

check operation after 50 hom_ and repeat if necessary.)

INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS COIL START-UP -- En-

sure that the damper operator allows the &tmpers to fully

close the face and reverses to fully close the bypass. Set the

thermostat so that the face opens and bypass closes when heat

is required.

On start-up, the steam or hot water supply will be lully ex-

panded prior to start of airflow. Allow time for 'all air to be

purged from the system and for the heating surface to lully

wm'm up in order to avoid heating lag.

Preheating a cold system will avoid excessive steam

condensate loading at the start of operation of a steam heating

system. It also protects steam and hot water units against

freezing up when subject to sub-freezing air temperatures.

After preheating, fully open the dampers for full-face exposure

(bypass closed). Start airflow. Set thermostat for desired air

temperature.

ELECTRIC HEATERS

1. Check tightness of _dlelectrical connections.

2. Remove heater circuit fuses.

3. Turn on power to activate transformel:

4. Stmt up base unit fans. Check airflow and switches. Refer

to base unit instructions as required.

5. Set thermostats so that heater contactors will operate.

6. Shut off unit power

7. Reinstall fuses.

8. Turn on unit power and heater powel:

Energy Recovery Wheel

Keep hands away from rotating wheel. Contact with rotat-

ing wheel can cause physic_d injury.

1. By hand, turn the wheel clockwise (as viewed from the

pulley side), to veril_ that the wheel turns freely through a

lhll 360-degree rotation.

2. Before applying power to the drive motol; confirm that

the wheel segments are fully engaged in the wheel frame

and that the segment rettdnel_ me completely fastened.

(,See Fig. 87).

3. With hands and objects away from moving parts, activate

the unit and confirm wheel rotation. The wheel rotates

clockwise (as viewed from the pulley side).

4. If the wheel has difl]culty starting, turn the power off and

inspect for excessive interference between the wheel

surface and each of the four (4) diameter seals. To correct,

loosen the diameter se:d adjusting screws and back

adjustable diameter seals away from the surface of the

wheel, apply power to conthm that file wheel is free to

rotate, then re-adjust and tighten the hub and diameter

seals according to the instructions in the Service section.

5. Stmt and stop the wheel sevend times to confirm seal ad-

justment and to confirm that the belt is tracking properly

on the wheel rim (approximately I/4-in. from outer edge

of rim).

ZEROING THE MAGNEHELIC GAGE BEFORE START-

UP -- While power is off, set the indicating pointer exactly on

the zero mark using the external zero adjust sclew on the cover

at the bottom. Note that the zero check or adjustment can only

be made while the high and low plessure taps are both open to

atmosphere.

ROTATE AWAY

FROM WHEEL RIM

SEGMENT

RETAINER.

CATCH

PUSH

TOWARD

CENTER

WHEEL RIM CENTER OF

WHEEL

Fig. 87 -- Segment Retainer

SERVICE

Electric shock haz_ud. Disconnect power before entering or

servicing.

More than one disconnect switch may be required to deen-

ergize the equipment.

General

I. Review Safety Considerations at beginning of these

instructions. Good safety habits are important tools when

performing service procedures.

2. To make speed measurements, use a strobe-style tachom-

eter or calculate per Step 7 of Start-Up, Checklist for

Airfoil and Forward-Curved Fans.

Electric Heaters -- At least once a year at start of oper-

ating season or whenever unit is serviced, check field and

factory-made electric_fl connections for tightness. Also periodi-

cally clean filteLs, fan, airways, ductwoN, grilles, and registers

as required. Differential air pressure switch is factory set

to open at 0.07 in. wg, close at 0.05 in. wg and requires no

adjustment.

Refer to the Troubleshooting section for more information.

Heater electrical data is shown in Table 27.

Fan Motor Replacement

I. Shut offlnotor powel:

2. Disconnect and tag power wires at motor termimfls.

3. Ix)osen motor brace-to-mounting-rail attaching bolts.

Ix)osen belt tensioning bolts to adjust the motor position

so V-belts can be removed without stretching over

grooves.

4. Mark belt as to position. Remove and set aside belts.

5. Remove motor to motor bracket holddown bolts.

6. Remove motor pulley and set aside.

7. Remove motol:

NOTE: It may be necessary to remove the end panel to

remove larger motors for some unit sizes.

8. Install new motol: Reassemble by reversing Steps 3-7. Be

sure to reinstall multiple belts in their origimfl positions.

Use a complete new set if required. Do not stretch belts

over sheaves. Review the sections on motor and sheave

installation, sheave alignment, and belt tensioning on

pages 50 and 51.

9. Reconnect motor leads, remove tags, and restore powec

Check fan for proper rotation as described in Start-Up,

Checklist.

Energy Recovery Ventilation -- Routine m_dntenance

of the Energy Recovery Cassettes includes inspection and clean-

ing. On occasion, a p_u't may need to be completely replaced.

IMPORTANT: This unit contains an Energy Recovery

Wheel heat transfer device. Proper service and mainte-

nance must be conducted as outlined below, or loss of

heat transfer and overall system performance will

occur,

1. Remove and clean or replace filters in adjoining

section to the ERV wheel every 6 months or sooner,

as required.

2. Remove and wash ERV wheel (or individual seg-

ments, if so equipped) every 6 months, or every

3 months max. for smoky or polluted environments.

See instructions for removal and cleaning details.

CLEANING- Periodic cleaning of the energy recovery

wheel will depend on operating schedule, climate and contami-

nants in the indoor air exhausted and the outdoor air supplied to

the building.

The wheel is "self-cleaning" with respect to din particles

due to its laminar flow characteristics. Smaller particles pass

through; larger particles land on the surface and are blown clear

as the flow direction is reversed. Any material that builds up on

the face of the wheel can be removed with a brash or vacuum.

All sizes can be vacuumed.

Cleaning the removable segments (size 08-30) or the entire

wheel (size 03-06) will remove oil-based aerosols that have

condensed on energy transfer surfaces.

To clean removable segments (size 08-30):

1. Access the wheel from the exhaust fan side. This may be

easiest fiom the adjoining section, depending on the type of

section installed. If it is necessary to access from the side of

the wheel section, remove side baffle as shown in Fig. 88.

This requires removing the screws (1) and (2) shown.

2. Unlock two segment retainers, one on each side of the

selected segment opening.

3. Use the tip of a flat screw diiver to pop the segment out of

the wheel. Repeat for each segment.

4. Brush foreign material from the face of the wheel. Wash

the segments (or sm_fll wheels) in a 5% solution of non-

acid based coil cleaner (such as Acti-Klean) or an alkaline

detergent and warm watel:

5. Soak the segments in the solution until grease and tar

deposits are loosened. (NOTE: some staining of the

desiccant may remain and is not htumful to performance.)

For better cletming action, rapidly run a finger across the

segment's surface to separate polymer strips.

6. Rinse dirty solution from segments and remove excess

water before reinstalling the segments in the wheel.

7. Replace the segments using the Segment Installation and

Replacement procedure on page 90.

To clean wheels (size 03-06) use the procedure and refer to

Fig. 89:

1. Remove the ERV section side access panel.

2. Remove wheel center partition holddown bracket (1).

3. Lift and Remove wheel center ptutition (2).

4. Remove the upper (3) and lower (4) wheel retainer

angles, being carelhl wheel does not tip and ftfll out.

5. Slide wheel cassette out of frame (toward main AHU),

and out the side of the unit (5).

6. Follow steps 2 through 4 of the cleaning procedure for re-

movable segments.

7. Reinstall the wheel into the section by reversing Steps 1-5.

Fig. 88 -- Remove Side Baffles

2. Rotate the wheel clockwise until two opposing spokes am

hidden behind the beating support beam.

3. Using a folded piece of paper as a feeler g_mge, position

file paper between the wheel surface find the diameter

seals.

4. Adjust the seals towards file wheel surface until a slight

fiiction on the feeler gauge (paper) is detected when the

gauge is moved along the length of the spoke.

5. Retighten the adjusting screws and recheck clem'ance

with the feeler gauge.

Fig. 89 -- Remove Wheel for Cleaning

(Sizes 03-06 Only)

CASSETTE REPLACEMENT

1. Inspect the replacement cassette for fieight damage upon

receipt. Inspect the cassette fi'ame, wheel assembly find

segments fGr damage and verify that the wheel turns

fieely by hand (clockwise when viewed from pulley

side). Report any &image immediately to the freight

company.

2. Handle ERV cassettes with care. Lift by file beming

support beam. Holes are provided on both sides of the

befuing support beams to facilitate rigging (Fig. 90).

3. Remove the ERV section side access panel.

4. Refer to Fig. 89. Remove wheel center partition hold-

down bracket (1).

5. Lift and Remove wheel center pmtition (2).

6. Remove the upper (3) and lower (4) wheel retfdner

angles, being carelhl wheel does not tip find fall out.

7. Slide wheel cassette out of frame (toward main AHU),

and out side of unit (5).

8. The new ERV section may be mounted in any orientation.

HoweveL make certain that the ,frame remains ,flat and

the bearing beams am not rocked as showll in Fig. 91.

9. TG ensure that the bemns are not racked, check that the

distance between the wheel rim find bearing beam is the

same at each end of the bearing beam, to within 1/4 of an

inch (dimension A and B in Fig. 91 ). Beming beam rack-

ing of as little as .040 inches (Dim Cin Fig. 91 ) will cause

the wheel to tilt 3/1_ in. fit the rim. Adjusting the diameter

seffls (Fig. 92) will compensate for up to 1/4 in. of racking.

NOTE: If racking is greater than 1/4 in., it must be correct-

ed to ensure that the drive belt will not disengage from the

wheel.

10. Wheel sections installed fit angles greater than 30 degrees

from vertical will require seal adjustment (Fig. 92).

Adjust the diameter seals to avoid excessive wheel diag.

A final check of seal adjustment is recommended for all

designs.

ADJUSTING AIR SEALS -- Four adjustable diameter seals

are provided on each cassette to minimize air transfer between

the counterflowing airstreams.

TG adjust diameter sefds:

1. Loosen the diameter sefd adjusting screws find back seals

away fi_m wheel surface (Fig. 92).

[]

HORIZONTAL -- VERTICAL

BEARING BEAM (2) BEARING BEAM (2)

Fig. 90 -- Lifting Hole Locations

_ FRAME

A _ BEARING BEAM _.

SHOWN RACKED "_,

, 1

,f--WHEEL !!i,

/BEAMS I I,

(2) , ,

i L

FLAT SURFACE "'_

BI.--

Fig. 91 -- Avoid Racking of Frame

FEELER

ADJUSTING SCREWS GAUGE

Fig. 92 -- Diameter Seal Adjustment

SEGMENT INSTALLATION AND REPLACEMENT --

Wheel segments are secured to the wheel franle by a segment

retainer, which pivots on the wheel rim and is held in pkice by

a segment retaining catch (Fig. 93).

To inst_dl wheel segments follow the steps below and refer

to Fig. 93.

1. Unlock two segment retainels, one on each side of the

selected segment opening.

2. With the embedded stiffener facing the motor side, insert

the nose of the segment between the hub pkites.

3. Holding segment by the two outer corners, press the

segment towards file center of the wheel and inwards

against the spoke flanges. If hand pressure does not fully

seat the segment, insert the flat tip of a screw &iver

between the wheel rim and the outer corners of the

segment and apply downwmd force while guiding the

segment into place.

4. Close and latch each segment retainer under the segment

retaining catch.

5. Slowly rotate the wheel 180 degrees. Install the second seg-

ment opposite the first for counterbalance. Rotate the two

inst_dled segments 90 degrees to balance file wheel while

the third segment is installed. Rotate the wheel 180 degrees

again to inst_fll the fourth segment opposite the third.

Repeat this sequence with the lemaining four segments.

WHEEL DRIVE MOTOR AND PULLEY REPLACEMENT

1. Disconnect power to the wheel drive motoc

2. Remove the belt from the pulley and position it tempo-

r;u'ily around the wheel rim.

3. Ix_osen the set screw in the wheel drive pulley using an

Allen wrench and remove file pulley from the motor drive

shaft.

4. While supporting the drive motor's weight in one hand,

loosen and remove the four mounting bolts.

5. Install the replacement motor using the hmdwme kit

supplied.

6. Install the pulley to the dimension shown in Fig. 94 and

secure the set screw to the drive shaft.

7. Stretch the belt over the pulley and engage it in the

groove.

8. Follow the start-up procedure on page 85.

SOLID BELT REPLACEMENT (Fig. 95)

1. Obtain access to the pulley side beming access plate.

Bearing access plates m'e not provided on 25 to 36-in.

cassettes. Remove the two bearing access pkite retaining

screws and the access pkite.

2. Using a hex wrench, loosen file set screw in the bearing

locking collm: Using a light hammer and &ift (in drift pin

hole), tap the collar in the direction of wheel rotation to

unlock the collm. Remove the collm:

3. Using a socket wrench with extension, remove the two

nuts that secure file bearing housing to the bearing

support beam. Slide the bearing from file shaft.

NOTE: Slight hand pressure against wheel rim will lift

the wheel's weight from the inner race of the bearing to

assist bearing removal and installation. If not removable

by hand, use a bearing pullel:

4. Using a wrench, remove the diameter seM retaining

screws (25 to 68-in. cassettes). Remove diameter seals

(25 to 68-in. cassettes) from the beming bemn.

5. Form a small loop of belt and pass it through the hole in

the bearing support beam. Grasp the belt at the wheel hub

and pull file entire belt down. Loop the trailing end of the

belt over the shaft (Fig. 95 shows the solid belt partially

through the opening).

6. Reinstall the bearing onto the wheel shaft, being careful

to engage the two locating pins into file holes in the bear-

ing support beam. Secure the bearing with the two self

locking nuts.

7. Install the belts around the wheel and pulley according to

the instructions provided with the belt.

8. Reinst_dl the diameter seals and tighten the retaining

screws (see page 89 for seal adjustment). Rotate the

wheel clockwise to determine that it rotates freely with

slight drag on the seals.

SEARING

Fig. 93 -- Segment Installation

pULEyj_ ''v

A --I1_

lNSULATION

WHEEL

DRIVE

MOTOR

WHEEL

MODEL DIM A

NO.

25-52 1/4"

58-68 7/16"

Fig. 94 -- Pulley Location

LOCKING

_- COLLAR SEARING

SUPPORT

LOCKING BEAM

NUTS (2)

TAPER-LOCK

SET

DRITH

HOLE

PULL

PULLEY MOTOR

SIDE SIDE

Protect hands and belt fiom possible shtup edges of hole in

Bearing Support Beam. Fig. 95 -- Solid Belt Replacement

9. Reinst;dl the bearing locking collm- Rotate the collm by

hand in the direction the wheel rotates (see label provided

on each cassette for wheel rotation). Dock the collar in

position by tapping the drift pin hole with a hammer and

drift. Secure in position by tightening the set screw.

10. Reinstall the bearing access covel:

11. Apply power to the wheel motor and ensure that the

wheel rotates freely without interference.

LINK BELT REPLACEMENT

Before performing service or maintenance operations on

unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock

could cause personal injury.

1. Confirm the model number on the replacement belt kit

matches the model number on the energy recovery

cassette label.

2. Remove any remnant of old belt from cassette.

3. At location near pulley, attach the hook end of belt to

wheel rim with tape, making sure that nmrow side of "V"

belt is positioned against rim and link is covered by the

tape (see Fig. 96).

4. Rotate the wheel clockwise while feeding belt onto wheel

rim (be caleful not to twist belt) until taped end returns to

pulley location. Remove tape from wheel.

5. Link belt ends together with belt wrapped mound wheel

(Fig. 97).

6. Rotate wheel clockwise to position connector approxi-

mately 180 degrees fi_m pulley location.

7. At pulley location, insert the right angle belt retaining clip

ne_u spoke and between segment retainer latch and wheel

rim as shown in Fig. 98.

IMPORTANT: To avoid release of segment retainer

latch, do not insert retaining clip on other side of spoke.

8. Rotate wheel counterclockwise until belt retaining clip is

within a few inches of the wheel bearing beam (see

Fig. 99).

9. Lit) and remove the belt from the wheel rim between a

point opposite the pulley and belt retaining clip and

stretch over pulley (see Fig. 100).

10. Rotate wheel clockwise until the belt is fully stretched

onto pulley and wheel rim.

11. Remove belt retaining clip and rotate wheel by hand two

rotations while observing that belt is not twisted as it

enters pulley. Also ensure that belt is tracking midway

between outer edge of rim and seal plate, or in belt guide

channel where provided.

12. Apply power to cassette and observe belt tracking under

power.

OTHER MAINTENANCE

Wheel Drive Motor Bearings gue pro-lubricated and no further

lubrication is necessary.

The Wheel Drive Pulley is secured to the &ive motor shaft by

a combination of either a key or D-slot gradset screw, The set

screw is secured with removable locktite to prevent loosening.

Annually confirm that the set screw is secure,

The Wheel Drive Belt is a umthane stretch belt designed to

provide constant tension through the life of the belt. No adjust-

ment is required. Inspect the drive belt annu_flly for proper

tracking and tension. A properly tensioned belt will turn the

wheel immediately after power is applied with no visible

slippage during start-up.

Fig. 96 -- Belt Attached to Wheel Rim

Fig. 97- Belts Linked Together

SEGMENT RETAINER

LATCH

BELT RETAINING

CLIP

Fig. 98 -- Detail of Belt Retailing Clip

and Segment Retained Latch

Cleaning Unit Interior/Exterior -- Unit interior/exterior

panels should be wiped down using a dmnp soft cloth or sponge

with a mixture of waml water and a mild detergent. Avoid using

an abrasive cleanel; as &tmage to the paint could occur resulting

in rest and con'osion. Chemicals such as paint thinners can daln-

age the ptfinted panels and should be avoided.

Avoid washing unit electrical devices such as motors, start-

ers, electric heater control boxes, damper/valve actuators,

sensors, switches, relays, etc. as serious pel_onal injury or

&tmage to the device could result.

Fig. 99 -- Detail of Belt Retaining Clip Location

Fig. 100 -- Belt Removal

Coil Cleaning --Chilled water, hot water, steam, and

direct expansion coils must be cleaned regularly to m;fintain

peak performance. Dirty coils can contribute to loss of cooling

or heating capacity and efficiency, increased operating costs,

and compressor problems on direct expansion systems. Dirt,

grease, and other oils can also reduce the wettability of the coil

surfaces, which can result in moisture blow-off from cooling

coils and resulting water leakage problems. If the grime on the

surface of the coils becomes wet, which commonly occurs with

cooling coils, microbial growth (mold) can result, causing foul

odors trod health related indoor air quality problems.

Coils can become dirty over a period of time, especi;dly if

air filter maintenance is neglected. Coils should be inspected

regularly and cleaned when necessm-y. If coil fins become dirty.

pressure clean with hot water and detergent or a commercial

coil cleanel: Ensure to rinse coils thoroughly after cleaning

with chemical cleaners.

Follow all directions provided with the chemical cleaners to

avoid personal inju U, inju Uto others, and/or coil damage.

Chemical coil cleaners may contain corrosive or harmfiJl

agents.

1. Disconnect all electrical power to the ;fir-handling unit,

including any separate power supplies for unit mounted

controls (actuatol_, sensors, etc .... ).

2. Wear the appropriate protective clothing (eyewear.

gloves, etc....).

3. Ensure there is sufficient access to the coil.

4. Use a vacuum with a soft tip brush to remove any dust

and loose debris from both sides of the coil.

5. Clean the leaving airside of the coil first, then the entering

ail_ide, starting fi_)m the top of the coil and working

downwmd. Apply a mild non-fomning commercial coil

cleaner or detergent using a gmden type sprayel: Rinse coil

gently with clean wm'm water, avoiding high-pressure

sprays, which can cause dmnage to coil fins. Use a block-

off plate to prevent the water or chemical cleaner from

blowing through the coil and into a clean, @ section of

the unit. Confirm that the condensate diain line is fiee of

debris during and following the coil cleaning process.

Excess water from cleaning may result in flooding the unit

as well as causing &Lmage to the building if diain is

plugged. If coil section does not have a divin pan, it is

recommended that the coil be removed prior to cleaning.

6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 as necessary.

7. Allow the coil to dry thoroughly before placing the

system back into operation. A clean @ cloth may be

used to wipe down the interior panels before placing the

unit in operation.

8. Straighten any coil fins that may have been bent or dam-

aged during the cleaning process with a fin rake.

9. Replace all panels and parts that may have been removed

prior to cleaning and restore electrical power to the unit.

10. Use caution to assure that no contaminated materials con-

tact other meas of the unit or building. Properly dispose of

any polluted materi_ds and cleaning fluids.

Winter Shutdown -- It is recommended that auxilim'y

drain piping be added to coil piping if yearly winterizing of

coils is anticipated. This auxiliary piping should be located at

the highest and lowest point on the respective header connec-

tion for each coil.

ANTIFREEZE METHODS OF COIL PROTECTION

1. Close coil water supply and return valves.

2. Drain coil as follows:

Method I -- 'Break' flange of coupling at each header

location. Sepm'ate flange or coupling connection to facili-

tate coil di'aining.

Method II-- Open both v;dves to auxiliary drain piping.

3. After coil is di'ained, Method I, connect line with a

service valve and union from upper nozzle to an

antifreeze reservoir Connect a self-priming reversible

pump between the low header connection and the

reservoil: Method fl, make connection to auxilimy di'ain

valves.

4. Fill reservoir with any inhibited antifreeze acceptable to

code and undelwriter authority.

5. Open service valve and cimulate solution for 15 minutes;

then check its strength.

6. If solution is too weak, add more antifreeze until desired

strength is reached, then circulate solution through coil

for 15 minutes or until concentration is satisfactory.

7. Remove upper line from reservoir to reversible pump.

Drain coil to reservoir and then close service valve.

8. Break union and remove reservoir and its lines.

9. Leave coil flanges or coupling open and auxiliary diain

valves open until spring.

AIR-DRYING METHOD OF COIL PROTECTION (Unit

and coil must be level for this method.)

1. Close coil water supply and return main valves.

2. Drain coil as described in procedures for Antifreeze

Methods of Coil Protection, preceding.

3. Connect air supply or air blower to inlet header connec-

tion and close its drain connection.

4. Circulateairandcheckforair-drynessbyholdingmirror

in front of open vent in outlet header drain connection.

Min_or will fog if water is still present.

5. Allow coil to stand for a few minutes; repeat Step 4 until

coil is dry.

Coil Removal

NOTE: To reinstall coils, refer to Coil Installation section on

page 59.

REMOVAL OF SINGLE HEIGHT COILS (sizes 03-

36) -- The coils in horizontal coil sections may be removed

from the top of the unit or either end. Once the extern_fl panels

are removed from the unit, the horizontal upper coil section

frame members are easily removable from the frmnework, to

allow hoisting the coil up and out of the unit.

NOTE: Refer to Table 13 (DUCoil Weights) in the fi_ont of

this manual before attempting to remove a coil from the unit.

1. Lock open and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor

and electric heaters if present.

2. Identify the unit service panel latches and disengage them

(1/4 turn) with a 5/l_-in. or 8-ram hex wrench. Remove

service panel/coil connection panel and the upstremn

service panel and set aside in a safe place.

3. a. On horizontal coil sections without another unit

section stacked on top, remove the flat corner plug

from each end piece of the top rail.

b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the

exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with

others; they are specific for this location. Set

screws aside for reinstallation of top rail.)

c. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree

angle. Set top rail aside.

IMPORTANT: Properly support the coil to assure its

stability before continuing with this procedure.

4. Remove the fastening screws fiom the upstremn perime-

ter face of the coil that attach the coil to the coil baffles.

This may require reaching through an opened &lmper

assembly, reaching through a filter track after filters are

removed, or removing a coil immediately upstream.

Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection

nipples, as irrepgu'able damage might occur that is NOT

covered by wammty. Protect the finned surface fi'om

&image during all handling and shipping.

5. Slip the foam sealing sleeves off the connection nipples

before removing the coil and set the sleeves aside.

6. The coil may now be hoisted out through the top opening

or carefully slid out either side of the cabinet. Sections

where the top frame rail cannot be removed may require

slightly tipping of the coil from the vertical position, to

cle_u the upper frame rail and seal.

REMOVAL OF STACKED COILS (sizes 40, 50 and

61 )- The coils in horizontal coil sections may be removed

from the top of the unit or either end. Once the external panels

are removed from the unit, the horizontal upper coil section

fiame members are easily removable fiom the fialnework, to

allow hoisting the coil up and out of the unit.

1. Lock open, and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor

and electric heaters if present.

2. a. Identify the unit service panel latches and disen-

gage them (114turn) with a 5/ls-in. or 8-mm hex

wrench.

b. Remove service panel/coil connection panel and

the upstream service panel and set aside in a safe

place.

c. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree

angle. Set top rail aside.

3. a. On horizontal coil sections without another unit

section stacked on top, remove the flat corner plug

from each end piece of the top rail.

b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the

exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with

others; they are specific for this location. Set

screws aside for reinstallation of top rail.)

c. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree

angle. Set top rail aside.

IMPORTANT: Properly support the coil to assure its staNDity before continuing with this procedure.

4. Remove the fastening screws of the uppermost coil from

the upstream side. Note that the fastening screws pass

through the vertical angle, baffles, and coil casing. See

Fig 101. Removal of the fastening screws may require

reaching through an opened &tmper assembly, reaching

through a filter track after filters are removed, or remov-

ing a coil immediately upstream.

Do not handle the coil by the headel.s or connection nip-

ples, as ineparable damage might occur that is NOT cov-

ered by warranty. Protect the finned surface from damage

during all handling and shipping.

5. Slip the foam sealing sleeves off the connection nipples

before removing the coil and set the sleeves aside.

6. The upper coil may now be hoisted out through the top

opening, or cguefully slid out either side of the cabinet.

Sections where the top frame nfil cannot be removed may

require slightly tipping of the coil fiom the vertical posi-

tion, to cle_u the upper frmne rail and se_d.

7. On the upstream side of the stacked coils, remove and

set aside the center baffle spanning the two coils (see

Fig. 101).

8. For sections that do not have a drain pan (heating only

sections), remove the three hat channel spacer supports

fastened to the top of the lower coil, and set aside.

9. For sections that do have a drain pan, remove the two hat

channel spacer supports from the bottom of the coil sec-

tion and set aside.

10. Remove the intemlediate condensate &ain pan.

11. Remove the spacer (hat channel) secured to the top center

of the lower coil casing (see Fig. 102) and set aside.

12. Remove the fastening screws of the lowermost coil from

the upstream side. Note that the fastening screws pass

through the vertical angle, baffles, and coil casing. See

Fig. 101. Removal of the fastening screws may require

reaching through an opened &tmper assembly, reaching

through a filter track after filters are removed, or remov-

ing a coil immediately upstream.

Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection nip-

ples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT cov-

ered by warranty. Protect the finned surface from damage

during all handling and shipping.

13. Slip the foam sealing sleeves off the connection nipples

before removing the coil and set the sleeves aside.

BAFFLE

BAFFLE, HEADER_ _- COIL FRAMES

CHANNEL, HAT_

PAN, CONDENSATE ......

CENTERED WITHIN SECTION

BAFFLE, HARPIN

ANGLE

BOTH SIDES

IMPORTANT: ADHESIVE GASKET MUST BE

APPLIED TO THE FULL LENGTH OF THE

BOTTOM BAFFLE MATING FLANGE TO

CREATE SEAL BETWEEN THE COIL SIDE

CASING AND THE BAFFLE. SEE

ILLUSTRATION BELOW,

BOTTOM

APPLY FLUSH TO THIS EDGE ........

GASKET, ADHESIVE .....

_OM BAFFLE

Fig. 101 -- Apply Gasket

14.

15.

Tile lower coil may now be hoisted out through the top

opening, or carefully slid out either side of the cabinet.

Inspect the adhesive backed gasket applied to the lower

baftle, spanning the entire unit, on the surface that

contacts the coil (see Fig. 101). If &imaged, remove the

remainder of the old gasket and replace.

Changing Coil Hand

NOTE: Electric heat coil hand cannot be changed.

NOTE: The coil cover panel is not pm't of the coil. Remove

cover panel fiom end of unit. New holes must be cut in coil

cover panel. Original holes must be plugged and insulated.

New side panels may be necessaly when changing coil hand.

NUFIN COILS -- The NuFin coil is airflow direction sensi-

tive, especially when used in dehumidifying applications.

Hy&onic versions are counterflow circuited for full gravity

draining when installed level.

Correct installation will result in file typical bottom inlet on

leaving air face _md top outlet on entering air face of coil, a

self-venting design. This will ensure cold air contact with cold

water, and warm air with hot watec

Coil repositioning for opposite hand application will com-

promise one or more of these characteristics. Howevek there

will be those situations where this may prove acceptable.

CHANNEL,

As a general rule, a change from counterflow circuiting to

parallel flow for sensible heating and cooling applications will

result in a 5% drop in net capacity per row of coil. In one and

two row heating coils, the actual drop may not be measurable,

thus of insignificant consequence.

It is important that the airflow direction of the NuFin coil be

adhered to when latent cooling is possible. Significant moisture

carryover fiom the face of the dehumidifying coil will result if

this rule is violated, even at very low face velocities. The stone

result is often experienced if after-mmket tin coatings are

applied.

Ira NuFin hydionic coil is installed with correct airflow, but

opposite piping hand, and counterflow is maintained, steps

must be taken to ensure that the coil is continuously vented,

and that the water velocity is maintained to prevent the coil

from air-binding.

Hot or cold areas of file coil face (or otherwise broad tem-

perature differences and stratification) me usually indications

that one or more circuits are air-locked internally. This can

result in coil freeze-up (a condition NOT covered by warranty).

Refiigemnt coils may be rotated for opposite hand applica-

tions, maintaining the proper airflow direction.

Do not reposition the distributor(s), they will perform equal-

ly well in upflow or downflow positions. When soldering

expansion valves to up-feed distributors, use the minimum

satisfactoly amount of solder to prevent dmnaging the valve or

plugging passages.

DIRECT EXPANSION COILS -- Rotate the coil in vertical

plane and reinstall. Distributor must be on downstremn side of

coil. (Refer to Fig. 103).

CHILLED WATER AND HOT WATER COILS -- These coils

can be rotated. If coil is rotated in vertical plane and reinstalled

with countertlow maintained, supply will be at the top of file coil

and return will be at the bottom. Ensure coil is continuously

vented and water velocity is maintained to prevent air binding.

Fig. 102 -- Secure Spacer

Chilled and hot water coils must not be rotated horizon-

t_dly. If coils are rotated horizontally, severe water blow-off

will result.

STEAM INNER DISTRIBUTING TUBE COILS -- Rotate

in horizontal plane and reinstall. See Fig. 103.

PIPING- Direct expansion, chilled watel; and hot water

coils should always be piped for counterflow. (Fluid should

enter the coil at the leaving-air side.) Steam coils must have the

condensate connection at bottom of coil.

To determine intervals for cleaning coils in contaminated air

operations, pressure taps should be inst_flled across the coils

and checked periodically. Abnormal air pressme diop will indi-

cate a need for cleaning the coils.

Annual maintenance should include:

1. Clean file line strainers.

2. Blow down the dirt leg.

3. Clean and check operation of steam traps.

4. Check operation of control v_dves.

5. Check the operation of check v_flves to prevent conden-

sate flowback.

6. Check operation of thermostatic air vents, if used. A float

and thermostatic trap will contain a thermostatic air vent.

When the bellows is raptured, it will fail closed.

7. Check operation of vacuum bre',_ers.

8. Check operation of the thermal protection devices used

for freeze-up protection.

9. Stemn or condensate should not be allowed to remain in

the coil during the off season.This will prevent the forma-

tion and build up of acids.

There me additional precautions and control strategies, as

found in various catalogues and in the ASHRAE Fundamentals

Handbook and in the Carrier System Design Guide -- Piping

Section, when the entering-;dr temperature to the coil falls be-

low 35 E These conditions occur when IDT coils me used for

pre-heat and/or face and bypass applications.

Freeze up protection:

1. Use a strainer in the supply line and the dirt leg ahead of

the trap.

2. Use a vacuum breaker in the return.

Fig. 103 -- Coil Rotation

3. Do not use overhead returns from the coil. A floodback

can occuE

4. An immersion themlostat to control outdoor-air dampers

and the fan motor is lecommended. This control is acti-

vated when the steam supply fails or the condensate

temperature drops below a predetermined temperature,

usu_dly 120 E

5. On low pressme and vacuum systems, the immersion

thermostat may be replaced by a condensate drain with a

thermal element. This element opens and drains the coil

when the condensate temperature &ops below 165 E

Note the thermal condensate drtdn is limited to 5 psig

pressure. At greater coil plessures they will not open.

In spite of the precautions listed above, a coil may still

fieeze up. An ovel.size capacity coil, at partial load, with a

modulating stealn control valve will occasionally freeze.

Freezing occurs in the 20 F to 35 F range of entering-air

temperatures. A better installation would be an undersize coil,

with an on/off control wtlve with thermostatic control in the

outside all: set at 35 F air temperature, installed downstream of

the fil.st coil; or setting the minimum stemn pressure at 5 psig.

Filters -- See Table 29 for filter data for flat filter section,

angle filter section, bag-cmtridge filter section, and filter mix-

ing box section. Filters are field supplied.

Air filtel.s should be inspected regularly and changed when

dirty. Filter life can vmy greatly from one unit to anothel: de-

pending upon the application and the mnount of contaminants

in the leturn and ventilation air entering the air handlel: Each

job should be evaluated and maintenance schedules established

accordingly. At a minimum, the filters should be changed at the

beginning of the cooling and heating seasons.

Although not a dilect part of the air handler, outdoor air inlet

screens and/or grilles that may be present should _dso be

checked regularly and cleaned as necessmy. They can easily

become plugged with debris, grease, or other contaminants,

depending upon their location.This reduces the availability of

ventilation air. which can contribute to indoor air quality

problems.

All filter sections use adjustable blank-off plates to close off

any airway area not filled with filter media. Check blank-off

plates to plevent unfiltered air from bypassing the filtel_.

Blank-off plates must be on door side of unit.

BAG-CARTRIDGE FILTERS -- Side loading bag-cartridge

filter section can use either bag or rigid filters, 6-in. to 30-in.

deep, with 7/s-in. headel: They will not accept headerless rigid

filters.

Face loading bag-c_utridge filter sections can use either bag

or rigid filters and tue loaded fi_)m the front of the section.

These sections use Purolator holding frames located at the

downstream edge of the filter section for prefilters and bag/

cartridge filters. Cartridge filtel.s without headers can extend

upstream of the holding frame by 24 inches. Cartridge and bag

filters with 7/u-in. header extend downstream of the filter

section with filter length limited only by the length of the

plenum following the filter section. Filter elements are retained

in fralnes by wire fastener clips. To replace filter elements,

remove clips, insert elements with bag or cartridge downstream

and reinstall clips. See Fig. 104.

See Fig. 105 for typical track for bag-cartridge filter section

used on di'aw-thru unit.

IN-TRACK BAFFLES- Filter sections are shipped with

adjustable in-track baftles. When installed properly as shown

in Fig. 106, the baffles close off empty space in the track pre-

venting air from bypassing the filtel.s. Remove the baffles to

install filter elements, and leplace the adjustable baffles aller

the filters tue in place. The adjustable baffles should be spread

ftu enough apart to ensure slight compression in the foam

gasket when closing the section door.

FLATANDANGLEFILTERS-- Flatfilterandanglefilter

sectionsaccommo&tte2-in.or4-in.thickfiilters.Thesectionas

shippedaccepts2-in.filters.Removeanglespacerineachtrack

toprovidethespacerequiredtoaccommodate4-in.filters.

HEPAFILTERS-ThePuro-Frame,HEPAholdingflame

will accommodate12-in.deepfiltel_.HEPAfiltersections

usedin blow-flnuapplicationsareloadedfiomthefiont,

GASKET'_,._ •

[

4¢

FILTER

RETAINING

CLIPS

Fig. 104 -- Puro-Frame Holding Frame and

Filter Retaining Clips

through the access door or removable panel. The HEPA filters

are retained in the fralne with retaining brackets. RTV sealant

should be used to seal between the filter frame and the filter

media's neoprene gasket to ensure a leaktight installation.

Refer to Fig. 107 for details. Downstream edge of fralne to

fiame and fi:tme to baffle shall be sealed with RTV sealant.

Filter arrangements are shown in Fig. 108-112.

3/4" x 3/4"

FOAM GASKET

FILTER

ADJUSTABLEIN-TRACK

BAFFLE /

# 4;, -

Fig. 106 -- In-Track Baffle for Flat, Angle and

Sideloading Bag/Cartridge Filter Sections

Fig. 105 -- Track for Draw-Thru Bag Cartridge

Filter Section

12.625"

[ ...........

24.625"

HEPA

Height I Width I Height I Width

I 124 / "124%"

24" ] 12" ] 24_/8"]12_/_ "

FILTER RETAINING BRACKET

QTY. 4 SUPPLIED WITH EACH FRAME

INSTALL BY LATCHING OVER FRAME

TABS \\\

FRAME TABS

AIR FLOW

;-,' 8,0" -

FILTER HEPA

FRAMER_ FILTER

24" X 24"

RETAINING BRACKET

NOTES:

1. Filter sizes are 5/8-in. smaller than frame sizes.

2. 12-in. x 24-in. frame may be rotated for 24-in. x 12 in. arrangement.

3. Recommended RTV sealant: GE128.

Fig. 107- Puro-Frame, HEPA Holding Frame

Table 29 -- Filter Data

FILTER SIZE I 3gM UNIT SIZE

Fiat Filter Arrangement(2-in. or 4-in.)

03 06 08 10 12 14 17 21 25 30 36 40 50 61

16x20 6 3 ....... 14

16x25 3 .......... 14

20x20 -- 3 6 .......

20x24 .... 8 10 ....

20x25 1 2 -- 3 -- -- -- 6 -- -- 12 13 15 --

Face Area (sq ft) 3.5 6.9 8.3 10.4 13.3 15.0 16.7 20.8 26.7 33.3 41.7 45.1 52.1 70.0

Angle Filter Arrangement(2-in. or4-in.)

03 06 08 10 12 14 17 21 25 30 36 40 50 61

16x20 -- 4 -- 6 ........ 18 21

16x25 2 -- 4 -- -- -- 9 12 12 16 20 20 12 14

20x20 6 2 ........

20x24 -- 4 ........

20x25 ..........

Face Area (sq ft) 5.6 8.9 11.1 13.3 16.7 18.9 25.0 33.3 33.3 44.4 55.6 55.6 73.3 85.6

Filter Mixing Box Arrangement(2-in. or4-in.)

03 06 08 10 12 14 17 21 25 30 36 40 50 61

12x24 -- -- 12 .......

16x20 -- 4 -- 6 ........ 18 24

16x25 2 -- 4 .... 12 12 16 -- 24 12 16

20x20 6 2 ........

20x24 -- 4 ........

20x25 ...... 16 -- -- --

Face Area (sq ft) 5.6 8.9 11.1 13.3 16.7 18.9 24.0 33.3 33.3 44.4 55.5 66.7 73.3 97.8

Short Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement

03 06 08 10 12 14 17 21 25 30 36 40 50 61

12x24 -- 1 -- 1 3 3 3 -- -- -- 4 4 3 7

24x24 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 6 6 8 8 8 12 12

Face Area (sq ft) 4 6 8 10 14 14 18 24 24 32 40 40 54 62

Long Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement

03 06 08 10 12 14 17 21 25 30 36 40 50 61

12x24 -- 1 -- 1 3 3 3 -- -- -- 4 4 3 7

24x24 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 6 6 8 8 8 12 12

Face Area (sq ft) 4 6 8 10 14 14 18 24 24 32 40 40 54 62

Face Load Bag/Cartridge/HEPA Filter Arrangement

03 06 08 10 12 14 17 21 25 30 36 40 50 61

12x24 -- 1 -- 1 2 3 3 -- -- -- 4 4 3 7

24x24 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 6 6 8 8 8 12 12

Face Area (sq ft) 4 6 8 10 12 14 18 24 24 32 40 40 54 62

NOTES: 5.

1. Do not exceed filter manufacturer's velocity limits when select-

ing filters. 6.

2. There are two dedicated filter sections for 2 in. or 4 in. flat filters.

3. Angle filter or filter mixing box sections can be configured to 7.

accept either 2 in. or 4 in. filters.

4. Draw-thru bag/cartridge filter sections accept 2 in. pre-filters.

Filters must be a combination of bag filters in the sizes shown

or 6 in. or 12 in. deep rigid media with 7/8 in. header.

The draw-thru bag/cartridge filter section is designed for side

loading of filter media with a header for a 1 in. slide in track.

The blow-thru bag/cartridge/HEPA filter section is designed for

face loading of filters ONLY (no side loading).

The blow-thru filter section requires filter media with spring

clips, wire brackets, or retainers for use in a Puro-Frame hold-

ing frame.

1125

Unit Size 03

Flat Filter Section

(1) 25x20

20 20

Unit Size 06

Flat Filter Section

(2) 25 x 20

Unit Size 08

Flat Filter Section

(3) 25 x 16

20 20 20

Unit Size 10

Flat Filter Section

(3) 25 x 2O

20 20 20

120 20 20

20 20 20

Unit Size 12 Unit Size 14 Unit Size 17

Flat Filter Section Flat Filter Section Flat Filter Section

(6) 16 x 20 (3) 16 x 20, (3) 20 x 20 (6) 20 x 20

25 25 25 20 20 20 20

Unit Size 21

Flat Filter Section

(6) 20 x 25

20 20 20 20 20

Unit Size 25

Flat Filter Section

(8) 24 x 20

25 25 25 25

Unit Size 30

Flat Filter Section

(10) 24 x 20

Unit Size 36

Flat Filter Section

(12) 20 x 25

Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.

Fig. 108 -- Flat Filter Arrangement -- 2-in. or 4-in.

25 25 25 25

2O 2O

Unit Size 40

Flat Filter Section

(8) 20 x 25, (5) 25 x 20

20 20 20

20 20 20 20 20

Unit Size 50

Flat Filter Section

(15) 25 x 20

16 16 16 16 16 16 16

Unit Size 61

Flat Filter Section

(14) 20 x 16, (14) 25 x 16

Fig. 108 -- Flat Filter Arrangement -- 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)

25 20 20

I 16

Unit Size 03 Unit Size 06

Angle Filter Section Angle Filter Section

(2) 16 x 25 (4) 16 x 20

20 20 20

Unit Size 12

Angle Filter Section

(6) 20 x 2O

25 25

16 16

Unit Size 14

Angle Filter Section

(4) 20 x 24, (2) 20 x 20

Unit Size 08

Angle Filter Section

(4) 16 x 25

24 24 20

25 25 25

Unit Size 21

Angle Filter Section

(12) 16 x 25

25 25 25 25

25 25

20 20 20

Unit Size 10

Angle Filter Section

(6) 16 x 20

25 25 25

Unit Size 17

Angle Filter Section

(9) 16 x 25

Unit Size 25

Angle Filter Section

(12) 16 x 25

25 25 25 25

16 16

Unit Size 30

Angle Filter Section

(16) 16 x 25

Unit Size 36 and 40

Shaded area represents filter section blankoff. Angle Filter Section

(20) 16 x 25

Fig. 109 -- Angle Filter Arrangement -- 2-in. or 4-in.

1O0

25 25 20 20 20

Unit Size 50

Angle Filter Section

(12) 16 x 25, (18) 16 x 20

25 25 20 20 20

Unit Size 61

Angle Filter Section

(14) 16 x 25, (21) 16 x 20

Fig. 109 -- Angle Filter Arrangement -- 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)

101

I 11

Unit Size 03

Filter Mixing Box Section

(2) 16 x 25

20 20

Unit Size 06

Filter Mixing Box Section

(4) 16 x 20

20 20 20

I2O

UnitSize12

Filter Mixing Box Section

(6) 20 x 2O

24 24 24

Unit Size 17

Filter Mixing Box Section

(12) 12 x 24

25 25

20 20 20

Unit Size 08

Filter Mixing Box Section

(4) 16 x 25

Unit Size 10

Filter Mixing Box Section

(6) 16x20

24 24 20

Unit Size 14

Filter Mixing Box Section

(4) 20 x 24, (2) 20 x 20

25 25 25

Unit Size 21

Filter Mixing Box Section

(12) 16 x 25

25 25 25 25 25 25 25

Unit Size 25 Unit Size 30

Filter Mixing Box Section Filter Mixing Box Section

(12) 16 x25 (16) 16 x25

Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.

Fig. 110 -- Filter Mixing Box Arrangement -- 2-in. or 4-in.

102

25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

2O 16

Unit Size 36

Filter Mixing Box Section

(16) 20 x 25

25 25 20 20

Unit Size 40

Filter Mixing Box Section

(24) 16 x 25

25 25 20 20

Unit Size 50

Filter Mixing Box Section

(12) 16 x 25, (18) 16 x 20

Unit Size 61

Filter Mixing Box Section

(16) 16 x 25, (24) 16 x 20

Fig. 110 -- Filter Mixing Box Arrangement- 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)

103

Unit Size 03

Bag/Cartridge

Pre-filter Section

(1)24 x 24

24 12

Unit Size 06

Bag/Cartridge

Pre-filter Section

(1) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12

24 24

Unit Size 08

Bag/Cartridge

Pre-filter Section

(2) 24 x 24

Unit Size 10

Bag/Cartridge

Pre-filter Section

(2) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12

24 12

Unit Size 12

Bag/Cartridge

Pre-filter Section

(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24

I12

Unit Size 14

Bag/Cartridge

Pre-filter Section

(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24

24 24

1[ 12

24 24 24 24 24 24

Unit Size 17

Bag/Cartridge

Pre-filter Section

(3) 12 x 24, (3) 24 x 24

Unit Size 21

Bag/Cartridge

Pre-filter Section

(6) 24 x 24

24 24 24 24 24 24 24

Unit Size 25

Bag/Cartridge

Pre-filter Section

(6) 24 x 24

Unit Size 30

Bag/Cartridge

Pre-filter Section

(8) 24 x 24

Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.

Fig. 111 --Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement

104

24 24 24 24

Unit Size 36 and 40

Bag/Cartridge Pre-filter Section

(4) 12 x 24, (8) 24 x 24

24 24 24 24 12

Unit Size 50

Bag/Cartridge Pre-filter Section

(12) 24 x 24, (3) 24 x 12

SUPPORT

BAFFLE_

12 24 24 24 24

Unit Size 60

Bag/Cartridge Pre-filter Section

(12) 24 x 24, (7) 24 x 12

Fig. 111 -- Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement (cont)

105

Unit Size 03

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-filter Section

(1) 24 x 24

24 12

Unit Size 06

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-filter Section

(1) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12

24 24

Unit Size 08

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-filter Section

(2) 24 x 24

Unit Size 10

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-filter Section

(2) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12

24 12

24 24

Support_ 12 24 24

Unit Size 12

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-fiiter Section

(2) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24

Unit Size 14

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-filter Section

(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24

24 24 24

Unit Size 17

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-fiiter Section

(3) 12 x 24, (3) 24 x 24

24 24 24

Unit Size 21

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-filter Section

(6) 24 x 24

24 24 24

24 24 24 24

Unit Size 25

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-fiiter Section

(6) 24 x 24

Unit Size 30

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-fiiter Section

(8) 24 x 24

Fig. 112- Face Load Bag/Cartridge/HEPA Filter Arrangement

106

24 24 24 24

Unit Size 36 and 40

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-filter Section

(4) 12 x 24, (8) 24 x 24

24 24 24 24 12

Unit Size 50

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-filter Section

(12) 24 x 24, (3) 24 x 12

SUPPORT

BAFFLE\

24 24 24 24

Unit Size 60

Bag/Cartridge/HEPA

Pre-filter Section

(12) 24 x 24, (7) 24 x 12

Fig. 112 -- Face Load Bag/Cartridge/HEPA Filter Arrangement (cont)

107

Magnehelic Gage Maintenance -- No lubrication or

periodic servicing is required. Keep case exterior and cover

clean. Occasionally disconnect pressure lines to vent both sides

of gage to atmosphere and le-zero.

CALIBRATION CHECK -- Select a second gage or

manometer of known accuracy and in an appropriate range.

Using short lengths of lubber or vinyl tubing, connect the high

pressme side of the Magnehelic gage and the test gage to two

legs of a tee. Very slowly apply pressure through the third leg.

Allow a few seconds for pressure to equalize, fluid to drain,

etc., and compare leadings. If accuracy unacceptable, gage

may be returned to factory for recalibration. To calibrate in the

field, use the following procedure.

7. Loosen bearing setsclews and locking collm, and remove

holddown bolts.

NOTE: To facilitate easy removal of setscrew fastened wheels,

sheaves, or bearings, remove the setscrew completely. Taking

care not to damage threads, insert a flat ended drift or punch,

tap lightly and carefully return the materi_fl displaced on the

shaft by the setscrew to its original place.

8. Remove bearing while observing the following

precautions:

a. Make certain fan shaft surface is not rough or scored.

If so, clean up surface with fine emery cloth.

b. Add a few drops ofoil after cleanup of shaft end.

If bezel binds when installing, lubricate threads sparingly

with light oil or molybdenum disulphide compound.

It should not be necesstuy to drive a new bearing onto

shaft, ff light tapping is needed, do not tap against outer

race.

Attempted field rep_ir may void your warranty. Recalibra-

tion or repair by the user is not recommended.

For best results, return gage to the factory. Ship prepaid to:

Dwyer Instruments, Inc.

Attn: Repair Dept.

102 Indiana Highway 212

Michigan City, IN 46360

Calibration:

1. With gage case, held firmly, loosen bezel, by turning

counterclockwise. To avoid &_mage, canvas strap wrench

or similar tool should be used.

2. Lift out plastic cover and "O" ring.

3. Remove scale sclews and scale assembly. Be ctueful not

to damage pointel:

4. The calibration is changed by moving the clamp. Ix_osen

the clamp screw(s) and move slightly towmd the helix if

gage is reading high; move away if gage is low. Tighten

clmnp sclew and install scale assembly.

5. Place cover and O-ring in position. Make sure the hex shaft

on inside of cover is properly engaged in zero adjust screw.

6. Secure cover in place by screwing bezel tightly. Note that

the alva under the cover is pressurized in operation and

therefore gage will leak if not properly tightened.

7. Zero gage and compare to test instrument. Make further

adjustments as necesstuy.

Fan Shaft Bearing Removal

1. Isolate the unit from the system by closing &unpers to

plevent "pin wheeling." Tie off the fan wheel to prevent

rotation.

2. Ix_ck open and tag electrical disconnect.

3. Enter through fan section access door or lemove panels as

required.

4. Ix_osen motor base to frame bolts. Adjust motor to

release belt tension and remove belts. Do not stwtch bel_

over sheaves. Damage to belts c_m result.

5. Remove bolts on bushing of fan shaft sheave, insert bolts

in jacking hole provided on bushing and slowly jack

bushing fi_m sheave. Remove bushing and sheave.

6. Ix_osen bearing holddown bolts, block shaft up.

9. Check fan shaft diameter at beming mount, ff worn by

more than 0.001-in. below nominal, shaft should be

replaced.

10. [nstall new bearing, tighten holddown bolts, and then

tighten bearing locking collm or setscrews.

11. Make ceflain fan wheel does not rub sides of fan housing

after installing new be_uings.

12. Recoat fan shaft with a rust inhibitor or grease.

13. Replace sheave and belts. Adjust and align as described

in Installation, Sheaves and V-Belts sections.

14. Replace access panels.

15. Restore electrical power

Fan and Shaft Removal -- On airfoil fans, the fan

wheel and shaft may be removed through inlet side of fan

housing. See Fig. 113. On plenum fans, remove side, top, or

end panel opposite inlet, wherever ductwork is not connected.

After removing panel, proceed as follows.

1. Remove drive belts as described in Fan Shaft Beming

Remov;d section above.

2. Block up fan wheel within housing to prevent diopping

when bearing bolts ale removed.

3. Loosen beming holddown bolts, block shaft up.

4. Loosen bearing setscrews and locking collm, and remove

holddown bolts. On forwmd-curved fans, remove cutoff

plate. Remove fan wheel through discharge opening.

NOTE: To facilitate easy removal of setscrew fastened wheels,

sheaves or bearings, remove the setscrew completely. Taking

care not to &_mage threads, insert a flat ended drift or punch,

tap lightly and carefully return the materi;d displaced on the

shaft by the setscrew to its original place.

5. Remove bearing support channels and inlet ring fiom one

side.

6. Remove fan shaft and fan wheel fi'om unit.

7. Remove fan shaft fi'om fan wheel.

8. Replace shaft and wheel into fan in the reverse order of

their removal.

9. Inspect bearings and if sel-¢iceable, replace on shall.

10. For airfoil and forward-curved fans, align fan wheel and

shaft assembly in fan scroll. Check cutoff location if

wheel failure damaged cutoff pkite. For plenum fan, align

wheel and shaft assembly per manufacturer's directions

supplied with fan.

108

Fig. 113 -- Fan Shaft and Bearing Removal

11. Tighten bearing holddown bolts, beating setscrews, and

shaft setscrews.

12. Field balancing of shaft and wheel is recommended.

IMPORTANT: Replacement shafts must have a diam-

eter tolerance at bearing mount of +.0000 in./-.001 in.

nominal. Carrier specified parts are recommended.

Motor Location -- The motor and motor base must be

moved to place the motor at the front or re;u of unit. The proper

location is the one that results in the longest &ive centerline

distance. The motor may need to be replaced since the conduit

box may need to be reversed: Tile conduit box (if not on top)

should always be under the fan shaft for maximum centerline

distance and motor adjustment.

INTERNALLY ISOLATED UNIT -- When fan discharge is

altered the motor is moved, then all isolators must be readjust-

ed to assure proper unit isolation.

Rebalancing of the unit is recommended.

Lubrication

MOTORS -- Lubricate in accor&mce with nameplate

attached to motor or with manufacturer's recommendations

included with motol:

BEARINGS

Fan Bearings -- Lubricate fan bearings every 3 months with

suitable betuing grease. Typic_d lubricants are given in

Table 30.

Porous Bronze Bearings -- These bearings are oil impregna-

ed. Annually lubricate with a few drops of non-detergent

SAE 20 oil.

Table 30 -- Lubrication Guide

GREASE RECOMMENDED

INTERVAL LUBRICANT

OPERATING

CONDITIONS

Clean

Dirty

BEARING

TEMPERATURES

(F)

32 to 120

120 to 150

150 to 200

32 to 150

6 to 10 months

1to 3 months

1 to 4 weeks

Shell Alvanina #2

Texaco Multifak #2

Mobil Mobilus #2

Motor and Drive Package Data -- Tables 2A-2D

give motor &_ta for forward-curved, airfoil, and plenum fans.

Variable Frequency Drive -- If installed in an appro-

priate environment, the VFD requires very little maintenance.

Table 31 lists the routine maintenance intervals recommended

by Carrier

Table 31 -- Maintenance Intervals

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

Heat sink temperature check and Every 12 months (more often

if operating in a dusty envi-

cleaning ronment)

Main cooling fan replacement Every five years

Capacitor change (frame size R5 Every ten years

and R6)

HVAC Control panel battery change Every ten years

HEAT SINK -- The heat sink fins accumulate dust from the

cooling air. Since a dusty heat sink is less efficient at cooling

file drive, over temperature faults become more likely. In a nor-

mal environment check the heat sink annually, in a dusty

environment check more often.

Check the heat sink as follows (when necessary):

1. Remove power from drive.

2. Remove the cooling fan.

3. Blow clean compressed air (not humid) fiom bottom to

top and simultaneously use a vacuum cleaner at the air

outlet to trap the dust. If there is a risk of the dust entering

adjoining equipment, perform the cleaning in another

room.

4. Replace file cooling fan.

5. Restore powel:

MAIN FAN REPLACEMENT- Tile main cooling fan of

the VFD has a life span of about 60,000 operating hours at

maximum rated operating temperature and drive load. The

expected life span doubles for each 18 F drop in the fan

temperature (fan temperature is a function of ambient tempera-

turns and drive loads).

Fan failure can be predicted by the increasing noise from

fan bearings and the gradual rise in the heat sink temperature in

spite of heat sink cleaning, ff file drive is operated in a critical

part of a process, fan replacement is recommended once these

symptoms start appearing. Replacement fans are avtdlable

from C_u'riec

To replace the main fan for frame sizes RI through R4, per-

form the following (see Fig. 114):

1. Remove power from drive.

2. Remove drive covel:

3. For frame sizes RI and R2, press together the retaining

clips on the fan cover and lift. For frame sizes R3 and R4,

press in on the lever located on the left side of the fan

mount, and rotate the fan up and out.

4. Disconnect the fan cable.

5. Install file new fan by reversing Steps 2 to 4.

6. Restore powel:

To replace the main fan for frmne sizes R5 and R6, perform

file following (see Fig. 115):

1. Remove power from drive.

2. Remove the screws attaching file fan.

3. Disconnect the fan cable.

4. Install the fan in reveLse ordec

5. Restore powel:

CONTROL PANEL CLEANING- Use a soft damp cloth

to clean the control panel. Avoid harsh cleaners which could

scratch the display window.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT -- A batlery is only used in

assistant control panels that have the clock limction available

and enabled. The battery keeps the clock operating in memory

during power interruptions. Tile expected life for the battery is

greater than ten yeaLs. To remove the battery, use a coin to

rotate the battery holder on the back of file control panel.

Replace the battery with type CR2032.

109

Fig. 114- Main Fan Replacement

(Frame Sizes R1 - R4)

BOTTOM VIEW (R5)

BOTTOM VIEW (R6)

Fig. 115- Main Fan Replacement

(Frame Sizes R5 and R6)

TROUBLESHOOTING

Steam Coil Performance Problems -- Coil capac-

ity is nommlly not a probleln with stemn coils. Low capacity

can result from blocked or plugged air side surface, an tfir

bound coil, or a coil which is filled with condensate because of

a non-functioning steam trap. The CtuTier steam coils with the

1-in. OD outer tube have at least twice the condensate loading

capacity of a coil with 5/8-in. OD outer tubes.

Water hammer can &image the coil and cause leaks. It is

typically caused by improper piping of the stemn supply,

allowing condensate to enter the coil with the steam supply; or

by accumulation of condensate in the coil which can occur

with the coils operating tit partkd load without a vacuum break-

ing device.

Problems with temperature control can occur when a ther-

mostatic controller or stemn control valve is not functioning

properly. Temperature control problems will also occur when

the steam controls valve is oversized. Consider 1/3 to 2/3 Valve

arrangements for full range control.

Problems with "water logging" of the condensate tubes can

occur when a coil with over 6 foot tubes is selected tit high air

velocities, low steam pressures (below 5 psig) and high density

fin spacing (9 fins per inch or more). This high density fin

spacing, while producing high levels of heating capacity, also

promotes excessive condensate. Given the length of the

tubes and the low steam supply pressure, condensate can build

up faster than the drain system can cmry it away. Consider-

ations should be given for using two coils in series for this

application.

Steam Failure Modes -- The following failure modes

could take as little as a weekend to &image a coil, or much

longel:

Problems occur quickly in coils using low pressure steam

(<3 psig). Water hammer can develop inside the coil at the

header end because the steam has already condensed and the

low steam pressure does not adequately cletu it from the coil.

This condensate re-boils and starts up water hammer inside the

tubes. The action of this type of water hammeL which sounds

like crackling inside the coil, is many tiny bubbles impinging

on the inner and outer tubes. One result is the inner tube gets

work htudened and eventually shatters. Another result is the

eventual erosion of the outer tube causing pinhole leaks.

Coils which are not properly vented will eventually load up

wifll noncondensable gases. Coil performance (temperature

rise) drops off as file noncondensables act as insulation inside

the tubes.

The coils may also fill with condensate. The collapsing

steam causes a vacuum inside the coil when the supply valve

closes. The trapped condensate will then freeze causing the

tubes to rupture after it melts. The use of a vacuum breaker tit

the condensate discharge will aid in relieving the vacuum in the

coil and promote condensate drainage.

Refer to Tables 32-34 for 39M troubleshooting information.

Disconnect power and allow all rotating equipment to stop

before selwicing unit. Physically secure all fans before

performing unit service. Failure to do so may result in

serious personal injury or death.

Water coil performance (when piped in ptuallel flow), will

be reduced by approximately 5% for each coil row on coils

2 rows deep and deepo: Coils should always be piped with the

water inlet on the leaving air side of the coil, regardless of

water connection vertical position.

VFD Diagnostics- The &'ive detects enor situations

and reports them using:

• the green and red LEDs on the body of the drive (located

under the keypad)

• the status LED on the control panel

• the control panel display

• The Fault W\_rd and Alarm Word parameters bits

(parameters 0305 to 0309)

The form of the display depends on the severity of the errol:

The user can specify the severity for maW enors by directing

the drive to ignore the enor situation, report the situation as an

alarm, or report the situation as a fault.

llO

FAULTS (RED LED LIT)- The VFD signals that it has

detected a severe errok or fault, by:

• enabling the red LED on the drive (LED is either steady

or flashing)

• setting an appropriate bit in a Fault Word parameter

(0305 to 0307)

• overriding the control panel display with the display of a

fault code

• stopping the motor (if it was on)

• sets an appropriate bit in Fault Word parameter 0305 to

0307

The fault code on the control panel display is tempormy.

Pressing the MENU, ENTER, UP button or DOWN buttons

removes the fault message. The message reappefu's after a few

seconds if the control panel is not touched and the fault is still

active.

ALARMS (GREEN LED FLASHING)-- For less severe

errors, called akums, the diagnostic display is advisory. For

these situations, the drive is simply reporting that it had detect-

ed something unusual. In these situations, the drive:

• flashes the green LED on the drive (does not apply to

alarms that arise from control panel operation errors)

• sets an appropriate bit in an Alarm Word parameters

(0308 or 0309)

• overrides the control panel display with the display of an

alarm code and/or name

Alarm messages disappear from the control panel display

after a few seconds. The message returns periodically as long

as the alarm condition exists.

CORRECTING FAULTS -- The recommended corrective

fiction for faults is shown in the Fault Listing Table 35. The

VFD can also be reset to remove the fault. If fin external source

for a stmt command is selected find is active, the VFD may

start immediately after fault reset.

To reset a fault indicated by a flashing red LED, turn off the

power for 5 minutes. To reset a fault indicated by a red LED

(not flashing), press RESET from the control panel or turn off

the power for 5 minutes. Depending on the value of parameter

1604 (FAULT RESET SELECT), digital input or serial com-

munication could also be used to reset the diive. When the fault

has been corrected, the motor can be started.

HISTORY- For reference, the last throe fault codes am

stored into pmameters 0401, 0412, 0413. For the most recent

fault (identified by parameter 0401), the drive stores additional

&tta (in parameters 0402 through 0411) to aid in troubleshoot-

ing a problem. For example, a pfuameter 0404 stores the motor

speed fit the time of the fault. To clem" the fault history (all of

Group 04, Fault History parmneters), follow these steps:

1. In the control panel, Parameters mode, select parameter

0401.

2. Press EDIT.

3. Press the UP find DOWN button simultaneously.

4. Press SAVE.

CORRECTING ALARMS- To correct aimms, first deter-

mine if the Alarm requires any corrective action (fiction is not

fdways required). Use Table 36 to lind and addi'ess the root

cause of the problem.

Table 32 -- Magnehelic Gage Troubleshooting

SYMPTOM

Gage will not Indicate or is Sluggish.

Pointer Stuck-- Gage Cannot be Zeroed,

CAUSE

Duplicate pressure port is not plugged,

Diaphragm is ruptured due to excessive

_ressure.

Fittings or sensing lines are blocked, pinched,

or leaking.

Cover is loose or "0" ring is damaged or

missing.

Pressure sensor (static tips, Pitot tube, etc.) is

improperly located.

Ambient temperature is too low.

Metallic particles are clinging to the magnet

and interfering with helix movement.

Scale is touching pointer.

Spring/magnet assembly has shifted and is

touching helix.

Cover zero adjust shaft is broken or not

properly engaged in adjusting screw.

REMEDY

Plug duplicate pressure port.

Replace gage.

Repair lines and fittings.

Tighten cover and/or replace "0" ring.

Relocate pressure sensoK

For operation below 20 E order gage with

low temperature (LT) option.

Parts used in various sub-assemblies vary

from one range of gage to another, and use

of incorrect components may cause improper

operation. Gages needing repair should be

returned to:

Dwyer Instruments Inc.

Attn: Repair Dept.

102 Indiana Highway 212

Michigan City, IN 46360

III

SYMPTOM

Water is Spitting from the

Discharge Manifolds

Steam does not Discharge

from the Manifolds when

the Valve is Open

Steam Valve will not Open

Steam Valve will not Close

Steam Valve is Leaking

Humidity Exceeds Set Point

Humidity Remains Below

Set Point

Table 33 -- Humidifier Troubleshooting

CAUSE

Steam trap is not functioning properly.

The header P-traps are not draining,

The steam line has been taken from

the bottom of the steam source or is

not sloped properly.

The steam main is overloaded with water.

Vertical discharge manifolds are not plumb.

Horizontal headers are not level.

Vertical discharge manifolds are

installed upside down.

Check valve sizing to maximum

manifold capacity.

Valve is not open.

There is no steam available.

There is a change in steam pressure.

Steam is not visible.

Y-strainer may be clogged,

There is no power.

There is no control signal,

Control polarity has been reversed,

Actuator is not working,

There is high steam pressure.

Valve has been installed incorrectly.

There is no control signal,

Control polarity has been reversed,

Actuator is not working.

There is high steam pressure.

Valve has been installed incorrectly.

Control signal is not at full range,

Control polarity has been reversed,

Actuator is not working,

There is high steam pressure,

Control signal is not at full range,

There is no control signal.

The controller is out of calibration.

Humidity sensor is not installed properly.

Actuator is not working,

There is high steam pressure,

Boiler is not operating correctly.

Control signal is not at full range,

Control polarity has been reversed,

Controller is out of calibration,

Humidity sensor is not installed properly.

Actuator is not working,

There is high steam pressure,

Boiler is not operating correctly.

There is an airflow switch fault.

The high limit controller is not in

the correct location,

The humidifier is too small,

Condensate in unit The humidifier is too large,

There is a high limit controller fault,

Evaporation distance is too short.

Steam valve is leaking.

Steam leaks from P-traps The trap height is incorrect,

Valve sizing is incorrect.

There is excessively high steam pressure.

AHU -- Air-Handling Unit

REMEDY

Clean or replace non-functioning steam trap on the valve/trap assembly.

Clean and check that plumbing runs to gravity drain. Check that trap height

exceeds the static pressure of the duct/AHU, especially if it is under negative

_ressure.

Change line to take off from the top and check proper slopes.

Locate cause and correct problem.

Make manifolds plumb.

Make headers level.

Reinstall correctly.

Resize valve within manifold capacity.

Open valve.

Verify that steam is available.

Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could

jam the valve.

Carefully place a mirror or metal object close to one of the steam discharge slots.

If it fogs, steam is discharging, but evaporating very quickly. This is not a problem.

DO NOT EVER PLACE YOUR HAND OVER OR NEAR THE STEAM DIS-

CHARGE SLOTS.

Clean or replace Y-strainer.

Verify and, if necessary, correct power or air pressure to the valve actuator.

Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal or pressure range to the valve

actuator.

Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.

Remove actuator to verify that it is operational. Clean or replace jammed valve.

Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could

jam the valve.

Verify proper valve orientation. Electric valves must face upward.

Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal to the valve actuator.

Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.

Remove actuator to verify that it is operational. Clean or replace jammed valve.

Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could

jam the valve.

Verify proper valve orientation. Electric valves must face upward.

Verify and, if necessary, correct full-range control signal to the valve actuator.

Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.

Remove actuator and test to verify that it is operational. If not, clean or replace

jammed valve.

Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could

am the valve.

Verify and, if necessary, correct compatibility of the full range control signal to the

valve actuator.

Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.

Check and, if necessary, correct calibration of controller.

Ensure that humidity sensors are installed correctly and not located in drafts

(wall). If necessary, correct sensor installation.

Remove actuator and test to verify that it is operational. If not, clean or replace

jammed valve.

Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could

jam the valve.

Verify stable boiler pressure. Wide swings in pressure could affect the humidity

controls.

Verify and, if necessary, correct compatibility of the full range control signal to the

valve actuator.

Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.

Check and, if necessary, correct calibration of controller.

Ensure that humidity sensors are installed correctly and not located in drafts

(wall). If necessary, correct sensor installation.

Remove actuator and test to verify that it is operational. If not, clean or replace

jammed valve.

Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could

jam the valve.

Verify stable boiler pressure. Wide swings in pressure could affect the humidity

controls.

Ensure that airflow switch is not fluttering. If necessary, correct fluttering airflow

switch.

Verify that high-limit controller is not located too close to steam discharge mani-

folds. If necessary, correct location of controller.

Humidifier is undersized. Check humidity load calculations.

Verify humidifier capacity versus air volume.

Verify that high limit controller is working. If necessary, correct problem.

Verify and, if necessary, correct evaporation distance to obstructions or elbows.

Verify steam valve is not leaking. If necessary, correct leaking steam valve.

Ensure that height of trap exceeds the static pressure of the duct/AHU, especially

if under negative pressure.

Check valve sizing to maximum manifold capacity. If necessary, resize valve

within manifold capacity.

Check that inlet steam pressure does not exceed humidifier capability.

112

Table 34 -- Troubleshooting

SYMPTOM CAUSE REMEDY

Motor Fails to Start Power line open Reset circuit breaker.

Improper wiring or loose connections Check wiring and connections.

Overload trip Check and reset overload,

Mechanical failure Inspect motor and drive for operation and/or damage,

Improper current supply Check rating plate against actual supply voltage, Contact

power provider for adjustments if needed,

Motor Stalls Open Phase Check line for open phase,

Overloaded motor Reduce motor load or replace with larger motor.

Low line voltage Check supply line, correct voltage,

Excessive Vibration Bearing/shaft misalignment Check and align bearing set screws,

Shipping blocks/spacers not removed Remove shipping blocks/spacers.

Excessive belt tension Adjust belt tension,

Drive misaligned Align drive.

Bearing(s) is Hot Grease not evenly distributed after lubrication Allow unit to cool down and restart,

Over-lubrication Clean and purge excess grease,

No lubricant Check bearings for damage and apply lubricant.

Misaligned bearing Check shaft level and reset alignment.

Motor Does Not Run at Low voltage at motor terminals Check supply voltage and correct voltage loss,

Full Speed Supply wiring to motor too small Rewire with properly sized wire,

Motor Overheats Overloaded motor Reduce motor load or replace with larger motor.

Motor fan is clogged, preventing motor cooling Clean motor fan.

Excessive Motor Noise Mounting bolts loose Tighten bolts,

Rigid coupling connectors Replace with flexible connectors,

Worn motor bearings Replace bearings and seals,

Fan rubbing on housing Adjust housing,

Motor Runs and Then Slows Partial supply voltage loss Check for loose/dirty connections.

Verify supply voltage,

Excessive Motor Bearing Wear High load due to over-tensioned drive Check belt tension and load.

Excessive overhung load caused by a small Replace with larger sheave,

diameter motor sheave

Loose Fan Belt Improper motor position

Worn sheaves

Worn or damaged belt

Drive Noise Sheave(s) not tight on fan/motor shaft(s)

Belts contacting guard(s)

Belts too loose or too tight

Belts and sheaves mismatched

Belts not length matched (multiple belt set-up)

Misaligned sheaves

Belts worn

Belts dirty or oily

Bearing Noise Defective bearing

Lack of lubrication

Loose bearing

Bearing misaligned

Foreign material/dirt inside bearing

Corrosion between bearing and shaft

High Velocity Air Noise Fan speed too high

Ductwork too restrictive

Low static pressure

Registers and grilles too restrictive

Rattling or Whistling Loose dampers, grilles, or splitters

Noise in Airstream Obstructed dampers or grilles

Sharp elbows in ductwork

Sudden expansion/contraction of ductwork

Turning vanes loose or not properly installed

CFM Lower than System Fan rotating backwards

Requirements Fan speed too slow

Duct system has more resistance than designed

Diffusers closed

High Current Draw Motor overload

(Motor) Low line voltage

Electric Heat Inoperative Electric heater manual reset tripped

Broken heating element

Electric heater fuses blown

Inoperative electric heating circuit contactor

Airflow switch interlock not closed

Heater Cycles Airflow marginally insufficient

Improper Temperature Intermittent power supply due to improper

Regulation installation

No Hot Water or Steam

Heat

Erratic thermostat operation due to improper

location or frequent resetting

Air system characteristics are not in accordance

with the job requirements

Defective hot water or steam valve actuator motor

Broken control linkage from actuator to valve assembly

Defective hot water or steam control valve

Adjust tension,

Replace sheaves.

Check sheave alignment and replace belt(s).

Tighten sheaves,

Adjust or tighten belt guard mounts.

Adjust belt tension.

Install proper belts.

Install matched belts.

Align sheaves.

Replace belts.

Repair/replace bearing.

Lubricate bearing,

Adjust bearing support or bearing on shaft,

Align bearing properly.

Inspect and clean bearing.

Clean or replace bearing as required,

Check fan speed.

Increase duct size for proper air velocity.

Decrease fan speed to obtain proper pressure.

Replace with correctly sized registers and grilles,

Adjust as needed.

Remove obstruction(s),

Install larger radius elbows,

Install proper ductwork transitions.

Tighten or adjust as needed.

Reverse any two power leads to the fan motor,

Check fan RPM.

Enlarge ductwork to match system requirements.

Open diffusers.

Reduce system load or use larger motor,

Consult power company about increasing line

voltage,

Determine cause of cutout and reset switch,

Replace element,

Replace fuses,

Repair/replace as needed.

Check airflow sensing tube location and operation in

airstream. Repair/replace as needed,

Airflow switch may chatter and cycle heater circuits off

and on. Or, automatic reset may open and close, causing

a similar situation. Check unit airflow requirements and

clean the system,

Recheck installation procedure. Check contactor

operation and safety cutout switches, Refer to heater

wiring diagram,

Check thermostat installation instructions. Be certain

that the thermostat location is not subjected to adverse

temperature changes, such as those caused by opening

doors or windows. Check for thermostat tampering.

Check the supply-air fan is delivering adequate volume

and velocity. Check air system balance, Be certain that

heating coils are operating,

Repair/replace as needed.

113

Table 35 -- Fault Codes

FAULT CODE FAULT NAME IN PANEL DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION

1 OVERCURRENT Output current is excessive. Check for excessive motor load, insufficient acceleration time

(parameters 2202 ACCELER TIME 1, default 30 seconds), or faulty motor, motor cables or

connections.

2 DC OVERVOLT Intermediate circuit DC voltage is excessive. Check for static or transient over voltages in

the input power supply, insufficient deceleration time (parameters 2203 DECELER TIME 1,

default 30 seconds), or undersized brake chopper (if present).

3DEV OVERTEMP Drive heat sink is overheated. Temperature is at or above 115 C (239 F). Check for fan fail-

ure, obstructions in the airflow, dirt or dust coating on the heat sink, excessive ambient

temperature, or excessive motor load.

4SHORT CIRC Fault current. Check for short-circuit in the motor cable(s) or motor or supply disturbances.

5 OVERLOAD Inverter overload condition. The drive output current exceeds the ratings.

6DC UNDERVOLT Intermediate circuit DC voltage is not sufficient. Check for missing phase in the input

power supply, blown fuse, or under voltage on main circuit.

7 All LOSS Analog input 1 loss. Analog input value is less than All FLT LIMIT (3021). Check source

and connection for analog input and parameter settings for AI 1 FLT LIMIT (3021) and 3001

AI<MIN FUNCTION.

8AI2 LOSS Analog input 2 loss. Analog input value is less than AI2 FLT LIMIT (3022). Check source

and connection for analog input and parameter settings for AI2 FLT LIMIT (3022) and 3001

AI<MIN FUNCTION.

9MOT OVERTEMP Motor is too hot, as estimated by the drive. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the param-

eters used for the estimate (3005 through 3009). Check the temperature sensors and

Group 35 parameters.

10 PANEL LOSS Panel communication is lost and either drive is in local control mode (the control panel dis-

plays LOC), or drive is in remote control mode (REM) and is parameterized to accept start/

stop, direction or reference from the control panel. To correct, check the communication

lines and connections. Check parameter 3002 PANEL COMM ERROR, parameters in

Group 10: Command Inputs and Group 11: Reference Select (if drive operation is REM).

11 ID RUN FAIL The motor ID run was not completed successfully. Check motor connections.

12 MOTOR STALL Motor or process stall. Motor is operating in the stall region. Check for excessive load or

insufficient motor power. Check parameters 3010 through 3012.

13 RESERVED Not used.

14 EXT FAULT 1 Digital input defined to report first external fault is active. See parameter 3003 EXTERNAL

FAULT 1.

15 EXT FAULT 2 Digital input defined to report second external fault is active. See parameter 3004 EXTER-

NAL FAULT 1.

16 EARTH FAULT The load on the input power system is out of balance. Check for faults in the motor or

motor cable. Verify that motor cable does not exceed maximum specified length.

17 UNDERLOAD Motor load is lower than expected. Check for disconnected load, Check parameters 3013

UNDERLOAD FUNCTION through 3015 UNDERLOAD CURVE.

18 THERM FAIL Internal fault. The thermistor measuring the internal temperature of the drive is open or

shorted, Contact Carrier.

19 OPEX LINK Internal fault. A communication-related problem has been detected between the OMIO

and OINT boards. Contact Carrier.

20 OPEX PWR Internal fault. Low voltage condition detected on the OINT board. Contact Carrier.

21 CURR MEAS Internal fault. Current measurement is out of range. Contact Carrier.

22 SUPPLY PHASE Ripple voltage in the DC link is too high. Check for missing main phase or blown fuse.

23 RESERVED Not used,

24 OVERSPEED Motor speed is greater than 120% ef the larger (in magnitude) ef 2001 MINIMUM SPEED

or 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED parameters. Check parameter settings for 2001 and 2002.

Check adequacy of motor braking torque. Check applicability ef torque control. Check

brake chopper and resistor.

25 RESERVED Not used,

26 DRIVE ID Internal fault. Configuration block drive ID is not valid.

27 CONFIG FILE Internal configuration file has an error. Contact Carrier.

114

Table 35 -- Fault Codes (cont)

FAULT CODE FAULT NAME IN PANEL DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION

28 SERIAL 1 ERR Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and

3019 COMM FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate).

Check for poor connections and/or noise on line.

29 EFB CON FILE Error in reading the configuration file for the field bus adapter.

30 FORCE TRIP Fault trip forced by the field bus. See the field bus reference literature.

31 EFB1 Fault code reserved for the EFB (Embedded Field Bus) protocol application. The meaning is

protocol dependent.

32 EFB2 Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.

33 EFB3 Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.

34 MOTOR PHASE Fault in the motor circuit. One of the motor phases is lost. Check for motor fault, motor cable

fault, thermal relay fault (if used), or internal fault.

35 OUTP WIRING Error in power wiring suspected. Check that input power wired to drive output. Check for

ground faults.

101-105 SYSTEM ERROR Error internal to the drive. Contact Carrier and report the error number.

201-206 SYSTEM ERROR Error internal to the drive. Contact Carrier and report the error number.

1000 PAR HZRPM Parameter values are inconsistent. Check for any of the following:

2001 MINIMUM SPEED > 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED

2007 MINIMUM FREQ > 2008 MAXIMUM FREQ

2001 MINIMUM SPEED /9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: -128 to +128

2002 MAXIMUM SPEED /9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: -128 to +128

2007 MINIMUM FREQ /9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside ef the range: -128 te +128

2008 MAXIMUM FREQ /9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside ef the range: -128 te +128

1001 PAR PFA REFNG Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that 2007 MINIMUM FREQ is negative, when

8123 PFA ENABLE is active.

1002 PAR PFA IOCNF Parameter values are inconsistent. The number of programmed PFA relays does not match

with Interlock configuration, when 8123 PFA ENABLE is active. Check consistency of RELAY

OUTPUT parameters 1401 through 1403, and 1410 through 1412. Check 8117 NR OF AUX

MOTORS, 8118 AUTOCHANGE INTERV, and 8120 INTERLOCKS.

1003 PAR AI SCALE Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1301 AI MIN > 1302 AI 1 MAX and

that parameter 1304 AI 2 MIN > 1305 AI 2 MAX.

1004 PAR AO SCALE Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1504 AO 1 MIN > 1505 AO 1 MAX

and that parameter 1510 AO 2 MIN > 1511 AO 2 MAX.

1005 PAR PCU 2 Parameter values for power control are inconsistent: Improper motor nominal kVA or motor

nominal power. Check the following parameters:

1.1 < (9906 MOTOR NOM CURR * 9905 MOTOR NOM VOLT * 1.73 /PN) < 2.6

Where: PN = 1000 * 9909 MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are kW) or PN = 746 * 9909

MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are HP, e.g., in US)

1006 PAR EXT RO Parameter values are inconsistent. Check the extension relay module for connection and

1410 through 1412 RELAY OUTPUTS 4 through 6 have non-zero values.

1007 PAR FBUS Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that a parameter is set for field bus control (e.g.

1001 EXT1 COMMANDS = 10 (COMM)), but 9802 COMM PROT SEL = 0.

1008 PAR PFA MODE Parameter values are inconsistent. The 9904 MOTOR CTRL MODE must be = 3 (SCALAR

SPEED), when 8123 PFA ENABLE is activated.

1009 PAR PCU 1 Parameter values for power control are inconsistent or improper motor nominal frequency or

speed. Check for both of the following:

1 < (60 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ /9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED < 16 0.8 < 9908 MOTOR

NOM SPEED /(120 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ /Motor poles) < 0.992

1010 OVERRIDE/PFA Override mode is enabled and PFA is activated at the same time. This cannot be done

CONFLICT because PFA interlocks cannot be observed in the override mode.

115

Table 36 -- Alarm Codes

ALARM CODE ALARM NAME IN PANEL DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION

2001 I Reserved

2002 -- Reserved

2003 I Reserved

2004 DIR LOCK The change in direct being attempted is not allowed. Do not attempt to change the direction

of motor rotation, or Change parameter 1003 DIRECTION to allow direction change (if

reverse operation is safe).

2005 I/O COMM Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and

3019 COMM FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate).

Check for poor connections and/or noise on line.

2006 All LOSS Analog input 1 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and con-

nections. Check the parameter that sets the minimum (3021) and the parameter that sets the

Alarm/Fault operation (3001).

2007 AI2 LOSS Analog input 2 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and con-

nections. Check the parameter that sets the minimum (3022) and the parameter that sets the

Alarm/Fault operation (3001).

2008 PANEL LOSS Panel communication is lost and either the VFD is in local control mode (the control panel

displays HAND), or the VFD is in remote control mode (AUTO) and is parametrized to accept

start/stop, direction or reference from the control panel. To correct, check the communication

lines and connections, Parameter 3002 PANEL LOSS, and parameters in groups 10 COM-

MAND INPUTS and 11 REFERENCE SELECT (if drive operation is REM).

2009 I Reserved

2010 MOT OVERTEMP Motor is hot, based on either the VFD estimate or on temperature feedback. This alarm

warns that a Motor Overload fault trip may be near. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the

)arameters used for the estimate (3005 through 3009). Check the temperature sensors and

Group 35 parameters.

2011 UNDERLOAD Motor load is lower than expected. This alarm warns that a Motor Underload fault trip may be

near. Check that the motor and drive ratings match (motor is NOT undersized for the drive).

Check the settings on parameters 3013 to 3015.

2012 MOTOR STALL Motor is operating in the stall region. This alarm warns that a Motor Stall fault trip may be

near.

2013" AUTORESET This alarm warns that the drive is about to perform an automatic fault reset, which may start

the motor. To control automatic reset, use parameter group 31 (AUTOMATIC RESET).

2014" AUTOCHANGE This alarm warns that the PFA autochange function is active. To control PFA, use parameter

group 81 (PFA) and the Pump Alternation macro.

2015 PFA INTERLOCK This alarm warns that the PFA interlocks are active, which means that the drive cannot start

any motor (when Autochange is used), or a speed regulated motor (when Autochange is not

used).

2016 I Reserved

2017* OFF BUTTON This alarm indicates that the OFF button has been pressed.

2018" PID SLEEP This alarm warns that the PID sleep function is active, which means that the motor could

accelerate when the PID sleep function ends. To control PID sleep, use parameters 4022

through 4026 or 4122 through 4126.

2019 ID RUN The VFD is performing an ID run.

2020 OVERRIDE Override mode is activated.

2021 START ENABLE 1 This alarm warns that the Start Enable 1 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 1 function,

MISSING use parameter 1608. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication

settings.

2022 START ENABLE 2 This alarm warns that the Start Enable 2 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 2 function,

MISSING use parameter 1609. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication

settings.

2023 EMERGENCY STOP Emergency stop is activated.

*This alarm is not indicated by a relay output, even when the relay output is configured to indicate alarm

conditions (parameter 1401 RELAY OUTPUT = 5 [ALARM] or 16 [FLT/ALARM]).

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.

PC 201 Catalog No. 533-952 Printed in U.S.A. Form 39M-6Sl Pg 116 12-04 Replaces: 39M-5Sl

CARRIER Air Handler (indoor Blower&evap) Manual L0501315

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation